2019 Hyundai Nexo 113002

OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub-

lication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at
any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be
carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descrip-

tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply
to your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE
YOUR HYUNDAI WARNING
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. This manual includes information titled as DAN-
Such modifications may adversely affect the per- GER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
formance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI These titles indicate the following:
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limit-
ed warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifi-
cations may also be in violation of regulations DANGER
established by the U.S. Department of DANGER indicates a hazardous situation
Transportation and other federal or state agencies. which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR WARNING indicates a hazardous situation
TELEPHONE INSTALLATION which, if not avoided, could result in death
or serious injury.
Your vehicle is equipped with an electric traction
motor and other electronic components. It is pos-
sible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way CAUTION
radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect elec-
tronic systems. For this reason, we recommend CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation
that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for moderate injury.
precautionary measures or special instructions if
you choose to install one of these devices. NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not
avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
F2
HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected,
generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain
how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at:
https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer
Connect Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care

P.O. Box 20850
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
800-633-5151
consumeraffairs@hmausa.com
Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday,
between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM
PST (English).
For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday
through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F3
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of dis-
cerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of
each HYUNDAI we build.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with
your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's con-
trols and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recom-
mended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI deal-
ers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.
This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you
can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with impor-
tant operating, safety and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe vehicle damage may result from the use of poor quality lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI spec-
ifications.You must always use high quality lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-6 in the
Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2018 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored
in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI
Motor America.
F4
GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS
1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine 2. Why should you use genuine 3. How can you tell if you are pur-
Parts? parts? chasing HYUNDAI Genuine
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are Parts?
same parts used by HYUNDAI engineered and built to meet rigid Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine
Motor Company to manufacture manufacturing requirements. Parts Logo on the package (see
vehicles. They are designed and Damage caused by using imita- below).
tested for the optimum safety, per- tion, counterfeit or used salvage HYUNDAI Genuine Parts export-
formance, and reliability for our parts is not covered under the ed to the U.S. are packaged with
customers. HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited labels written only in English.
Warranty or any other HYUNDAI
warranty. HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only
sold through authorized HYUNDAI
In addition, any damage to or fail- Dealerships.
ure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts
caused by the installation or fail-
ure of an imitation, counterfeit or
used salvage part is not covered
by any HYUNDAI Warranty.
F5
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES

We want to help you get the greatest Your safety, and the safety of others, Throughout this manual DANGER,
possible driving pleasure from your is very important. This Owner's WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and
vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can Manual provides you with many safe- the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will
assist you in many ways. To gain an ty precautions and operating proce- be used.
overview of the contents of your dures. This information alerts you to This is the safety alert sym-
Owner's Manual, use the Table of potential hazards that may hurt you bol. It is used to alert you to
Contents in the front of the manual. or others, as well as damage to your potential physical injury haz-
The first page of each Chapter vehicle. ards. Obey all safety mes-
includes a detailed Table of Contents Safety messages found on vehicle sages that follow this symbol
of the topics in that Chapter. labels and in this manual describe to avoid possible injury or
To quickly locate information about these hazards and what to do to death. The safety alert sym-
your vehicle, use the Index in the avoid or reduce the risks. bol precedes the signal words
back of the manual. It is an alphabet- Warnings and instructions contained DANGER, WARNING and
ical list of what is in this manual and in this manual are for your safety. CAUTION.
the page number where it can be Failure to follow safety warnings and
found. instructions can lead to serious injury DANGER
For your convenience, we have or death.
incorporated tabs on the right-hand DANGER indicates a hazardous
page edges. These tabs are coded situation which, if not avoided,
with the Chapter titles to assist you will result in death or serious
with navigating through the manual. injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious
injury.
F6
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS

For the optimal vehicle performance, • This vehicle should not be modi-
CAUTION we recommend you to use the hydro- fied. Modification of your vehicle
gen fuel which complies with your could affect its performance, safety
CAUTION indicates a hazardous local regulatory agency standard or durability and may even violate
situation which, if not avoided, (purity, maximum concentration of governmental safety and emis-
could result in minor or moder- impurities, etc.). sions regulations.
ate injury.
In addition, damage or perform-
ance problems resulting from any
NOTICE modification may not be covered
NOTICE indicates a situation under warranty.
which, if not avoided, could result • If you use unauthorized electronic
in vehicle damage. devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
F7
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet-
WARNING event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum-
main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
WARNING crash-like situations, such as an are recorded by your vehicle only
Items contained in motor vehi- air bag deployment or hitting a if a non-trivial crash situation
cles or emitted from them are road obstacle, data that will assist occurs; no data are recorded by
known to the State of California in understanding how a vehicle’s the EDR under normal driving
to cause cancer and birth systems performed. The EDR is conditions and no personal data
defects or reproductive harm. designed to record data related to (e.g., name, gender, age, and
These include: vehicle dynamics and safety sys- crash location) are recorded.
• Gasoline and its vapors tems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as
typically 30 seconds or less. The law enforcement, could combine
• Engine exhaust EDR in this vehicle is designed to the EDR data with the type of per-
• Used engine oil record such data as: sonally identifying data routinely
• Interior passenger compart- • How various systems in your acquired during a crash investiga-
ment components and materi- vehicle were operating; tion.
als • Whether or not the driver and To read data recorded by an EDR,
• Component parts which are passenger safety belts were special equipment is required, and
subject to heat and wear buckled/fastened; access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
In addition, battery posts, termi- • How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such
nals and related accessories depressing the accelerator as law enforcement, that have the
contain lead, lead compounds and/or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
and other chemicals known to • How fast the vehicle was travel- information if they have access to
the State of California to cause ing. the vehicle or the EDR.
cancer and reproductive harm.
F8
Your Vehicle at a Glance 1
Safety System of Your Vehicle 2
Convenient Features of Your Vehicle 3
Multimedia System 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Driving Your Vehicle 5
What to Do in an Emergency 6
Maintenance 7
Specifications, Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects 8
Index I
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior Overview ..................................................1-2 1

Interior Overview ...................................................1-4

Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5
Fuel Cell Power Module Compartment ...............1-6
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood......................................................3-42 5. Side view mirror ....................................3-31

2. Headlamp ....................................3-89, 7-58 6. Sunroof..................................................3-37
3. Turn signal/daytime running lamp/ 7. Front windshield wiper ..............3-101, 7-24
position lamp ........................................7-58 8. Windows ................................................3-33
4. Tires and wheels ............................7-29, 8-4
OFE018001N
1-2
■ Rear view 1

1. Doors ....................................................3-11 6. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-59

2. Fuel filler door ......................................3-55 7. Rear window defroster ........................3-160
3. Rear lamps ............................................7-59 8. Rear view monitor ..............................3-108
4. Backup lamp..........................................7-59 9. Antenna ..................................................4-2
5. Liftgate ..................................................3-43 10. Rear window wiper ..................3-103, 7-26
OFE018002N
1-3
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle ................................3-14

2. Side view mirror folding switch ..............3-32
3. Side view mirror control switch ..............3-31
4. Central door lock switch ........................3-15
5. Power window lock switch......................3-36
6. Power window switches ........................3-33
7. Instrument panel illumination
control switch ........................................3-59
8. ESC OFF button ....................................5-31
9. Fuel filler door opener button ................3-55
10. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ....5-79
11. Blind-spot Collision-avoidance
Assist (BCA) system ............................5-53
12. Power liftgate button ............................3-45
13. 12V battery reset button ........................6-5
14. Steering wheel tilt/telescope lever ......3-21
15. Steering wheel ....................................3-20
16. Seat........................................................2-4
17. Hood release lever ..............................3-42
18. Power outlet, USB charger ....3-165, 3-168
OFE018003
1-4
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1
1. Instrument cluster....................................3-58

2. Horn ........................................................3-21
3. Driver's front air bag ................................2-49
4. POWER button ..........................................5-6
5. Light control ............................................3-89
6. Wiper/Washer ........................................3-101
7. Navigation system ............Navigation manual
8. Hazard warning flasher ............................6-2
9. Climate control system ..........................3-146
10. Passenger's front air bag ......................2-49
11. Glove box ............................................3-162
12. USB and iPod® port ................................4-2
13. Reduction gear (Shift button) ................5-11
14. Drive mode button ................................5-37
15. Surround view monitor ........................3-109
16. Parking Distance Warning button ........3-105
17. Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
button ..................................................3-112
18. DIS controller ..................Navigation manual
19. Cup holder ..........................................3-163
20. Steering wheel audio controls ................4-3
21. Trip computer/ ........................................3-85
Smart cruise controls/ ..........................5-99

OFE018004
1-5
FUEL CELL POWER MODULE COMPARTMENT
1. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-19

2. Air cleaner.........................................7-20
3. Fuse box ...........................................7-53
4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-20
5. Device cooling coolant reservoir.......7-13
6. Device cooling radiator cap ..............7-14
7. Stack cooling coolant reservoir.........7-17
8. Stack cooling radiator cap ................7-17
The actual Fuel cell power module compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OFE078001
1-6
Safety system of your vehicle
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.
It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.
2
Important Safety Precautions..............................2-2 Child Restraint System (CRS).............................2-36
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2 Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-36
Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-37
Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-39
Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2 Air Bag
Control Your Speed...........................................................2-3 - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System ...2-47
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-3 Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-49
Seats ........................................................................2-4 How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-52
Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-5 What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-57
Front Seats .........................................................................2-6 Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-58
Rear Seats.........................................................................2-10 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-60
Head Restraints ...............................................................2-13 SRS Care............................................................................2-60
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats...................2-17 Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-60
Seat Belts ..............................................................2-21 Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-60
Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-21 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-63
Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-22 SRS Care............................................................................2-68
Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-24 Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-69
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-32 Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-69
Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-35 Active Hood Lift System .....................................2-70
System activation ............................................................2-70
System limitation .............................................................2-71
System malfunction........................................................2-72
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

You will find many safety precautions Restrain All Children Driver Distraction
and recommendations throughout All children under age 13 should ride Driver distraction presents a serious
this section, and throughout this in your vehicle properly restrained in and potentially deadly danger, espe-
manual. The safety precautions in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants cially for inexperienced drivers.
this section are among the most and small children should be Safety should be the first concern
important. restrained in an appropriate child when behind the wheel and drivers
restraint. Larger children should use need to be aware of the wide array of
Always Wear Your Seat Belt a booster seat with the lap/shoulder potential distractions, such as
belt until they can use the seat belt drowsiness, reaching for objects,
A seat belt is your best protection in
properly without a booster seat. eating, personal grooming, other
all types of accidents. Air bags are
passengers, and using cellular
designed to supplement seat belts,
phones.
not replace them. So even though Air Bag Hazards
your vehicle is equipped with air Drivers can become distracted when
While air bags can save lives, they they take their eyes and attention off
bags, ALWAYS make sure you and can also cause serious or fatal
your passengers wear your seat the road or their hands off the wheel
injuries to occupants who sit too to focus on activities other than driv-
belts, and wear them properly. close to them, or who are not prop- ing. To reduce your risk of distraction
erly restrained. Infants, young chil- or getting into an accident:
dren, and shorter adults are at the
greatest risk of being injured by an • ALWAYS set up your mobile
inflating air bag. Follow all instruc- devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,
tions and warnings in this manual. navigation units, etc.) when your
vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
2-2
• ONLY use your mobile device Control Your Speed
when allowed by laws and when Excessive speed is a major factor in
conditions permit safe use. NEVER crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
text or email while driving. Most the higher the speed, the greater the
states have laws prohibiting drivers risk, but serious injuries can also 2
from texting. Some states and occur at lower speeds. Never drive
cities also prohibit drivers from

faster than is safe for current condi-
using handheld phones. tions, regardless of the maximum
• NEVER let the use of a mobile speed posted.
device distract you from driving.
You have a responsibility to your
passengers and others on the road Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
to always drive safely, with your Condition
hands on the wheel as well as your Having a tire blowout or a mechani-
eyes and attention on the road. cal failure can be extremely haz-
ardous. To reduce the possibility of
such problems, check your tire pres-
sures and condition frequently, and
perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
2-3
SEATS
Front seats
(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward
(2) Seatback angle adjustment
(3) Seat cushion angle adjustment
(4) Lumbar support adjustment
(Driver’s seat)*
(5) Seat warmer / Air ventilation seat*
(6) Head restraint
Rear seats
(7) Armrest
(8) Seatback angle and folding adjust-
ment
(9) Head restraint
(10) Seat warmer*
* : if equipped
OFE038001
2-4
Safety Precautions Air bags
• Hold the steering wheel by the
Adjusting the seats so that you are You can take steps to reduce the risk rim with hands at the 9 o'clock
sitting in a safe, comfortable position of being injured by an inflating air and 3 o'clock positions to
plays an important role in driver and bag. Sitting too close to an air bag minimize the risk of injuries to
passenger safety together with the greatly increases the risk of injury in your hands and arms.
2
seat belts and air bags in an acci- the event the air bag inflates.
• NEVER place anything or any-

dent. The National Highway Traffic Safety one between the steering
Administration (NHTSA) recom- wheel and the air bag.
WARNING mends that drivers allow at least 10
inches (25 cm) between the center of • Do not allow the front passen-
the steering wheel and their chest. ger to place feet or legs on the
Do not use a cushion that dashboard to minimize the
reduces friction between the risk of leg injuries.
seat and the passenger. The WARNING
passenger's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat To reduce the risk of serious Seat belts
belt during an accident or a injury or death from an inflating
sudden stop. Serious or fatal Always fasten your seat belt before
air bag, take the following pre- starting any trip.
internal injuries could result cautions:
because the seat belt cannot At all times, passengers should sit
operate properly. • Adjust the driver's seat as far upright and be properly restrained.
to the rear as possible while Infants and small children must be
maintaining the ability to restrained in appropriate child
maintain full control of the restraint systems. Adults and chil-
vehicle. dren who have outgrown a booster
• Adjust the front passenger seat must be restrained using the
seat as far to the rear as pos- seat belts.
sible.
2-5
Front Seats • Use extreme caution when

WARNING
picking up small objects
Take the following precautions WARNING trapped under the seats or
when adjusting your seat belt: between the seat and the cen-
Take the following precautions ter console. Your hands might
• NEVER use one seat belt for when adjusting your seat:
more than one occupant. be cut or injured by the sharp
• NEVER attempt to adjust the edges of the seat mechanism.
• Always position the seatback seat while the vehicle is mov-
upright with the lap portion of ing. The seat could respond
the seat belt snug and low with unexpected movement
across the hips. CAUTION
and may cause loss of vehicle
• NEVER allow children or control resulting in an acci- To prevent injury:
small infants to ride on a pas- dent.
senger's lap. • Do not place anything under • Do not adjust your seat while
• Do not route the seat belt the front seats. Loose objects wearing your seat belt.
across your neck, across in the driver's foot area could Moving the seat cushion for-
sharp edges, or reroute the interfere with the operation of ward may cause strong pres-
shoulder strap away from the foot pedals, causing an sure on your abdomen.
your body. accident. • Do not allow your hands or
• Do not allow the seat belt to • Do not allow anything to inter- fingers to get caught in the
become caught or jammed. fere with the normal position seat mechanisms while the
and proper locking of the seat- seat is moving.
back.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter
on the floor or seat. When you
operate the seat, gas may exit
out of the lighter causing a fire.
2-6
Power adjustment NOTICE
The front seat can be adjusted by
To prevent damage to the seats:
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion. Before • Always stop adjusting the seats
driving, adjust the seat to the proper when the seat has moved as far 2
position so that you can easily control forward or rearward as possible.

the steering wheel, foot pedals and • Do not adjust the seats for
controls on the instrument panel. longer than necessary when the
vehicle is turned off. This may
WARNING result in unnecessary battery
drain.
• Do not operate two or more OFE038002
NEVER allow children in the
vehicle unattended. The power seats at the same time. This may Forward and rearward adjustment
seats are operable when the result in an electrical malfunc- To move the seat forward or rearward:
vehicle is turned off. tion.
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
2-7
Reclining seatback Seat belts must be snug against your

Sitting in a reclined position when hips and chest to work properly.
the vehicle is in motion can be dan- When the seatback is reclined, the
gerous. Even when buckled up, the shoulder belt cannot do its job
protection of your restraint system because it will not be snug against
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly your chest. Instead, it will be in front
reduced by reclining your seatback. of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
WARNING
The more the seatback is reclined,
NEVER ride with a reclined seat- the greater chance the passenger’s
OFE038003
back when the vehicle is moving. hips will slide under the lap belt or
Seatback angle the passenger's neck will strike the
Riding with a reclined seatback shoulder belt.
To adjust the seatback: increases your chance of serious
1. Rotate the top of control switch or fatal injuries in the event of a
forward or rearward. collision or sudden stop.
2. Release the switch once the seat- Driver and passengers should
back reaches the desired position. ALWAYS sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
2-8
Seat cushion height
To change the height of the seat
cushion:
Push the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower 2
the height of the seat cushion.

Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
OFE038004 OFE038005
Seat cushion tilt Lumbar support (for driver's seat)
To change the angle of the front part The lumbar support can be adjusted
of the seat cushion: by pressing the lumbar support
Push the front portion of the control switch.
switch up to raise or down to lower • Press the front portion of the
the front part of the seat cushion. switch (1) to increase support or
Release the switch once the seat the rear portion of the switch (2) to
reaches the desired position. decrease support.
2-9
Seatback pocket Rear Seats

CAUTION
Rear seat adjustment
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
OFE038012
The seatback pocket is provided on OFE038016N

the back of the front passenger's
Seatback angle
seatback.
To recline the seatback:
WARNING 1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat-
To prevent the Occupant back of the seat to the position
Classification System from mal- you desire.
functioning: 3. Release the lever and make sure
Do not hang onto the front pas- the seatback is locked in place.
senger's seatback. (The lever MUST return to its original
position for the seatback to lock.)
2-10
Folding the rear seat To fold down the rear seatback:
The rear seatbacks can be folded to 1. Set the front seatback to the
facilitate carrying long items or to upright position and if necessary,
increase the luggage capacity of the slide the front seat forward.
vehicle. 2

WARNING
• Never allow passengers to sit
on top of the folded down
seatback while the vehicle is OFE038015
moving. This is not a proper
seating position and no seat 3. Locate the seatbelt toward the
belts are available for use. outboard position before folding
This could result in serious down the seatback. If not, the
injury or death in case of an OFE038014 seatbelt system may be interfered
accident or sudden stop. by the seatback.
2. Lower the rear head restraints to
• Objects carried on the folded the lowest position by pushing and
down seatback should not holding the release button (1) and
extend higher than the top of pushing down on the headrest (2).
the front seatbacks. This
could allow cargo to slide for-
ward and cause injury or dam-
age during sudden stops.
2-11
WARNING
When returning the rear seat-
back from a folded to an upright
position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly. Ensure that the
seatback is completely locked
into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seat-
back. In an accident or sudden
stop, the unlocked seatback
OFE038016 OFE038018N
could allow cargo to move for-
5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold ward with great force and enter
the seatback to the upright posi- the passenger compartment,
tion by pulling up the recline lever. which could result in serious
Push the seatback firmly until it injury or death.
clicks into place. Make sure the
seatback is locked in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the WARNING
proper position. Insert the belt in
the guide located on the side of Do not place objects in the rear
the rear head restraints. seats, since they cannot be
properly secured and may hit
OFE038017 vehicle occupants in a collision
4. Put out the belt from guide (1) and causing serious injury or death.
pull up the seatback folding lever
(2), then fold the seat toward the
front of the vehicle.
2-12
Armrest Head Restraints
WARNING
The vehicle's front and rear seats
Make sure the vehicle is off, have adjustable head restraints. The
shifted to P(Park), and the park- head restraints provide comfort for
ing brake is securely applied passengers, but more importantly 2
whenever loading or unloading they are designed to help protect

cargo. Failure to take these steps passengers from whiplash and other
may allow the vehicle to move if neck and spinal injuries during an
the shift lever is inadvertently accident, especially in a rear impact
moved to another position. collision.
WARNING
CAUTION OFE038019
The armrest is located in the center To reduce the risk of serious

• Be careful when loading of the rear seat. Use the strap in the injury or death in an accident,
cargo through the rear pas- center of the armrest to pull it down. take the following precautions
senger seats to prevent dam- when adjusting your head
age to the vehicle interior. restraints:
• When cargo is loaded through • Always properly adjust the
the rear passenger seats, head restraints for all passen-
ensure the cargo is properly gers BEFORE starting the
secured to prevent it from vehicle.
moving while driving. • NEVER let anyone ride in a
• Unsecured cargo in the pas- seat with the head restraints
senger compartment can removed or reversed.
cause damage to the vehicle
or injury to it's occupants.
2-13
NOTICE Front seat head restraints

• To prevent damage, NEVER hit or
pull on the head restraints.
CAUTION
When there is no occupant in
the rear seats, adjust the height
OLF034072N of the headrest to the lowest
position. The rear seat headrest
Adjust the head restraints so can reduce the visibility of the
the middle of the head rear area.
restraint is at the same height OOSEV038012L
as the height of the top of the The vehicle's front and passenger's
eyes. seats are equipped with adjustable
• NEVER adjust the head head restraints for the passengers
restraint position of the dri- safety and comfort.
ver's seat when the vehicle is
in motion.
• Adjust the head restraint as
close to the passenger's head
as possible. Do not use a seat
cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint
locks into position after
adjusting it.
2-14
NOTICE

OFE038006 OFE038008
Adjusting the height up and down Removal/Reinstallation
OLF034015
To raise the head restraint: To remove the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position If you recline the seatback towards 1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward
(1). the front with the head restraint using the seatback angle lever/
and seat cushion raised, the head switch (1).
restraint may come in contact with
To lower the head restraint: the sunvisor or other parts of the 2. Raise the head restraint as far as
vehicle. it can go.
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 3. Press the head restraint release
button (3) while pulling the head
2. Lower the head restraint to the restraint up (4).
desired position (3).
2-15
Rear seat head restraints

CAUTION
• Adjust the headrests so the
middle of the head restraints
is at the same height as the
height of the top of the eyes.
OFE038009
To reinstall the head restraint: OOSEV038030L
1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into The rear seats are equipped with
the holes while pressing the head restraints in all the seating • When seating on the rear seat,
release button (1). do not adjust the height of the
positions for the passenger's safety
2. Adjust the head restraint to the and comfort. head restraints to the lowest.
appropriate height.
3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward
using the seatback angle lever/
switch (3).
2-16
Seat Warmers and Air
Ventilation Seats
Front seat warmers (if equipped)
Seat warmers are provided to warm 2
the seats during cold weather.

WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a
SERIOUS BURN, even at low
OFE038013 OFE038055L temperatures and especially if
Adjusting the height up and down Removal/Reinstallation used for long periods of time.
To raise the head restraint: To remove the head restraint: Passengers must be able to feel
if the seat is becoming too warm
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). 1. Raise the head restraint as far as so they can turn it off, if needed.
it can go.
People who cannot detect tem-
To lower the head restraint: 2. Press the head restraint release perature change or pain to the
1. Push and hold the release button button (1) while pulling the head skin should use extreme cau-
(2) on the head restraint support. restraint up (2). tion, especially the following
2. Lower the head restraint to the types of passengers:
desired position (3). To reinstall the head restraint: • Infants, children, elderly or
1. Put the head restraint poles into disabled persons, or hospital
the holes (3) while pressing the outpatients.
release button (1). • People with sensitive skin or
2. Adjust the head restraint to the who burn easily.
appropriate height. • Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
2-17
■ Type A During mild weather or under condi-

• People taking medication that tions where the operation of the seat
can cause drowsiness or warmer is not needed, keep the
sleepiness. switches in the OFF position.
• Each time you push the switch, the
WARNING temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
NEVER place anything on the OFF → HIGH ( )
seat that insulates against heat
→
→
when the seat warmer is in oper- →
ation, such as a blanket or seat LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )
cushion. This may cause the OFE038010
seat warmer to overheat, caus- ■ Type B • When pressing the switch for more
ing a burn or damage to the seat. than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
NOTICE
• The seat warmer defaults to the
To prevent damage to the seat OFF position each time the
warmers and seats: POWER button is turned to the ON
• Never use a solvent such as position.
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
or gasoline to clean the seats. i Information
• Do not place heavy or sharp With the seat warmer switch in the
objects on seats equipped with OFE038051
ON position, the heating system in the
seat warmers. While the vehicle is ON, push either seat turns off or on automatically
• Do not change the seat cover. It of the switches to warm the driver's depending on the seat temperature.
may damage the seat warmer. seat or front passenger's seat.
2-18
Front air ventilation seat • Each time you push the switch, the NOTICE
(if equipped) airflow changes as follows:
→
To prevent damage to the air ven-
OFF HIGH ( )
tilation seat:
→
→
LOW ( )
→
MIDDLE ( )
• Use the air ventilation seat ONLY 2
when the climate control system
is on. Using the air ventilation

• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the air venti- seat for prolonged periods of
lation seat operating, the operation time with the climate control
will turn OFF. system off could cause the air
ventilation seat to malfunction.
• The air ventilation seats defaults to
the OFF position each time the • Never use a solvent such as
POWER button is placed to the ON paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
position. or gasoline to clean the seats.
OFE038011
• Avoid spilling liquids on the sur-
The air ventilation seats are provided face of the front seats and seat-
to cool the front seats by blowing air backs; this may cause the air
through small vent holes on the sur- vent holes to become blocked
face of the seat cushions and seat- and not work properly.
backs.
• Do not place materials such as
When the operation of the air ventila- plastic bags or newspapers
tion seat is not needed, keep the under the seats. They may block
switches in the OFF position. the air intake causing the air
While the vehicle is ON, push the vents to not work properly.
switch to cool the driver's seat or the
front passenger's seat.
2-19
• Do not change the seat covers. It Rear seat warmers (For CANADA) Each time you push the switch,
may damage the air ventilation thetemperature setting of the seat
seat. ischanged as follows :
• If the air vents do not operate,
restart the vehicle. If there is no OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )
→
change, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. The seat warmer defaults to the
OFFposition whenever the POWER
button is placed to the ON position.
i Information
OFE038056L With the seat warmer switch in the
While the vehicle is ON, pusheither ON position, the heating system in
of the switches to warm the rearseat. theseat turns off oron automatically-
depending on the seat temperature.
During mild weather or under condi-
tions where the operation of the seat-
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
2-20
SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the
seat belts properly. It also describes • NEVER allow children to ride • Do not latch the seat belt into
some of the things to avoid when in the front passenger seat. If the buckles of other seats.
using seat belts. a child age 13 or older must be • NEVER unfasten the seat belt
seated in the front seat, move
the seat as far back as possi-
while driving. This may cause 2
loss of vehicle control result-
Seat Belt Safety Precautions ble and properly restrain them ing in an accident.

Always fasten your seat belt and in the seat.
• Make sure there is nothing in
make sure all passengers have fas- • NEVER allow an infant or child the buckle interfering with the
tened their seat belts before starting to be carried on an occupant’s seat belt latch mechanism.
any trip. Air bags are designed to lap. This may prevent the seat belt
supplement the seat belt as an addi- • NEVER ride with the seatback from fastening securely.
tional safety device, but they are not a reclined when the vehicle is • No modifications or additions
substitute. Most states require all moving. should be made by the user
occupants of a vehicle to wear seat • Do not allow children to share which will either prevent the
belts. a seat or seat belt. seat belt adjusting devices
• Do not wear the shoulder belt from operating to remove
WARNING under your arm or behind your slack, or prevent the seat belt
back. assembly from being adjusted
Seat belts must be used by ALL to remove slack.
passengers whenever the vehi- • Always wear both the shoul-
cle is moving. Take the following der portion and lap portion of
precautions when adjusting and the lap/shoulder belt.
wearing seat belts: • Do not use the seat belt if it is
• ALWAYS properly restrain twisted. A twisted seat belt
children under age 13 in the will not protect you properly
rear seats. in an accident.
• Do not use a seat belt if the
webbing or hardware is dam-
aged.
2-21
Seat Belt Warning Light If you continue not to fasten the seat
WARNING belt and you drive over 12 mph
Seat belt warning light (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime
Damaged seat belts and seat will sound for approximately 100 sec-
belt assemblies will not operate onds and the corresponding warning
properly. Always replace: light will blink.
• Frayed, contaminated, or dam- If you unfasten the seat belt while
aged webbing driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the
• Damaged hardware seat belt warning light will illuminate
• The entire seat belt assembly until the seat belt is fastened.
after it has been worn in an If you unfasten the seat belt while
accident, even if damage to driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
webbing or assembly is not seat belt warning chime will sound for
apparent approximately 100 seconds and the
OLMB033022
corresponding warning light will blink.
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
the POWER button is turned ON
regardless of belt fastening. At this
time, if the seat belt is not fastened a
warning chime will sound for 6 sec-
onds.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 6 mph
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay
illuminated.
2-22
If you continue not to fasten the seat i Information
belt and you drive over 6 mph
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay • Although the front passenger seat is
illuminated. not occupied, the seat belt warning
If you continue not to fasten the seat light will blink or illuminate for 6 2
belt and you drive over 12 mph seconds.

(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime Also, when the front passenger gets
will sound for approximately 100 sec- off the vehicle while the warning is
onds and the corresponding warning activating, the warning may contin-
light will blink. ue for 6 seconds even after the pas-
If you unfasten the seat belt while senger gets off.
OFE038020N driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the • The front passenger's seat belt
Front passenger's seat belt warning seat belt warning light will illuminate warning light may not properly
until the seat belt is fastened. operate if the front passenger does
As a reminder to the front passenger, not sit properly in the seat.
the front passenger's seat belt warn- If you unfasten the seat belt while
ing lights will illuminate for approxi- driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the • The front passenger's seat belt
mately 6 seconds each time the seat belt warning chime will sound for warning may operate when luggage,
POWER button is turned ON position approximately 100 seconds and the electronic device, etc. are placed on
regardless of belt fastening. corresponding warning light will blink. the front passenger seat.
2-23
Seat Belt Restraint System Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point sys-

tem with emergency locking
WARNING retractor
Improperly positioned seat belts

may increase the risk of serious
injury in an accident. Take the fol-
lowing precautions when adjust-
ing the seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible
across your hips, not on your OHSS038102L
waist, so that it fits snugly. You should place the lap belt (1) por-
• Position one arm under the tion across your hips and the shoul-
shoulder belt and the other over OHSS038101
der belt (2) portion across your
the belt, as shown in the illus- chest.
tration. To fasten your seat belt: The seat belt automatically adjusts to
• Always position the shoulder Pull the seat belt out of the retractor the proper length after the lap belt
belt anchor into the locked and insert the metal tab (1) into the portion is adjusted manually so that it
position at the appropriate buckle (2). There will be an audible fits snugly around your hips. If you
height. "click" when the tab locks into the lean forward in a slow, easy motion,
buckle. the belt will extend and move with
• Never position the shoulder you.
belt across your neck or face.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
2-24
NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from
the retractor, firmly pull the seat 2
belt out and release it. After
release, you will be able to pull the

belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the OFE038021 OHSS038103
three different positions for maximum To adjust the height of the seat belt To release your seat belt:
comfort and safety. anchor, lower or raise the height Press the release button (1) in the
The shoulder portion should be adjuster into an appropriate position. locking buckle.
adjusted so it lies across your chest To raise the height adjuster, pull it up When it is released, the belt should
and midway over your shoulder near- (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while automatically draw back into the
est the door, not over your neck. pressing the height adjuster button retractor. If this does not happen,
(2). check the belt to be sure it is not
Release the button to lock the twisted, then try again.
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
2-25
Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3- To fasten your seat belt: NOTICE

point system with convertible Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
locking retractor Although the seat belt retractor
and insert the metal tab into the buck-
provides the same level of protec-
This type of seat belt combines the le. There will be an audible "click"
tion for seated passengers in
features of both an emergency locking when the tab locks into the buckle.
either emergency or automatic
retractor seat belt and an automatic When not securing a child restraint,
locking modes, the emergency
locking retractor seat belt. Convertible the seat belt operates in the same way
locking mode allows seated pas-
retractor type seat belts are installed in as the driver's seat belt (Emergency
sengers to move freely in their
the rear seat positions to help accom- Locking Retractor Type). It automati-
seat while keeping some tension
modate the installation of child cally adjusts to the proper length only
on the belt. During a collision or
restraint systems. Although a convert- after the lap belt portion of the seat
sudden stop, the retractor auto-
ible retractor is also installed in the belt is adjusted manually so that it fits
matically locks the belt to help
front passenger seat position, NEVER snugly across your hips.
restrain your body.
place any infant/child restraint system When the seat belt is fully extended
in the front seat of the vehicle. To deactivate the automatic lock-
from the retractor to allow the installa-
ing mode, unbuckle the seat belt
tion of a child restraint system, the
and allow the belt to fully retract.
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint
System" section in this chapter.
2-26
To fasten the rear center seat 2. Insert the small tongue plate (A)
belt into the primary buckle (A') locat-
ed on the right hand (passenger)
side of the center seat. Insert the
buckle until an audible "click" is 2
heard, indicating that the latch is
locked. Make sure the belt is not

twisted.
OHSS038103
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the OTLE035079
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not
twisted, then try again.
OFE038059L
1. Extract the small tongue plate (A)

from the slot on the belt assembly
pocket located in the headliner.
2-27
4. Pull the large tongue plate and To release the rear center seat-
insert it into the seat belt buckle belt
(B') located on the left hand (driv-
er) side of the center seat. Insert
the buckle until an audible "click"
is heard, indicating that the latch is
locked. Make sure the belt is not
twisted.
When using the rear center seat belt,

the buckle with the "CENTER" mark
OFE038060L must be used.
i Information OTL035031
If you are not able to pull out the safe- 1. Press the release button on the
ty belt from the retractor, firmly pull rear center seat belt buckle (B')
the belt out and release it. After located on the left hand (driver)
release, you will be able to pull the belt side of the center seat and
out smoothly. remove the large tongue plate (B).
OTLE035028
3. Slip the large tongue plate (B) out
of the pocket (C) located on the
belt assembly.
2-28
2. To release and retract the rear
center seatbelt assembly, insert a
small tool or key into the primary
buckle release hole (A') located on
the right hand (passenger) side of 2
the center seat. You can also
insert the large buckle (B) into the

release hole to release the seat
belt assembly.
Pull up on the seat belt webbing
and allow the webbing to retract
OTLE035032 automatically. OTLE035078
3. Slip the large tongue plate (B) into 4. Insert the small tongue plate (A)
the pocket (C) located on the belt into the slot on the belt assembly
assembly. pocket located in the headliner.
OFE038062N
2-29
Pre-tensioner seat belt When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

(Driver and front passenger) if the occupant tries to lean forward WARNING
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal or • Always wear your seat belt and
side collision(s), the pre-tensioner sit properly in your seat.
will activate and pull the seat belt into • Do not use the seat belt if it is
tighter contact against the occu- loose or twisted. A loose or
pant's body. twisted seat belt will not pro-
tect you properly in an acci-
(1) Retractor Pretensioner dent.
The purpose of the retractor pre- • Do not place anything near the
tensioner is to make sure that the buckle. This may adversely
shoulder belts fit in tightly against affect the buckle and cause it
the occupant's upper body in cer- to function improperly.
OTL035053 tain frontal or side collision(s).
• Always replace your pre-ten-
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's (2) Emergency Fastening Device sioners after activation or an
and front passenger's Pre-tensioner System accident.
Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the Emergency
and Emergency Fastening Device
• NEVER inspect, service, repair
Fastening Device System is to or replace the pre-tensioners
System). The purpose of the pre-ten- make sure that the pelvis belts fit yourself. This must be done by
sioner is to make sure the seat belts in tightly against the occupant’s an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
fit tightly against the occupant's body lower body in certain frontal colli-
in certain frontal or side collision(s). sion(s). • Do not hit the seat belt assem-
The Emergency Fastening Device blies.
System may be activated in certain If the system senses excessive ten-
crashes where the frontal collision(s) sion on the driver or passenger's
is severe enough, together with the air seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
bags. tem activates, the load limiter inside
the retractor pre-tensioner will
release some of the pressure on the
affected seat belt.
2-30
NOTICE
WARNING
The sensor that activates the SRS
Do not touch the pre-tensioner air bag is connected with the
seat belt assemblies for several pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS 2
minutes after they have been air bag warning light on the instru-
activated. When the pre-ten- ment panel will illuminate for

sioner seat belt mechanism approximately 6 seconds after the
deploys during a collision, the POWER button is placed to the ON
pre-tensioners become hot and position, and then it should turn
can burn you. off.
OLMB033040/Q If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will illu-
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System minate even if the SRS air bag is
consists mainly of the following com- not malfunctioning. If the warning
ponents. Their locations are shown in light does not illuminate, stays
the illustration above: illuminated or illuminates when
1. SRS air bag warning light the vehicle is being driven, have
2. Retractor pre-tensioner an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
3. SRS control module inspect the pre-tensioner seat
belts and SRS air bags as soon as
4. Emergency fastening device possible.
2-31
NOTICE Additional Seat Belt Safety

Precautions WARNING
• Both the driver's and front pas-
senger's pre-tensioner seat Seat belt use during pregnancy • A pregnant woman or a
belts may be activated in certain The seat belt should always be used patient is more vulnerable to
frontal or side collisions or during pregnancy. The best way to any imapcts on the abdomen
rollovers. protect your unborn child is to protect during an abrupt stop or acci-
• When the pre-tensioner seat yourself by always wearing the seat dent. If you are in an accident
belts are activated, a loud noise belt. while pregnant, we recom-
may be heard and fine dust, Pregnant women should always wear mend you consult your doc-
which may appear to be smoke, a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the tor.
may be visible in the passenger shoulder belt across your chest, rout- • To reduce the risk of serious
compartment. These are normal ed between your breasts and away injury or death to an unborn
operating conditions and are not from your neck. Place the lap belt line child during an accident,
hazardous. so that it fits snugly and as low as pos- pregnant women should
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine sible across the hips, not across the NEVER place the lap portion
dust may cause skin irritation abdomen. of the seat belt above or over
and should not be inhaled for the area of the abdomen
prolonged periods. Wash all where the unborn child is
WARNING located.
exposed skin areas thoroughly
after an accident in which the • Fasten your seat belt while
pre-tensioner seat belts were sitting properly in an upright
activated. position to maximize the
effectiveness of the pre-ten-
sioner seat belt system.
• A pre-tensioner seat belt sys-
tem is designed to activate
only once. Replace the pre-
tensioner seat belt system, if it
was activated in an accident.
2-32
Seat belt use and children Small children are best protected
Infant and small children
WARNING from injury in an accident when prop-
erly restrained in the rear seat by a
All 50 states have child restraint laws ALWAYS properly restrain infants child restraint system that meets the
which require children to travel in and small children in a child
approved child restraint devices, restraint appropriate for the
requirements of the Federal Motor 2
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before
including booster seats. The age at child's height and weight. buying any child restraint system,

which seat belts can be used instead To reduce the risk of serious make sure that it has a label certify-
of child restraints differs among injury or death to a child and ing that it meets Federal Motor
states, so you should be aware of the other passengers, NEVER hold a Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213.
specific requirements in your state, child in your lap or arms when The restraint must be appropriate for
and where you are travelling. Infant the vehicle is moving.The violent your child’s height and weight. Check
and child restraints must be properly forces created during an acci- the label on the child restraint for this
placed and installed in a rear seat. dent will tear the child from your information. Refer to the "Child
For more information refer to the arms and throw the child against Restraint Systems" section in this
"Child Restraint Systems" section in the interior of the vehicle. chapter.
this chapter.
2-33
Larger children If the shoulder belt portion slightly One person per belt
Children under age 13 and who are touches the child's neck or face, try Two people (including children) should
too large for a booster seat must placing the child closer to the center never attempt to use a single seat belt.
always occupy the rear seat and use of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still This could increase the severity of
the available lap/shoulder belts. A touches their face or neck they need injuries in case of an accident.
seat belt should lie across the upper to be returned to an appropriate
thighs and be snug across the shoul- booster seat in the rear seat.
der and chest to restrain the child Do not lie down
safely. Check belt fit periodically. WARNING Sitting in a reclined position when
Children are afforded the most safe- the vehicle is in motion can be dan-
ty in the event of an accident when gerous. Even when buckled up, the
• Always make sure children protections of your restraint system
they are restrained by a proper are wearing their seat belts
restraint system and/or seat belts in (seat belts and air bags) is greatly
and that they are properly
the rear seat. Always have the reduced by reclining your seatback.
adjusted before driving.
LATCH system inspected by your To reduce the chance of injuries in the
authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an • NEVER allow the shoulder event of an accident and to achieve
accident. An accident can damage belt to contact the child’s
the maximum effectiveness of the
the LATCH system and may not neck or face.
restraint system, all passengers
properly secure the child restraint. • Do not allow more than one should be sitting up and the front and
If a larger child over age 13 must be child to use a single seat belt. rear seats should be in an upright
seated in the front seat, the child position when the car is moving.
must be securely restrained by the A seat belt cannot provide proper
available lap/shoulder belt and the Transporting an injured person protection if the person is lying down
seat should be placed in the rear- A seat belt should be used when an in the rear seat or if the front or rear
most position. injured person is being transported. seats are in a reclined position.
Consult a physician for specific rec-
ommendations.
2-34
Care of Seat Belts When to replace seat belts
WARNING
Seat belt systems should never be The entire seat belt assembly or
• NEVER ride with a reclined disassembled or modified. In addi- assemblies should be replaced if the
seatback when the vehicle is tion, care should be taken to assure vehicle has been involved in an acci-
moving. that seat belts and belt hardware are dent. This should be done even if no 2
not damaged by seat hinges, doors damage is visible. Additional ques-
• Riding with a reclined seatback

or other abuse. tions concerning seat belt operation
increases your chance of seri- should be directed to an authorized
ous or fatal injuries in the event HYUNDAI dealer.
of a collision or sudden stop. Periodic inspection
• Drivers and passengers should All seat belts should be inspected
always sit well back in their periodically for wear or damage of
seats, properly belted, and with any kind. Any damaged parts should
the seatbacks upright. be replaced as soon as possible by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
2-35
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Children Always in the Rear Children under age 13 must always Child restraint systems must be prop-
ride in the rear seats and must erly placed and installed in the rear
WARNING always be properly restrained to min- seat. You must use a commercially
imize the risk of injury in an accident, available child restraint system that
Always properly restrain chil- sudden stop or sudden maneuver. meets the requirements of the Federal
dren in the rear seats of the According to accident statistics, chil- Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
vehicle. dren are safer when properly (FMVSS 213).
restrained in the rear seats than in Child restraint systems are generally
Children of all ages are safer the front seat. Even with air bags,
when restrained in the rear seat. designed to be secured in a vehicle
children can be seriously injured seat by lap belt portion of a
A child riding in the front pas- or killed. Children too large for a
senger seat can be forcefully lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys-
child restraint must use the seat belts tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.
struck by an inflating air bag provided.
resulting in SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH. All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/
weight restrictions at which seat
belts can be used instead of child
restraints differs among states, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and
where you are travelling.
2-36
Child restraint system (CRS) Selecting a Child Restraint
• Always properly restrain your
Infants and younger children must be child in the child restraint. System (CRS)
restrained in an appropriate rear-fac- When selecting a CRS for your child,
ing or forward-facing CRS that has • If the vehicle head restraint
always:
first been properly secured to the prevents proper installation of 2
a child seat (as described in • Make sure the CRS has a label
rear seat of the vehicle. Read and
the child restraint system certifying that it meets applicable

comply with the instructions for
manual), the head restraint of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
installation and use provided by the
the respective seating posi- Standards (FMVSS 213).
manufacturer of the child restraint.
tion shall be readjusted or • Select a child restraint based on
entirely removed. your child's height and weight. The
WARNING • Do not use an infant carrier or required label or the instructions
a child safety seat that for use typically provide this infor-
An improperly secured child "hooks" over a seatback, it mation.
restraint can increase the risk may not provide adequate
of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH • Select a child restraint that fits the
protection in an accident. vehicle seating position where it
in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when • After an accident, have a will be used.
using a child restraint system: HYUNDAI dealer check the • Read and comply with the warn-
child restraint system, seat ings and instructions for installation
• NEVER install a child or infant belts, tether anchors and
restraint in the front passen- and use provided with the child
lower anchors. restraint system.
ger's seat.
• Always properly secure the
child restraint to a rear seat of
the vehicle.
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufactur-
er's instructions for installa-
tion and use.
2-37
Child restraint system types Continue to use a rearward-facing

There are three main types of child child seat for as long as your child
restraint systems: rearward-facing will fit within the height and weight
seats, forward-facing seats, and limits allowed by the child seat man-
booster seats. They are classified ufacturer. It's the best way to keep
according to the child's age, height them safe. Once your child has out-
and weight. grown the rearward-facing child
restraint, your child is ready for a for-
ward-facing child restraint with a har-
Rearward-facing child seats ness.
WARNING OFE038023
NEVER install a child or infant A rearward-facing child seat provides

restraint in the front passen- restraint with the seating surface
ger's seat. against the back of the child. The har-
ness system holds the child in place,
Placing a rearward-facing child and in an accident, acts to keep the
restraint in the front seat can child positioned in the seat and
result in SERIOUS INJURY or reduce the stress to the neck and
DEATH if the child restraint is spinal cord.
struck by an inflating air bag.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rearward-facing infant
child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typ-
ically have higher height and weight
limits for the rearward-facing position,
allowing you to keep your child rear-
ward-facing for a longer period of
time.
2-38
Booster seats Installing a Child Restraint
A booster seat is a restraint designed System (CRS)
to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system. A booster seat positions WARNING
the seat belt so that it fits properly 2
over the lap of your child. Before installing your child

Keep your child in a booster seat until restraint system always:
they are big enough to sit in the seat • Read and follow the instruc-
without a booster and still have the tions provided by the manu-
seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to facturer of the child restraint.
fit properly, the lap belt must lie snug- • Read and follow the instruc-
OFE028004 ly across the upper thighs, not the tions regarding child restraint
Forward-facing child restraints stomach. The shoulder belt should lie systems in this manual.
A forward-facing child seat provides snug across the shoulder and chest
and not across the neck or face. Failure to follow all warnings
restraint for the child's body with a and instructions could increase
harness. Keep children in a forward- Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must always the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY
facing child seat with a harness until or DEATH if an accident occurs.
they reach the top height or weight be properly restrained to minimize the
limit allowed by your child restraint’s risk of injury.
manufacturer.
WARNING
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing child restraint, your child is If the vehicle headrest prevents
ready for a booster seat. proper installation of a child
seat (as described in the child
seat system manual, the head-
rest of the respective seating
position shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
2-39
After selecting a proper child seat for • Secure the child in the child Lower Anchors and Tether for
your child, check to make sure it fits restraint. Make sure the child is Children (LATCH System)
properly in your vehicle. Follow the properly strapped in the child The LATCH system holds a child
instructions provided by the manu- restraint according to the manufac- restraint during driving and in an acci-
facturer when installing the child turer instructions. dent. This system is designed to
seat. Note these general steps when make installation of the child restraint
installing the seat to your vehicle: CAUTION easier and reduce the possibility of
• Properly secure the child improperly installing your child
restraint to the vehicle. All child A child restraint in a closed restraint. The LATCH system uses
restraints must be secured to the vehicle can become very hot. To anchors in the vehicle and attach-
vehicle with the lap part of a prevent burns, check the seat- ments on the child restraint. The
lap/shoulder belt or with the ing surface and buckles before LATCH system eliminates the need
LATCH system. If using the placing your child in the child to use seat belts to secure the child
lap/shoulder belt for your child restraint. restraint to the rear seats.
restraint, the convertible locking Lower anchors are metal bars built
retractor should be pulled all the into the vehicle. There are two lower
way out to engage the "automatic anchors for each LATCH seating
locking" mode. (See page 2-43.) position that will accommodate a
• Make sure the child restraint is child restraint with lower attachments.
firmly secured. After installing a To use the LATCH system in your
child restraint to the vehicle, push vehicle, you must have a child
and pull the seat forward-and-back restraint with LATCH attachments.
and side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A The child seat manufacturer will pro-
child restraint secured with a seat vide you with instructions on how to
belt should be installed as firmly as use the child seat with its attachments
possible. However, some side-to- for the LATCH lower anchors.
side movement can be expected.
2-40
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH 2
anchors in the rear center seat-
ing position.There are no LATCH

anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision
resulting in serious injury or
OOSEV038012 OFE038027N
death.
LATCH anchors have been provided [1] : Lower Anchor Position Indicator,
[2] : Lower Anchor
in the left and right outboard rear
seating positions. Their locations are The lower anchor position indicator
shown in the illustration. There are no symbols are located on the left and
LATCH anchors provided for the cen- right rear seat backs to identify the
ter rear seating position. position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
2-41
Securing a child restraint with NOTICE

the LATCH anchors system WARNING
The recommended weight for the
To install a LATCH-compatible child Take the following precautions LATCH system is under 65 lb (30
restraint in either of the rear outboard when using the LATCH system: kg).
seating positions:
• Read and follow all installation How to determine an appropriate
1. Move the seat belt buckle away instructions provided with child restraint weight:
from the lower anchors. your child restraint system. Child weight + Child restraint
2. Move any other objects away from • To prevent the child from weight < 65 lb (30kg)
the anchors that could prevent a reaching and taking hold of
secure connection between the unretracted seat belts, buckle
child restraint and the lower all unused rear seat belts and
anchors. retract the seat belt webbing
3. Place the child restraint on the behind the child. Children can
vehicle seat, then attach the seat be strangled if a shoulder belt
to the lower anchors according to becomes wrapped around
the instructions provided by the their neck and the seat belt
child restraint manufacturer. tightens.
4. Follow the child restraint instruc- • NEVER attach more than one
tions for properly adjusting and child restraint to a single
tightening the lower attachments anchor. This could cause the
on the child restraint to the lower anchor or attachment to come
anchors. loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH sys-
tem inspected by your author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer after an
accident. An accident can
damage the LATCH system
and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
2-42
Securing a child restraint seat
with "Tether Anchor" system WARNING
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap: 2
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with

your child restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single teth-
er anchor. This could cause
the anchor or attachment to OFE038026
come loose or break. To install the tether anchor:
• Do not attach the tether strap 1. Route the child restraint tether
OFE038025
to anything other than the cor- strap over the child restraint seat-
First secure the child restraint with rect tether anchor. It may not
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat back. Route the tether strap under
work properly if attached to the head restraint and between
belt. If the child restraint manufactur- something else.
er recommends that the top tether the head restraint posts, or route
• Do not use the tether anchors the tether strap over the top of the
strap be attached, attach and tighten for adult seat belts or harness-
the top tether strap to the top tether vehicle seatback. Make sure the
es, or for attaching other items strap is not twisted.
strap anchor. or equipment to the vehicle.
Child restraint hook holders are 2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
located on the rear of the seatbacks. tether anchor, then tighten the teth-
er strap according to the child seat
manufacturer's instructions to firmly
secure the child restraint to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat for-
ward-and-back and side-to-side.
2-43
Securing a child restraint with Since all passenger seat belts move
lap/shoulder belt freely under normal conditions and
When not using the LATCH system, only lock under extreme or emer-
all child restraints must be secured to gency conditions (emergency locking
a vehicle rear seat with the lap part mode), you must manually pull the
of a lap/shoulder belt. seat belt all the way out to shift the
retractor to the "Automatic Locking"
mode to secure a child restraint.
WARNING The "Automatic Locking" mode will
help prevent the normal movement
ALWAYS place a rear-facing
of the child in the vehicle from caus-
child restraint in the rear seat of
OLMB033044 ing the seat belt to loosen and com-
the vehicle.
promise the child restraint system. To
Placing a rear-facing child secure a child restraint system, use
restraint in the front seat can the following procedure.
result in serious injury or death
if the child restraint is struck by
an inflating air bag.
OFE038024
Automatic locking mode
2-44
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on
a rear seat and route the lap/ shoul-
der belt around or through the child 2
restraint, following the restraint

manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted. Make sure to insert
the belt into the guide(1).
OLMB033045 OLMB033097
NOTICE
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat
When using the rear center seat into the buckle. Listen for the dis- belt all the way out. When the shoul-
belt, you should also refer to the tinct "click" sound. der portion of the seat belt is fully
"Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3- extended, it will shift the retractor to
point system" section in this the "Automatic Locking" (child
chapter. i Information
restraint) mode.
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
2-45
5. Remove as much slack from the NOTICE

belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while When the seat belt is allowed to
feeding the shoulder belt back into retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor. the retractor will automatically
6. Push and pull on the child restraint switch from the "Automatic
system to confirm that the seat Locking" mode to the emergency
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it lock mode for normal adult usage.
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6. WARNING
7. Double check that the retractor is
OLMB033098 in the "Automatic Locking" mode If the retractor is not in the
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion by attempting to pull more of the "Automatic Locking" mode, the
of the seat belt to retract and listen seat belt out of the retractor. If you child restraint can move when
for an audible "clicking" or "ratch- cannot, the retractor is in the your vehicle turns or stops sud-
eting" sound. This indicates that "Automatic Locking" mode. denly. A child can be seriously
the retractor is in the "Automatic injured or killed if the child
Locking" mode. If no distinct restraint is not properly anchored
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
sound is heard, repeat steps 3 in the car, including manually
recommends you to use a tether
and 4. pulling the seat belt all the way
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
out to shift the rectractor to the
refer to the previous pages for more
"Automatic Locking" mode.
information.
To remove the child restraint, press

the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
2-46
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

1. Driver's front air bag
2. Passenger's front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OFE038028
2-47
This vehicle is equipped with an

Advanced Supplemental Air Bag WARNING
System for the driver's seat and front
passenger's seats. AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The front air bags are designed to ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,
supplement the three-point seat everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in
belts. For these air bags to provide a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt
protection, the seat belts must be when the air bag inflates.
worn at all times when driving. NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front
You can be severely injured or killed passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant
in an accident if you are not wearing or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
a seat belt. Air bags are designed to ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the
supplement seat belts, but do not safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older
replace them. Also, air bags are not must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted
designed to deploy in every collision. and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
In some accidents, the seat belts are
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi-
the only restraint protecting you.
tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-
fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked
and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident,
the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant
causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at
least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and
the chest.
2-48
Where Are the Air Bags? ■ Driver’s front air bag The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation within
Driver's and passenger's front two levels. A first stage level is pro-
air bags vided for moderate-severity impacts.
Your vehicle is equipped with a A second stage level is provided for 2
Advanced Supplemental Restraint more severe impacts.
System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts

According to the impact severity, the
at both the driver and passenger SRS Control Module (SRSCM) con-
seating positions. trols the air bag inflation. Failure to
The SRS consists of air bags which properly wear seat belts can
are located in the center of the steer- increase the risk or severity of injury
ing wheel, and the passenger's side OFE038029 in an accident.
front panel pad above the glove box. ■ Passenger’s front air bag
The air bags are labeled with the let- WARNING
ters "AIR BAG" embossed on the
pad covers. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
front air bags, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Move your seat as far back as
OFE038031
possible from front air bags,
The purpose of the SRS is to provide while still maintaining control
the vehicle's driver and front passen- of the vehicle.
gers with additional protection than • Never lean against the door or
that offered by the seat belt system center console.
alone.
2-49
Side air bags The side air bags are designed to

• Do not allow the front passen- deploy during certain side impact
ger to place their feet or legs collisions, depending on the crash
on the dashboard. severity.
• No objects (such as crash pad The side and curtain air bags on
cover, cellular phone holder, both sides of the vehicle may deploy
cup holder, perfume or stick- if a rollover or possible rollover is
ers) should be placed over or detected.
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument The side air bags are not designed to
panel, windshield glass, and deploy in all side impact or rollover
the front passenger's panel situations.
above the glove box. Such
objects could cause harm if OFE038032 WARNING
the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the To reduce the risk of serious
air bags to deploy. injury or death from an inflating
side air bag, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
OFE038033
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat. The pur-
pose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and the front passen-
ger with additional protection than
2-50 that offered by the seat belt alone.
Curtain air bags
• Do not allow passengers to • Do not install any accessories
lean their heads or bodies on the side or near the side air
onto doors, put their arms on bags.
the doors, stretch their arms • Do not put any objects
out of the window, or place
2
between the side airbag label
objects between the doors and seat cushion. It could

and seats. cause harm if the vehicle is in
• Hold the steering wheel at the a crash severe enough to
9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi- cause the air bags to deploy.
tions, to minimize the risk of • Do not cause impact to the
injuries to your hands and doors when the POWER but-
arms. ton is placed to the ON posi-
• Do not use any accessory tion as this may cause the OFE038035
seat covers. This could reduce side air bags to inflate.
or prevent the effectiveness • If the seat or seat cover is
of the system. damaged, have the vehicle
• Do not place any objects over checked and repaired by an
the air bag or between the air authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects
between the door and the OFE038034
seat. They may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side Curtain air bags are located along
air bag inflates. both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
2-51
They are designed to help protect the How Does the Air Bag System
heads of the front seat occupants • Properly secure child
restraints as far away from the Operate?
and the rear outboard seat occupants
in certain side impact collisions. door as possible.
The curtain air bags are designed to • Do not place any objects over
deploy during certain side impact the air bag. Also, do not attach
collisions, depending on the crash any objects around the area
severity. the air bag inflates such as the
door, side door glass, front
The side and curtain air bags on and rear pillar, roof side rail.
both sides of the vehicle may deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is • Do not hang other objects
detected. except clothes, especially
hard or breakable objects. In
The curtain air bags are not designed an accident, it may cause
to deploy in all side impact or rollover vehicle damage or personal OFE038053N
situations. injury. The SRS consists of the following
• Do not allow passengers to components:
WARNING lean their heads or bodies onto 1. Driver's front air bag module
doors, put their arms on the
To reduce the risk of serious doors, stretch their arms out of 2. Passenger's front air bag module
injury or death from an inflating the window, or place objects 3. Side air bag modules
curtain air bag, take the follow- between the doors and seats. 4. Curtain air bag modules
ing precautions: • Do not open or repair the side 5. Retractor pre-tensioner
• All seat occupants must wear curtain air bags.
seat belts at all times to help 6. Air bag warning light
keep occupants positioned 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
properly. Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
2-52
10. Side pressure sensors SRS warning light
11. Seat belt buckle sensor
WARNING
12. Emergency Fastening Device If your SRS malfunctions, the air
System bag may not inflate properly dur-
ing an accident increasing the
2
13. Occupant classification system
risk of serious injury or death.

The SRS (Supplement Restraint
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System) air bag warning light on the If any of the following condi-
System Control Module) continually instrument panel displays the air bag tions occur, your SRS is mal-
monitors all SRS components while symbol depicted in the illustration. functioning:
the POWER button is placed to the The system checks the air bag elec- • The light does not turn on for
ON position to determine if a crash trical system for malfunctions. The approximately six seconds
impact is severe enough to require air light indicates that there is a potential when the POWER button is in
bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat malfunction with your air bag system, the ON position.
belt deployment. which could include your side and • The light stays on after illumi-
curtain air bags used for rollover pro- nating for approximately six
tection. seconds.
• The light comes on when the
vehicle is ON.
• The light blinks when the
vehicle is ON.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer inspect the SRS as soon
as possible if any of these con-
ditions occur.
2-53
During a frontal collision, sensors will • The front air bags will completely • To help provide protection, the air
detect the vehicle's deceleration. If inflate and deflate in an instant. It is bags must inflate rapidly. The speed
the rate of deceleration is high virtually impossible for you to see of air bag inflation is a consequence
enough, the control unit will inflate the air bags inflate during an acci- of extremely short time in which to
the front air bags. dent. It is much more likely that you inflate the air bag between the
The front air bags help protect the will simply see the deflated air bags occupant and the vehicle structures
driver and front passenger by hanging out of their storage com- before the occupant impacts those
responding to frontal impacts in partments after the collision. structures. This speed of inflation
which seat belts alone cannot pro- • In addition to inflating in certain reduces the risk of serious or life-
vide adequate restraint. When need- side collisions, vehicles equipped threatening injuries and is thus a
ed, the side air bags help provide with a rollover sensor, side and necessary part of air bag design.
protection in the event of a side curtain air bags will inflate if the However, the rapid air bag inflation
impact or rollover. sensing system detects a rollover. can also cause injuries which can
• Air bags are activated (able to When a rollover is detected, side include facial abrasions, bruises
inflate if necessary) only when the and curtain air bags will remain and broken bones because the
POWER button is placed to the ON inflated longer to help provide pro- inflation speed also causes the air
position. tection from ejection, especially bags to expand with a great deal of
when used in conjunction with the force.
• Air bags inflate in the event of cer-
tain frontal or side collisions to help seat belts. • There are even circumstances
protect the occupants from serious under which contact with the air
physical injury. bag can cause fatal injuries, espe-
cially if the occupant is positioned
• Generally, air bags are designed to excessively close to the air bag.
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision, its direction, etc. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/inflation signal.
2-54
You can take steps to help reduce ■ Driver's front air bag (1)
the risk of being injured by an inflat- WARNING
ing air bag. The greatest risk is sitting
too close to the air bag. An air bag To reduce the risk of serious
needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of injury or death from an inflating 2
space to inflate. NHTSA recom- air bag, take the following pre-
mends that drivers allow at least 10 cautions:

inches (25 cm) between the center of • NEVER place a child restraint
the steering wheel and the chest. in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain chil-
dren under age 13 in the rear
seats of the vehicle. OTLA035107
• Adjust the front passenger’s When the SRSCM detects a suffi-
and driver's seats as far to the ciently severe impact to the front of
rear as possible while allow- the vehicle, it will automatically
ing you to maintain full con- deploy the front air bags.
trol of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions.
• Never place anything or any-
one between the air bag and
the seat occupant.
• Do not allow the front passen-
ger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
2-55
■ Driver's front air bag (2) ■ Driver's front air bag (3)
WARNING
To prevent objects from becom-
ing dangerous projectiles when
the passenger's air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any
objects (drink holder, CD
holder, stickers, etc.) on the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box where the pas-
OTLA035108 OTLA035109
senger's air bag is located.
Upon deployment, tear seams mold- ■ Passenger's front air bag • Do not install a container of
ed directly into the pad covers will liquid air freshener near the
separate under pressure from the instrument cluster or on the
expansion of the air bags. Further instrument panel surface.
opening of the covers allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver or the front passen-
ger forward motion, reducing the risk
of head and chest injury.
OLMB033057
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibili-
ty and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
2-56
What to Expect After an Air Noise and smoke from inflating
• Always wash exposed skin air bag
Bag Inflates areas thoroughly with cold
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, and mild soap. When the air bags inflate, they make
it will deflate very quickly. Air bag a loud noise and may produce
• Always have an authorized smoke and powder in the air inside of 2
inflation will not prevent the driver HYUNDAI dealer replace the
from seeing out of the windshield or the vehicle. This is normal and is a
air bag immediately after

being able to steer. Curtain air bags result of the ignition of the air bag
deployment. Air bags are
may remain partially inflated for inflator. After the air bag inflates, you
designed to be used only
some time after they deploy. may feel substantial discomfort in
once.
breathing because of the contact of
your chest with both the seat belt and
WARNING the air bag, as well as from breathing
the smoke and powder. The powder
After an air bag inflates, take may aggravate asthma for some
the following precautions: people. If you experience breathing
• Open your windows and doors problems after an air bag deploy-
as soon as possible after ment, seek medical attention imme-
impact to reduce prolonged diately.
exposure to the smoke and Though the smoke and powder are
powder released by the inflat- nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
ing air bag. the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
• Do not touch the air bag stor- this is the case, wash and rinse with
age area's internal compo- cold water immediately and seek
nents immediately after an air medical attention if the symptoms
bag has inflated. The parts persist.
that come into contact with an
inflating air bag may be very
hot.
2-57
Occupant Classification Main components of the For example, if a child restraint of the
System (OCS) Occupant Classification System type specified in the regulations is on
• A detection device located within the seat, the occupant classification
the front passenger seat cushion. sensor can detect it and cause the
air bag to turn OFF.
• Electronic system to determine
whether the passenger air bag Front passenger seat adult occu-
systems should be activated or pants who are properly seated and
deactivated. wearing the seat belt properly,
should not cause the passenger air
• An indicator light located on the bag to be automatically turned OFF.
instrument panel which illuminates For small adults it may be turned
the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF, however, if the occupant does
OFF" indicating the front passen- not sit in the seat properly (for exam-
ger air bag system is deactivated. ple, by not sitting upright, by sitting
OFE038054N • The instrument panel air bag indi- on the edge of the seat, or by other-
Your vehicle is equipped with an cator light is interconnected with wise being out of position), this could
Occupant Classification System the OCS. cause the sensor to turn the air bag
(OCS) in the front passenger's seat. OFF.
The OCS is designed to help detect You will find the "PASSENGER AIR
the presence of a properly-seated BAG OFF" indicator on the center
front passenger and determine if the fascia panel. This system detects the
passenger's front air bag should be conditions 1-4 in the following table
enabled (may inflate) or not. and activates or deactivates the front
The purpose is to help reduce the passenger air bag based on these
risk of injury or death from an inflat- conditions.
ing air bag to certain front passenger
seat occupants, such as children, by
requiring the air bag to be automati-
cally turned OFF.
2-58
Always be sure that you and all vehi- Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
cle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for Indicator/Warning light Devices
the most effective protection by the Condition detected by the "PASSENGER
air bag and the seat belt. occupant classification system AIR BAG OFF"
SRS Front passenger 2
The OCS may not function properly if warning light air bag
indicator light

the passenger takes actions which
can affect the classification system. 1. Adult *1 Off Off Activated
These include: 2. Infant * or child restraint
2
• Failing to sit in an upright position. On Off Deactivated

system with 12 months old *3 *4
• Leaning against the door or center
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the 4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated
front of the seat. *1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front
• Putting their legs on the dashboard passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique
or resting them on other locations and posture.
which reduce the passenger *2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has out-
weight on the front seat. grown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize
him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
• Reclining the seatback. *4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months
• Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is
or hip protection wear. a normal condition.
• Putting an additional thick cushion
on the seat.
• Putting electrical devices (e.g.
notebook, satellite radio) on the
seat with inverter charging.
2-59
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger’s seat when it is unoccupied by a
passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
• NEVER put a heavy load in • NEVER ride with the seat-
the front seat or seatback back reclined when the
pocket, or hang any items vehicle is moving.
on the front passenger
seat.
OVQ036013NB OLMB033103
• NEVER place your feet on • NEVER place your feet or

the front passenger seat- legs on the dashboard.
back.
OLMB033100 OLMB033102
• NEVER sit with your hips • NEVER lean on the door or

shifted towards the front center console or sit on
of the seat. one side of the front pas-
senger seat.
OLMB033101 OLMB033104
2-60
• Do not sit on the passen- • Do not place electronic
ger seat wearing heavily devices such as laptops,
padded clothes such as DVD player, or conductive 2
ski wear and hip protector. materials such as water
bottles on the passenger

seat.
• Do not use electronic
ODH035900K OTM038054 devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which
use inverter chargers.
• Do not use car seat • If large quantity of liquid

accessories such as thick has been spilled on the
blankets and cushions passenger seat, the air
which cover up the car bag warning light may
seat surface. illuminate or malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the
seat has been completely
ODH035901K OTM038055 dried before driving the
vehicle.
• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection sys-
tem, if they puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been devel-
oped based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may
result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could inter-
fere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.
2-61
Do Not Install a Child Restraint

WARNING in the Front Passenger's Seat
Never allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front passenger
seat when the "PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator is illuminat-
ed. During a collision, the air bag
will not inflate if the indicator is
illuminated. Have your passen-
ger reposition himself in the
seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR
B990A01O
BAG OFF" indicator remains illu-
Proper seated position for OCS minated after the passenger
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" repositions himself properly and 1JBH3051
indicator is on when an adult is seat- the vehicle is restarted, have the
passenger move to the rear seat Even though your vehicle is equipped
ed in the front passenger seat, place with the OCS, never install a child
the POWER button in the OFF posi- because the air bag will not
inflate. restraint in the front passenger's seat.
tion and ask the passenger to sit
An inflating air bag can forcefully
properly (sitting upright with the seat
strike a child or child restraint result-
back in an upright position, centered NOTICE ing in serious or fatal injury.
on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
and their feet on the floor). Restart indicator illuminates for approxi-
the vehicle and have the person mately 4 seconds after the
remain in that position. This will allow POWER button is in the ON posi-
the system to detect the person and tion or after the vehicle is started.
to enable the passenger air bag. If If the front passenger seat is
the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" occupied, the OCS will then clas-
indicator is still on, ask the passen- sify the front passenger after sev-
ger to move to the rear seat. eral more seconds.
2-62
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off
WARNING • Do not perform maintenance
in a Collision? on or around the air bag sen-
• NEVER place a rear-facing or Air bags are not designed to inflate in sors. If the location or angle of
front-facing child restraint in every collision. There are certain the sensors is altered, the air
the front passenger's seat of types of accidents in which the air bag bags may deploy when they
2
the vehicle. would not be expected to provide should not or may not deploy

additional protection. These include when they should.
• An inflating frontal air bag rear impacts, second or third colli-
could forcefully strike a child • Do not install bumper guards
sions in multiple impact accidents, as or replace the bumper with a
resulting in serious injury or
well as low speed impacts. Damage non-genuine HYUNDAI parts.
death.
to the vehicle indicates a collision This may adversely affect the
• Always properly restrain chil- energy absorption, and is not an indi-
dren in an appropriate child collision and air bag deploy-
cator of whether or not an air bag ment performance.
restraint in the rear seat of the should have inflated.
vehicle. • Place the POWER button to
the OFF position when the
Air bag collision sensors vehicle is being towed to pre-
vent inadvertent air bag
WARNING deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs conduct-
To reduce the risk of an air bag ed by an authorized HYUNDAI
deploying unexpectedly and dealer.
causing serious injury or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
2-63
1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor

2. Front impact sensor
3. Side pressure sensor
4. Side impact sensor
5. Side impact sensor
OFE038036N/OFE038037/OFE038038N/OFE038039/OFE038040/OFE038071N
2-64
Air bag inflation conditions Although the driver's and front pas-
senger's air bags are designed to
inflate only in frontal collisions, they
also may inflate in other types of col-
lisions if the front impact sensors 2
detect a sufficient impact. Side and
curtain air bags are designed to

inflate only in side impact collisions
or rollover situations, but they may
inflate in other collisions if the side
impact sensors detect a sufficient
OFE038041N impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
OFE038042 bumps or objects on unimproved
Front air bags roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
Front air bags are designed to inflate carefully on unimproved roads or on
in a frontal collision depending on surfaces not designed for vehicle
the severity of impact of the front col- traffic to prevent unintended air bag
lision. deployment.
OFE038033
Side and curtain air bags
Side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the severity of impact
resulting from a side impact collision.
2-65
Air bag non-inflation conditions
OFE038044 OFE038045N
OFE038043 Front air bags are not designed to Front air bags may not inflate in side
inflate in rear collisions, because impact collisions, because occupants
In certain low-speed collisions the air occupants are moved backward by move in the direction of the collision,
bags may not deploy. The air bags the force of the impact. In this case, and thus in side impacts, front air bag
are designed not to deploy in such inflated air bags would not provide deployment would not provide addi-
cases because they may not provide any additional benefit. tional occupant protection.
benefits beyond the protection of the
seat belts. However, side and curtain air bags
may inflate depending on the severi-
ty of impact.
2-66
2

OTM038090 OFE038046 OTL035068
In an angled collision, the force of Just before impact, drivers often Front air bags may not inflate in
impact may direct the occupants in a brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents because air bag
direction where the air bags would lowers the front portion of the vehicle deployment could not provide protec-
not be able to provide any additional causing it to "ride" under a vehicle tion to the occupants.
benefit, and thus the sensors may with a higher ground clearance. Air However, side and curtain air bags
not deploy any air bags. bags may not inflate in this "under- may inflate when the vehicle is rolled
ride" situation because deceleration over by a side impact collision.
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
"underride" collisions.
2-67
SRS Care
WARNING
The SRS is virtually maintenance-
free and there are no parts you can To reduce the risk of serious
safely service by yourself. If the SRS injury or death, take the follow-
air bag warning light does not illumi- ing precautions:
nate when the POWER button is in
the ON position, or continuously
• Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS compo-
remains on, have your vehicle imme-
nents or wiring, including the
diately inspected by an authorized
addition of any kind of badges
HYUNDAI dealer.
to the pad covers or modifica-
Any work on the SRS system, such tions to the body structure.
OFE038047
as removing, installing, repairing, or
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle any work on the steering wheel, the
• Do not place objects over or
collides with objects such as utility near the air bag modules on
front passenger's panel, front seats
poles or trees, where the point of the steering wheel, instrument
and roof rails must be performed by
impact is concentrated and the colli- panel, or the front passen-
sion energy is absorbed by the vehi- ger’s panel above the glove
Improper handling of the SRS system
cle structure. box.
may result in serious personal injury.
• Clean the air bag pad covers
with a soft cloth moistened
with plain water. Solvents or
cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and
proper deployment of the sys-
tem.
• Always have inflated air bags
replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
2-68
Do not modify the front seats. Air Bag Warning Labels
• If components of the air bag
system must be discarded, or if Modification of the front seats could
the vehicle must be scrapped, interfere with the operation of the
certain safety precautions supplemental restraint system sens-
must be observed. Consult an ing components or side air bags. 2
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for Do not place items under the front

the necessary information. seats. Placing items under the front
Failure to follow these precau- seats could interfere with the opera-
OFE038049N
tions could increase the risk of tion of the supplemental restraint
personal injury. system sensing components and Air bag warning labels, required by
wiring harnesses. the U.S. National Highway Traffic
Do not cause impact to the doors. Safety Administration (NHTSA), are
Additional Safety Precautions Impact to the doors when the attached to alert the driver and pas-
POWER button is in the ON position sengers of potential risks of the air
Passengers should not move out bag system. Be sure to read all of the
of or change seats while the vehi- may cause the air bags to inflate.
information about the air bags that
cle is moving. A passenger who is Modifications to accommodate are installed on your vehicle in this
not wearing a seat belt during a disabilities. If you require modifica- Owners Manual.
crash or emergency stop can be tion to your vehicle to accommodate
thrown against the inside of the vehi- a disability, contact the HYUNDAI
cle, against other occupants, or be Customer Connect Center at 800-
ejected from the vehicle. 633-5151.
Do not use any accessories on
seat belts. Devices claiming to Adding equipment to or modify-
improve occupant comfort or reposi- ing your air bag equipped vehicle
tion the seat belt can reduce the pro-
tection provided by the seat belt and If you modify your vehicle by chang-
increase the chance of serious injury ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-
in a crash. tem, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the opera-
tion of your vehicle's air bag system.
2-69
ACTIVE HOOD LIFT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The active hood lift system can System activation System activation
reduce a risk of injury to pedestrians The active hood lift system is
by raising the hood in certain acci-
Prerequisite for activation
designed to work in a frontal collision
dent situations. The active hood lift The POWER button is in the START
depending on the intensity, speed or
system has the additional deforma- position and the vehicle speed is
angles of impact of the front collision.
tion space under the hood, which is between about 15.5 mph (25 km/h)
made available for subsequent head and 31 mph (50 km/h).
impact. The system will activate when:
i Information • There is a frontal collision with a
- Active hood lift system pedestrian, an animal, an obstacle
repair or a vehicle and certain operation
• If the active hood lift system has been conditions (intensity, speed, angle
activated, do not place the hood back of impact, etc.) are met.
by yourself. Have the system repaired
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If you change or repair the front
bumper, have the system checked by
2-70
System limitation

OFE038065 OFE038067N OFE038069
The system will not activate when:

• In side, rear collisions and rollover
accidents. The vehicle can detect
only frontal collision.
• The front bumper is damaged or
modified.
• The vehicle is in an angled frontal
collision with pedestrians.
• A pedestrian is laying on the road.
• A pedestrian has an object to
OFE038066 OFE038068N absorb the shock such as a suit
case, buggy or cart.
2-71
System malfunction i Information

• Do not remove or change the com-
ponents and the wiring of the active
hood system.
• Do not change the front bumper or
the body structure.
• Do not install or assemble any after-
market accessory on the front
bumper or cover.
• When replacing tires, make sure
they are the same size as your origi-
OFE038070L nal tires. If you drive with different
tire or wheel sizes, the active hood
If there is a problem with the system lift system may not work normally.
a message will appear on the cluster The above situations may cause a
LCD display. malfunction of the active hood lift sys-
This warning message means that tem.
the protection of pedestrians by the
active hood lift system is not working
properly.
If the warning message is displayed,
have the system checked as soon as
possible by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
2-72
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accessing Your Vehicle .........................................3-3 Resetting the Sunroof ...................................................3-40

Smart Key............................................................................3-3 Sunroof Open Warning..................................................3-41
Immobilizer System ...........................................................3-9 Exterior Features.................................................3-42
Door Locks............................................................3-11 Hood ...................................................................................3-42
Door unlocking from outside the vehicle .................3-11 Non-Powered Liftgate...................................................3-43
Door locking from outside the vehicle ......................3-14 Power Liftgate .................................................................3-45
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .......3-14 Smart Liftgate ..................................................................3-51 3
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-17 Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-55
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ...............................3-18 Emergency Fuel Filler Door Release..........................3-57
Theft-Alarm System............................................3-19 Instrument Cluster ...............................................3-58
Steering Wheel .....................................................3-20 Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-59
Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-20 Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-59
Tilt Steering/Telescope Steering.................................3-21 Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-65
Horn....................................................................................3-21 LCD Display Messages ...................................................3-76
Heated Steering Wheel..................................................3-22 LCD Display ...........................................................3-81
Mirrors...................................................................3-23 LCD Display Control........................................................3-81
Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-23 LCD Display Modes.........................................................3-82
Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-31 Trip Computer .......................................................3-85
Windows ................................................................3-33 Lighting..................................................................3-89
Power Windows ...............................................................3-34 Exterior Lights .................................................................3-89
Sunroof..................................................................3-37 Welcome System .............................................................3-99
Sunroof Opening and Closing ......................................3-38 Wipers and Washers..........................................3-101
Sliding the Sunroof.........................................................3-38 Front Windshield Wipers.............................................3-101
Tilting the Sunroof .........................................................3-39 Front Windshield Washers..........................................3-102
Sunshade...........................................................................3-39 Rear Window Wiper and Washer..............................3-103
Driver Assist System .........................................3-104 Windshield Defrosting and Defogging............3-157
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with
System .............................................................................3-104 Automatic Temperature Control System)................3-159
Rear View Monitor .......................................................3-108 Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-160
Surround View Monitoring .........................................3-109 Climate Control Additional Features ...............3-161
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) .............3-112 Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-161
3 Operating Condition......................................................3-113 Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...............................3-161
Non-operating Condition ............................................3-114 Storage Compartment .......................................3-162
Limitations of the System...........................................3-115 Center Console Storage ..............................................3-162
How the System Works (Smart Parking) ................3-119 Glove Box........................................................................3-162
How the System Works (Remote Smart Parking)..3-126 Interior Features ................................................3-163
How the System Works (Smart Exit) .......................3-130 Cup Holder ......................................................................3-163
How the System Works (Remote Moving Forward/ Sunvisor...........................................................................3-164
Backward) .......................................................................3-137 Power Outlet ..................................................................3-165
Additional Instructions (Messages) ..........................3-142 AC Inverter......................................................................3-166
Turn signal Showing Vehicle Status while System USB Charger...................................................................3-168
in Activation....................................................................3-143 Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-168
Smart Key Showing Vehicle Status while System Clock.................................................................................3-170
in Activation....................................................................3-144 Coat Hook .......................................................................3-171
Link with other Systems .............................................3-145 Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-171
Automatic Climate Control System..................3-146 Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-172
Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-147 Cargo Security Screen.................................................3-173
Manual Temperature Control Mode .........................3-147 Exterior Features...............................................3-175
System Operation .........................................................3-154 Roof Side Rails ..............................................................3-175
System Maintenance....................................................3-155
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
Smart Key 1. Door Lock Locking your vehicle
■ Type A 2. Door Unlock
3. Liftgate Unlock
4. Panic
5. Remote Smart Parking Assist
(if equipped)
6. Remote Start (if equipped) 3

OFE048005 OFE048003
■ Type B To lock your vehicle using the door
handle button or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure all doors, the hood and
the liftgate are closed.
2. Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession.
3. Press either the button on the
door handle or the Door Lock but-
ton (1) on the smart key. The
chime will sound once and the
OFE048006N hazard warning lights will blink.
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, 4. Make sure the doors are locked by
which you can use to lock or unlock checking the position of the door
the driver and passenger doors or lock button inside the vehicle.
the rear liftgate.
3-3
i Information Unlocking your vehicle Two Press Unlock Feature

The priority for unlocking the driver
The door handle button will only door only, or unlocking all the doors
operate when the smart key is within with one press may be adjusted in
28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the out- the User Settings mode in the AVN
side door handle. LCD display.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when
Note that you cannot lock your vehi- enabled, will require the user to
cle using the door handle button if press the door unlock button once for
any of the following occur: driver door only and twice for unlock-
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle. ing all the doors within 4 seconds.
• The POWER button is in ACC or Select or Deselect the Two Press
ON position. OFE048004 Unlock feature in the User Settings
• Any of the doors are open except mode in the AVN LCD display. The
To unlock your vehicle:
for the liftgate. option can be found under the follow-
1. Make sure you have the smart key ing menu:
in your possession.
WARNING Vehicle Settings mode ➞ Door/Liftgate
2. Press either the button on the ➞ Two Press Unlock
Do not leave the Smart Key in door handle or the Door Unock
your vehicle with unsupervised button (2) on the smart key. The
children. Unattended children driver's door will unlock and the
could press the POWER button hazard warning lights will blink two
and may operate power win- times.
dows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move, which
could result in serious injury or
death.
3-4
The Two Press Unlock feature can Opening the liftgate Power liftgate
also be enabled or disabled by Non-power liftgate To unlock and open the liftgate:
pressing the door lock and unlock
buttons simultaneously on the Key To unlock and open the liftgate: 1. Make sure you have the smart key
FOB: 1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
Press and hold both the Door Lock in your possession. 2. Press either the liftgate handle
button and the Door Unlock button 2. Press either the liftgate handle release switch on the vehicle or
release switch on the vehicle or press and hold the Liftgate Unlock
simultaneously until the hazard
button on the smart key for more 3
warning lights blink. press and hold the Liftgate Unlock
button on the smart key for more than one second. The hazard

This will enable or disable the Two warning lights will blink two times
Press Unlock feature. Repeat this than one second. The hazard
warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate latch will open.
procedure to enable/disable the
mode again. and the liftgate latch will unlock. 3. Once the liftgate is opened and
3. Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will auto-
then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
i Information matically re-lock after 30 seconds.
• The door handle buttons will only i Information
operate when the smart key is with- i Information
in 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the The liftgate handle switch will only
outside door handle • The liftgate handle switch will only operate when the smart key is within
operate when the smart key is with- 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate
• Either the driver or front passenger handle.
door can be opened with the door in 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate
handle button when the smart key is handle.
within this range • The Liftgate Unlock button (3) will
• If you press the front passenger out- only unlock the liftgate. It will not
side door handle with the smart key release the latch and open the lift-
in your possession, all the doors will gate automatically. If the Liftgate
unlock Unlock button is used, someone
must still press the liftgate handle
switch to open the liftgate.
3-5
Panic button Remote start (if equipped)

Press and hold the Panic button (4) You can start the vehicle using the
CAUTION
for more than one second. The horn remote start button (6) of the smart • Laws in your country may
sounds and hazard warning lights key. restrict the use of remote start.
blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel You should check country reg-
the panic mode, press any button on To start the vehicle remotely : ulations before using this
the Smart Key. remote starting system.
- Lock the doors by pressing the
Start-up door lock button (1) within 32 ft (10 • It is only possible to start the
You can start the vehicle without m) distance from the vehicle. vehicle remotely when shifted
inserting the key. - Press the remote start button for to P (Park).
over 2 seconds within 4 seconds • If the hood or the liftgate is
For information, refer to the after locking the doors. opened, you cannot start the
"POWER button" section in chap- vehicle remotely.
ter 5. Press the remote start button once to
turn off the vehicle.
NOTICE Air conditioner/heater system main-
To prevent damaging the smart key: tains the status before turning off the
vehicle.
• Keep the smart key in a cool, dry
place to avoid damage or mal- If no further action for operating/driv-
function. Exposure to moisture ing the vehicle is taken, the vehicle
or high temperature may cause will be turned off 10 minutes after
the internal circuit of the smart starting the vehicle remotely.
key to malfunction which may
not be covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
smart key.
• Protect the smart key from
extreme temperatures.
3-6
Remote Smart Parking Assist Mechanical key To reinstall the mechanical key into
(RSPA) (if equipped) If the Smart Key does not operate the FOB, insert the key in the top of
The Remote Smart Parking Assist normally, you can lock or unlock the the key FOB and push inward until a
(RSPA) system helps the drivers driver's door by using the mechanical click sound is heard.
park their vehicle by using sensors to key.
measure parking spaces and control Loss of a smart key
the steering wheel, gear shift and
A maximum of two Smart Keys can
vehicle speed to semi-automatically
be registered to a single vehicle. If 3
park the vehicle and provide instruc-
you happen to lose your smart key,
tion on the AVN screen to help

you should immediately take the
through parking.
vehicle and remaining keys to your
The driver can activate the RSPA authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow
system after measuring the parking the vehicle, if necessary.
spaces or using the smart key.
It is also possible to move the vehicle
forward or backward using the but-
tons (5) on the smart key. OFE048007
For more details, refer to "Remote To remove the mechanical key from
Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)" in this the smart key FOB, slide the release
chapter. lever in the direction of the arrow (1)
and then pull the mechanical key (2)
outward.
To unlock the vehicle using the
mechanical key. insert the mechani-
cal key into the key hole in the driver
door (Refer to "DOOR LOCKS" in
this chapter.)
3-7
Smart key precautions If the smart key is in close proximity i Information

The smart key may not work if any of to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile This device complies with Part 15 of
the following occur:
phone's normal operational signals. the FCC rules.
• The smart key is close to a radio This is specifically relevant when the Operation is subject to the following
transmitter such as a radio station phone is active such as making and three conditions:
or an airport which can interfere receiving calls, text messaging,
with normal operation of the trans- 1. This device may not cause harmful
and/or sending/receiving emails. interference.
mitter. When possible, avoid keeping the
• The smart key is near a mobile two remote key and your mobile phone in 2. This device must accept any inter-
way radio system or a cellular the same location such as a pants or ference received, including interfer-
phone. jacket pocket in order to avoid inter- ence that may cause undesired
ference between the two devices. operation.
• Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle. 3. Changes or modifications not
NOTICE expressly approved by the party
If the smart key does not work cor-
responsible for compliance could
rectly, open and close the door with Keep the smart key away from void the user's authority to operate
the mechanical key. If you have a electromagnetic materials that the device.
problem with the smart key, contact blocks electromagnetic waves to
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. the key surface.
NOTICE
Always have the smart key with
you when leaving the vehicle. If
the smart key is left near the vehi-
cle, the vehicle battery may be dis-
charged.
3-8
Battery replacement Battery Type: CR2032 Immobilizer System
To replace the battery: The immobilizer system protects
1. Remove the mechanical key. your vehicle from theft. If an improp-
2. Use a slim tool to pry open the erly coded key (or other device) is
rear cover of the smart key. used, the power system is disabled.
3. Remove the old battery and insert When the POWER button is placed
the new battery. Make sure the in the ON position, the immobilizer
system indicator should come on 3
battery position is correct.
briefly, then go off. If the indicator
4. Reinstall the rear cover of the

starts to blink, the system does not
smart key. recognize the coding of the key.
Place the POWER button to the OFF
OFE048009 If you suspect your smart key might position, then place the POWER but-
have sustained some damage, or ton to the ON position again.
you feel your smart key is not work- In some circumstances, the vehicle
ing correctly, contact an authorized may not recognize your smart key if
HYUNDAI dealer. another smart key device is nearby
or a metal object such as a key chain
i Information is causing interference with the
smart key.
An inappropriately disposed
If this occurs, your vehicle may not
battery can be harmful to the
start. Remove any metal objects or
environment and human
additional keys near the smart key
health. Dispose of the battery
before attempting to start the vehicle
according to your local law(s)
OFE048008 again.
or regulations.
If the Smart Key is not working prop-
erly, try replacing the battery with a
new one.
3-9
If the system repeatedly does not i Information

recognize the coding of the key, it is
recommended that you contact your This device complies with Part 15 of
HYUNDAI dealer. the FCC rules.
Do not attempt to alter this system or Operation is subject to the following
add other devices to it. Electrical three conditions:
problems could result that may make 1. This device may not cause harmful
your vehicle inoperable. interference.
2. This device must accept any inter-
WARNING ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
In order to prevent theft of your operation.
vehicle, do not leave spare keys 3. Changes or modifications not
anywhere in your vehicle. Your expressly approved by the party
immobilizer password is a cus- responsible for compliance could
tomer unique password and void the user's authority to operate
should be kept confidential. the device.
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an
important part of the immobilizer
system. It is designed to give
years of trouble-free service, how-
ever you should avoid exposure to
moisture, static electricity and
rough handling. Immobilizer sys-
tem malfunction could occur.
3-10
DOOR LOCKS
Door unlocking from outside Approach unlock system • When the "Approach unlock" is
the vehicle The outside door handle will slide out deactivated :
Smart key and the doors will unlock when the - The handle does not slide out
driver approaches the vehicle pos- even when you approach with the
sessing the smart key. smart key in possession. The
doors are unlocked if you press
the outside handle as the handles
The driver can activate/deactivate
the "Approach unlock" system on the
slide out. 3
AVN screen. • The doors will lock automatically

and the handles will slide in after
Go to "Vehicle settings → Door/ 30 seconds unless a door is
Tailgate → Approach unlock". opened.
OFE048002
• Unlock the door and pull the out-
• When the "Approach unlock" is side handle to open the door.
activated : • Push the door to close.
- If you approach (within 40 in.(1
m)) the driver or front passen-
ger's door handle possessing the
smart key, the outside door han-
dles slide out and the doors are
FE-TAG-13 unlocked. In this case, Hazard
Warning Flasher blinks twice and
chime also sounds twice.
- After first approach, the vehicle
tries detecting the smart key
every 5 seconds and if the key is
not detected, the doors will lock
automatically and the handles will
slide in.
FE-TAG-10
3-11
NOTICE Mechanical key

• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succes-
sion with the smart key, door
lock button or door lock switch,
the system may stop operating
temporarily in order to protect
the circuit. Also, the "Approach
unlock" system may not oper-
ate. Try operation after a suffi-
cient time in case the system
FE-TAG-7
does not operate due to multiple
operations. FE-TAG-8 2. Pull the rear side of the handle
• "Approach unlock" system is while holding it.
1. Push the front side of the door
not operated continuously. handle.
Retry after a certain period of
time when all the doors are
closed.
FE-TAG-3
3. Open the plug by using the

mechanical key.
3-12
NOTICE
Excessive force applied on the
door and door handle may result
in damage.
WARNING
3
• Close the door tightly or door

may reopen.
• Make sure the fingers or other
FE-TAG-6 FE-TAG-4
body parts are not caught
4. Put the key and turn it clockwise. 5. Pull the handle. between the doors when
opening/closing the doors.
• Make sure the fingers or other
body parts are caught inside
the handle while the handle is
pulled. The door may not fully
close if the handle is back to
its normal position due to any
foreign material.
3-13
Door locking from outside the Operating Door Locks from

vehicle Inside the Vehicle
Smart key With the door lock button
FE-TAG-12
• To lock the doors, press the button
FE-TAG-11 on the outside door handle while
carrying the smart key with you.
The handle will slide in as it's OFE048011
locked. In this case, Hazard • To unlock a door, push the door
Warning Flasher blinks and chime lock button (1) to the "Unlock" posi-
also sounds once. tion. The red mark (2) on the door
lock button will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
FE-TAG-9/OFE048436L button (1) to the "Lock" position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door han-
dle (3) outward.
3-14
• If the inner door handle of either i Information With the central door lock
the driver door or passenger door switch
is pulled when the door lock button When the vehicle's battery run out
and you leave the vehicle, make sure ■ Driver's door ■ Passenger's door
is in the lock position, the button is
unlocked and the door will open. all the doors are locked. You can lock
• The doors cannot be locked if the the driver's door with a key and the
smart key is inside the vehicle and rest of the doors with the lock button
above the door inside handle.
any of the doors are open. 3

i Information
If a power door lock ever fails to func-
tion while you are in the vehicle try
one or more of the following tech-
niques to exit: OFE048012N
• Operate the door unlock feature The driver side and front passenger
repeatedly (both electronic and side door armrest is equipped with a
manual) while simultaneously central door lock switch. The lock
pulling on the door handle. button is indicated by a ( ) symbol.
• Operate the other door locks and The unlock button is indicated by a
handles, front and rear. ( ) symbol.
• Lower a front window and use the When the lock button (1) is pressed,
mechanical key to unlock the door all the vehicle doors will lock.
from outside. When the unlock button (2) is
pressed, all the vehicle doors will
unlock.
If the smart key is in the vehicle and
any door is open, the doors will not
lock even though the lock button (1)
is pressed.
3-15
WARNING WARNING WARNING

• The doors should always be Always secure your vehicle. Always secure your vehicle.
fully closed and locked while Leaving your vehicle unlocked Leaving your vehicle unlocked
the vehicle is in motion. If the increases the potential risk to increases the potential risk to
doors are unlocked, the risk of you or others from someone you or others from someone
being thrown from the vehicle hiding in your vehicle. hiding in your vehicle.
in a crash is increased. To secure your vehicle, while To secure your vehicle, while
• Do not pull the inner door depressing the brake, move the depressing the brake, shift to
handle of the driver's or pas- shift lever to the P (Park) posi- the P (Park) position, engage
senger's door while the vehi- tion, engage the parking brake, the parking brake, and place the
cle is moving. and place the POWER button in POWER button in the OFF posi-
the LOCK/OFF position, close tion, close all windows, lock all
all windows, lock all doors, and doors, and always take the key
WARNING always take the key with you. with you.
Do not leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
serious injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Children
might operate features of the
vehicle that could injure them,
or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone
gaining entry to the vehicle.
3-16
Automatic Door Lock and Auto UNLOCK - On shift to P
CAUTION Unlock Features When this feature is set in the AVN
Opening a door when something Your vehicle is equipped with fea- LCD display, all the doors will be
is approaching may cause dam- tures that will automatically lock or unlocked automatically when the
age or injury. Be careful when unlock your vehicle based on set- vehicle is shifted back into P (Park).
opening doors and watch for tings you select in the AVN LCD dis-
play. For more information on these
vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles features, refer to the LCD Display
or pedestrians approaching the 3
section later in this chapter.
vehicle in the path of the door. Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed

When this feature is set in the AVN
LCD display, all the doors will be Auto UNLOCK – On vehicle Off
WARNING locked automatically when the vehi- When this feature is set in the AVN
cle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph). LCD display, all the doors will be
If you stay in the vehicle for a unlocked automatically when the
long time while the weather is vehicle is off.
very hot or cold, there are risks Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift
of injuries or danger to life. Do When this feature is set in the AVN
not lock the vehicle from the LCD display, all the doors will be Additional Unlock Safety
outside when someone is in the locked automatically when the vehi- Feature - Air Bag Deployment
vehicle. cle is shifted out of P (Park) while the As an additional safety feature, all
vehicle is ON. doors will be automatically unlocked
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
3-17
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks To allow a rear door to be opened

from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
WARNING
If children accidently open the
rear doors while the vehicle is
in motion, they could fall out of
the vehicle. The rear door safety
locks should always be used
whenever children are in the
OFE048013N vehicle.
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children seated in the
rear from accidentally opening the
rear doors. The rear door safety locks
should be used whenever children
are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on
the edge of each rear door. When the
child safety lock is in the lock posi-
tion, the rear door will not open if the
inner door handle is pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
small flat blade tool (like a screwdriv-
er or similar) (1) into the slot and turn
it to the lock position as shown.
3-18
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
This system helps to protect your Once the security system is set, i Information
vehicle and valuables. The horn will opening any door, the liftgate, or the
sound and the hazard warning lights hood without using the smart key will • Do not lock the doors until all pas-
will blink continuously if any of the cause the alarm to activate. sengers have left the vehicle. If the
following occurs: The Theft Alarm System will not set if remaining passenger leaves the
- A door is opened without using the the hood, the liftgate, or any door is vehicle when the system is armed,
smart key. not fully closed. If the system will not the alarm will be activated.
- The liftgate is opened without set, check the hood, the liftgate, or • If the vehicle is not disarmed with the 3
using the smart key. the doors are fully closed. smart key, open the doors by using
the mechanical key and start the

- The hood is opened. Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. vehicle ( indicator ON) by
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, directly pressing the POWER button
then the system resets. To turn off with the smart key.
the alarm, unlock the doors with the • When the system is disarmed but a
smart key. door or liftgate is not opened within
The Theft Alarm System automati- 30 seconds, the system will be
cally sets 30 seconds after you lock rearmed.
the doors and the liftgate. For the
system to activate, you must lock the
doors and the liftgate from outside
the vehicle with the smart key or by
pressing the button on the outside of
the door handles with the smart key
in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once to
indicate the system is armed.
3-19
STEERING WHEEL
Electric Power Steering (EPS) i Information • When an error is detected from the
EPS, the assistant function of steer-
The system assists you with steering The following symptoms may occur ing effort will not be activated in
the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off during normal vehicle operation: order to prevent fatal accidents.
or if the power steering system
• The steering effort may be high Instrument cluster warning lights
becomes inoperative, you may still
immediately after placing the may be on or the steering effort may
steer the vehicle, but it will require
POWER button in the ON position. be high. When the following symp-
increased steering effort.
This happens as the system performs toms occur, immediately drive the
Should you notice any change in the vehicle to a safe area and check it.
effort required to steer during normal the EPS system diagnostics. When
vehicle operation, have the system the diagnostics is completed, the
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI steering wheel will return to its nor-
dealer. mal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the POWER button
CAUTION is in the ON or OFF position.
If the Electric Power Steering • Motor noise may be heard when the
System does not operate nor- vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving
mally, the warning light ( ) will speed.
illuminate on the instrument • When you operate the steering wheel
cluster. You may steer the vehi- in low temperature, abnormal noise
cle, but it will require increased may occur. If temperature rises, the
steering efforts. Take your vehi- noise will disappear. This is a normal
cle to an authorized HYUNDAI condition.
dealer and have the system
checked as soon as possible.
3-20
Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering Horn
Adjust the steering wheel so it points
toward your chest, not toward your
face. Make sure you can see the
instrument cluster warning lights and
gauges. After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and down to
be certain it is locked in position. 3
Always adjust the position of the

steering wheel before driving.
OFE048014
WARNING
To change the steering wheel angle OFE048016
NEVER adjust the steering and height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1). To sound the horn, press the area
wheel while driving. This may indicated by the horn symbol on your
cause loss of vehicle control 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the steering wheel (see illustration). The
resulting in an accident. desired angle (2) and height (3). horn will operate only when this area
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to is pressed.
lock the steering wheel in place.
NOTICE
i Information Do not strike the horn severely to
After adjustment, sometimes the lock operate it, or hit it with your fist.
release lever may not lock the steering Do not press on the horn with a
wheel. It is not a malfunction. This sharp-pointed object.
occurs when two gears are not
engaged correctly. In this case, adjust
the steering wheel again and then lock
the steering wheel.
3-21
Heated Steering Wheel NOTICE

(if equipped)
Do not install any cover or acces-
sory on the steering wheel. The
cover or accessory could cause
damage to the heated steering
wheel system.
OFE048015
When the POWER button is in the

ON position or when the vehicle is in
the ready ( ) mode, press the
heated steering wheel button to
warm the steering wheel. The indica-
tor on the button will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button again. The indicator
on the button will turn off.
The heated steering wheel will auto-
matically turn off after approximately
30 minutes.
3-22
MIRRORS
Inside Rearview Mirror Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
WARNING with compass and HomeLink®
Before driving your vehicle, check to
see that your inside rearview mirror system
NEVER adjust the mirror while
is properly positioned. Adjust the driving. This may cause loss of Your vehicle may be equipped with a
rearview mirror so that the view vehicle control resulting in an Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
through the rear window is properly accident. with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass
centered. Display and an Integrated HomeLink®
Wireless Control System. 3
NOTICE
WARNING During nighttime driving, this feature

When cleaning the mirror, use a will automatically detect and reduce
Make sure your line of sight is paper towel or similar material rearview mirror glare while the com-
not obstructed. Do not place dampened with glass cleaner. Do pass indicates the direction the vehi-
objects in the rear seat, cargo not spray glass cleaner directly on cle is pointed. The HomeLink®
area, or behind the rear head- the mirror as this may cause the Universal Transceiver allows you to
rests which could interfere with liquid cleaner to enter the mirror activate your garage door(s), electric
your vision through the rear housing. gate, home lighting, etc.
window.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during
an accident or deployment of
the air bag, do not modify the
rearview mirror and do not
install a wide mirror.
3-23
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision The auto-dimming function can be

Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror controlled by pressing the ON/OFF
(if equipped) button:
The NVS® Mirror automatically
reduces glare by monitoring light lev- 1. Pressing the button turns the auto-
els in the front and the rear of the dimming function OFF which is
vehicle. Any object that obstructs indicated by the green Status
either light sensor will degrade the Indicator LED turning off.
automatic dimming control feature.
2. Pressing the button again turns
For more information regarding the auto-dimming function ON
NVS® mirrors and other applica- which is indicated by the green
OFE048018N
tions, please refer to the Gentex Status Indicator LED turning on.
(1) Channel 1 button website: The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
(2) Channel 2 button www.gentex.com tion each time the vehicle is started.
(3) Status indicator LED
(4) Channel 3 button Z-Nav™ Compass Display
(5) Rear light sensor The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is
(6) Dimming ON/OFF button also equipped with a Z-Nav™
(7) Compass control button Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
(8) Compass display Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
3-24
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF and will remember the last state
when the ignition is cycled. To turn
the display feature ON/OFF:
1. Press and release the button to
turn the display feature OFF.
2. Press and release the button 3
again to turn the display back ON.

Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the but-
ton and are detailed below.
There is a difference between mag-

netic north and true north. To com-
pensate for this difference you will
need to adjust the Zone setting
based on where you live.
B520C05NF
3-25
To adjust the Zone setting: If you need to recalibrate the com- Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
1. Determine the desired Zone pass: Control System
Number based upon your current 1. Press and hold the button for The HomeLink® Wireless Control
location on the Zone Map. more than 6 seconds. When the System can replace up to three hand-
2. Press and hold the button for compass memory is cleared a "C" held radio-frequency (RF) transmit-
more than 3 but less than 6 sec- will appear in the display. ters with a single built-in device. This
onds, the current Zone Number 2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete cir- innovative feature will learn the radio
will appear on the display. cles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h). frequency codes of most current
transmitters to operate devices such
3. Pressing and holding the button
as gate operators, garage door open-
again will cause the numbers to
ers, entry door locks, security sys-
increment (Note: they will repeat
tems, even home lighting. Both stan-
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing
dard and rolling code-equipped trans-
the button when the desired Zone
mitters can be programmed by fol-
Number appears on the display
lowing the outlined procedures.
will set the new Zone.
Additional HomeLink® information
4. Within about 5 seconds the com-
can be found at: www.homelink.com
pass will start displaying a com-
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
pass heading again.
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
There are some conditions that can use in other vehicles as well as for
cause changes to the vehicle mag- future HomeLink® programming. It is
nets, such as installing a ski rack or also suggested that upon the sale of
a CB antenna. Body repair work on the vehicle, the programmed
the vehicle can also cause changes HomeLink® buttons be erased for
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In security purposes.
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct these changes.
3-26
Programming HomeLink® Rolling code programming
WARNING Rolling code devices which are
Please note the following:
Before programming HomeLink® • When programming a garage door "code-protected" and manufactured
to a garage door opener or gate opener, it is advised to park the after 1996 may be determined by the
operator, make sure people and vehicle outside of the garage. following:
objects are out of the way of the • It is recommended that a new bat- • Reference the device owner’s
device to prevent potential harm tery be placed in the hand-held manual for verification.
or damage. Do not use the transmitter of the device being pro- • The handheld transmitter appears 3
HomeLink® with any garage door grammed to HomeLink® for quicker to program the HomeLink®

opener that lacks the safety stop training and accurate transmission Universal Transceiver but does not
and reverse features required by of the radio-frequency signal. activate the device.
U.S. federal safety standards (this • Some vehicles may require the • Press and hold the trained
includes any garage door opener POWER button to be placed in the HomeLink button. The device has
model manufactured before April ACC (or "Accessories") position for the rolling code feature if the indi-
1, 1982). A garage door that can- programming and/or operation of cator light flashes rapidly and then
not detect an object - signaling HomeLink®. turns solid after 2 seconds.
the door to stop and reverse -
does not meet current U.S. feder- • In the event that there are still pro-
al safety standards. Using a gramming difficulties or questions
garage door opener without after following the programming
these features increases the risk steps listed below, contact
of serious injury or death. HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
3-27
To train rolling code devices, follow 3. Return to the vehicle and firmly Standard programming
these instructions: press, hold for two seconds and To train most devices, follow these
1. At the garage door opener receiv- then release the desired instructions:
er (motor-head unit) in the garage, HomeLink® button. Repeat the
"press/hold/release" sequence a 1. For first-time programming, press
locate the "learn" or "smart" but- and hold the two outside buttons,
ton. This can usually be found second time to complete the pro-
gramming. (Some devices may HomeLink® Channel 1 and
where the hanging antenna wire is Channel 3 Buttons, until the indi-
attached to the motor-head unit. require you to repeat this
sequence a third time to complete cator light begins to flash (after 20
Exact location and color of the but- seconds). Release both buttons.
ton may vary by garage door the programming.)
Do not hold the buttons for longer
opener brand. If there is difficulty 4. Press and hold the just-trained than 30 seconds.
locating the training button, refer- HomeLink® button and observe
ence the device owner’s manual or the red Status Indicator LED. If the 2. Position the end of your hand-held
please visit our Web site at indicator light stays on constantly, transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm)
www.homelink.com. programming is complete and away from the HomeLink® buttons
your device should activate. while keeping the indicator light in
2. Firmly press and release the view.
"learn" or "smart" button (which 5. To program the remaining two
activates the "training light"). You HomeLink® buttons, follow either 3. Simultaneously press and hold
will have 30 seconds to initiate steps 1 through 4 above for other both the HomeLink® and hand-
step 3. Rolling Code devices or steps 2 held transmitter button. DO NOT
through 5 in Standard Programming release the buttons until step 4
for standard devices. has been completed.
4. While continuing to hold the but-
tons the red Indicator Status LED
will flash slowly and then rapidly
after HomeLink® successfully
trains to the frequency signal from
the hand-held transmitter. Release
both buttons.
3-28
5. Press and hold the just-trained Gate operator & Canadian program- Reprogramming a single
HomeLink® button and observe ming HomeLink® button
the red Status Indicator LED. If the During programming, your handheld To program a new device to a previ-
indicator light stays on constantly, transmitter may automatically stop ously trained HomeLink® button, fol-
programming is complete and transmitting. Continue to press the low these steps:
your device should activate when Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
the HomeLink® button is pressed 1. Press and hold the desired
Control System button (note HomeLink® button. Do NOT
and released. steps 2 through 4 in the Standard 3
release until step 4 has been com-
6. To program the remaining two Programming portion of this docu- pleted.
HomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2 ment) while you press and re-press

through 5. ("cycle") your handheld transmitter 2. When the indicator light begins to
every two seconds until the frequen- flash slowly (after 20 seconds),
cy signal has been learned. The indi- position the handheld transmitter 1
cator light will flash slowly and then to 3 inches away from the
rapidly after several seconds upon HomeLink® surface.
successful training. 3. Press and hold the handheld
transmitter button. The HomeLink®
indicator light will flash, first slowly
Operating HomeLink® and then rapidly.
To operate, simply press and release 4. When the indicator light begins to
the programmed HomeLink® button. flash rapidly, release both buttons.
Activation will now occur for the
trained device (i.e. garage door 5. Press and hold the just-trained
opener, gate operator, security sys- HomeLink® button and observe
tem, entry door lock, home/office the red Status Indicator LED. If the
lighting, etc.). For convenience, the indicator light stays on constantly,
hand-held transmitter of the device programming is complete and
may also be used at any time. your new device should activate.
3-29
Erasing HomeLink® buttons i Information i Information

Individual buttons cannot be erased. FOR CANADA
This device complies with Part 15 of
However, to erase all three pro-
the FCC Rules. This device complies with Industry
grammed buttons:
Operation is subject to the following Canada Standard RSS-210.
1. Press and hold the two outer
three conditions: Operation is subject to the following
HomeLink® buttons until the indi-
cator light begins to flash-after 20 1. This device may not cause harmful three conditions:
seconds. interference, and 1. This device may not cause harmful
2. Release both buttons. Do not hold 2. This device must accept any inter- interference, and
for longer than 30 seconds. ference received, including interfer- 2. This device must accept any inter-
ence that may cause undesired ference received, including interfer-
The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
operation. ence that may cause undesired
Control System is now in the training
(learn) mode and can be pro- 3. The transceiver has been tested and operation.
grammed at any time following the complies with FCC and Industry 3. The transceiver has been tested and
appropriate steps in the Programming Canada rules. Changes or modifi- complies with FCC and Industry
chapters above. cations not expressly approved by Canada rules. Changes or modifi-
the party responsible for compli- cations not expressly approved by
ance could void the user's authority the party responsible for compli-
NVS® is a registered trademark and to operate the device. ance could void the user's authority
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex
to operate the device.
Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark
owned by Johnson Controls,
Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
FCC ID : NZLHFCHL4
IC : 4112A-HFCHL4
3-30
Side View Mirrors Use the inside rear view mirror or Side view mirror adjustment
look back directly to determine the
actual distance of other vehicles
prior to changing lanes.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side 3
view mirrors while driving. This

may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
OFE048019 NOTICE OFE048430L
Make sure to adjust the side view Adjusting the side view mirrors:
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror
mirrors to your desired position face; this may damage the sur- 1. Press either the L (driver's side) or
before you begin driving. face of the glass. R (passenger's side) button (1) to
Your vehicle is equipped with both select the side view mirror you
• If the mirror is jammed with ice,
left-hand and right-hand side view would like to adjust.
do not adjust the mirror by
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted force. Use an approved spray 2. Use the mirror adjustment control
remotely with the remote switch. The de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) switch (2) to position the selected
side view mirrors can be folded to spray, or a sponge or soft cloth mirror up, down, left or right.
help prevent damage when going with very warm water, or move
through an automatic car wash or the vehicle to a warm place and
when passing through a narrow allow the ice to melt.
street.
The right side view mirror is convex. NOTICE
Objects seen in the mirror are closer
than they appear. Do not clean the mirror with harsh
abrasives, fuel or other petroleum
based cleaning products.
3-31
NOTICE Folding the side view mirror • If 'Convenience → Welcome mirror/

light → On door unlock' and
• The mirrors stop moving when 'Convenience → Welcome mirror/
they reach the maximum adjust- light → On driver approach' is
ing angles, but the motor contin- selected in the vehicle Settings
ues to operate while the switch mode on the AVN screen, the side
is pressed. Do not press the view mirror will unfold automatically
switch longer than necessary, when you approach the vehicle (all
because this can damage the doors closed and locked) with a
motor. smart key in possession.
• Do not attempt to adjust the side
view mirrors by hand, because NOTICE
this can damage the motor.
OFE048021 The electric type side view mirror
operates even though the POWER
The side view mirror can be folded or
button is in the OFF position.
unfolded by pressing the switch.
However, to prevent unnecessary
• If 'Convenience → Welcome mirror/ battery discharge, do not adjust
light → On door unlock' is selected the mirrors longer than necessary
in the vehicle Settings mode on the while the vehicle is not in the
AVN screen, the side view mirror ready ( ) mode.
will fold or unfold automatically as
follows: NOTICE
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by Do not fold the electric type side
the smart key. view mirror by hand. It could
cause motor failure.
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the button on the outside door
handle.
3-32
WINDOWS
(1) Driver's door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger's door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch 3
(5) Window opening and closing

(6) Automatic power window
(if equipped)
(7) Power window lock switch
OFE048023N
3-33
Power Windows i Information Window opening and closing

The POWER button must be in the • In cold and wet climates, power win-
ON position to be able to raise or dows may not work properly due to
lower the windows. Each door has a freezing conditions.
Power Window switch to control that
door's window. The driver has a • While driving with the rear win-
Power Window Lock switch which dows down or with the sunroof (if
can block the operation of rear pas- equipped) opened (or partially
senger windows. The power windows opened), your vehicle may demon-
will operate for approximately 10 strate a wind buffeting or pulsation
minutes after the POWER button is noise. This noise is normal and can
placed in the ACC or OFF position. be reduced or eliminated by taking
However, if the front doors are the following actions. If the noise
opened, the Power Windows will not occurs with one or both of the rear OFE048024
operate even within the 10 minutes windows down, partially lower both To open:
period. front windows approximately one
Press the window switch down to the
inch. If you experience the noise
first detent position (5). Release the
with the sunroof open, slightly close
WARNING the sunroof.
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To avoid serious injury or death,
do not extend your head, arms To close:
or body outside the windows
while driving. Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the win-
dow switch when you want the win-
dow to stop.
3-34
Auto up/down window To reset the power windows Automatic reverse (if equipped)
(if equipped) If the power windows do not operate
Pressing or pulling up the power win- normally, the automatic power win-
dow switch momentarily to the sec- dow system must be reset as follows:
ond detent position (6) completely 1. Place the POWER button to the
lowers or lifts the window even when ON position.
the switch is released. To stop the
2. Close the window and continue
window at the desired position while
pulling up on the power window 3
the window is in operation, pull up or
switch for at least one second.
press down and release the switch.

If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. OLF044032
If a window senses any obstacle while

WARNING it is closing automatically, it will stop
and lower approximately 12 inches (30
The automatic reverse feature cm) to allow the object to be cleared.
doesn't activate while resetting If the window detects the resistance
the power window system. Make while the power window switch is
sure body parts or other objects pulled up continuously, the window
are safely out of the way before will stop upward movement then
closing the windows to avoid lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
injuries or vehicle damage. If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 sec-
onds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reverse fea-
ture, the automatic window reverse
will not operate.
3-35
i Information Power window lock switch

WARNING
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the "Auto Up" feature is Do not allow children to play
used by fully pulling up the switch to with the power windows. Keep
the second detent. the driver's door power window
lock switch in the LOCK posi-
WARNING tion. Serious injury or death can
result from unintentional win-
Make sure body parts or other dow operation by a child.
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to NOTICE
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
OFE048025 • To prevent possible damage to
Objects less than 0.16 inch the power window system, do
(4 mm) in diameter caught The driver can disable the power not open or close two windows
between the window glass and window switches on the rear passen- or more at the same time. This
the upper window channel may ger doors by pressing the power win- will also ensure the longevity of
not be detected by the automatic dow lock switch. the fuse.
reverse window and the window When the power window lock switch
will not stop and reverse direc- • Never try to operate the main
is pressed: switch on the driver's door and
tion.
• The rear passenger control will not the individual door window
be able to operate the rear passen- switch in opposite directions at
NOTICE ger power window the same time. If this is done, the
• Note that the front passenger con- window will stop and cannot be
Do not install any accessories on opened or closed.
trol is still able to operate the front
the windows.The automatic reverse
passenger window, and that the
feature may not operate.
driver master control can still oper-
ate all the power windows.
3-36
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
i Information • Do not leave the vehicle on
• In cold and wet climates, the sun- and the key in your vehicle
roof may not work properly due to with unsupervised children.
freezing conditions. Unattended children could
• After the vehicle is washed or in a operate the sunroof, which
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any could result in serious injury.
water that is on the sunroof before • Do not sit on the top of the
operating it. vehicle. It may cause injuries 3
or vehicle damage.

WARNING
OFE048026N NOTICE
If your vehicle is equipped with a • Never adjust the sunroof or • Do not continue to move the
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunshade while driving. This sunroof control lever after the
sunroof with the sunroof control could result in loss of control sunroof is fully opened, closed,
switch located on the overhead con- and an accident that may or tilted. Damage to the motor or
sole. cause death, serious injury, or system components could
The sunroof can be opened, closed, property damage. occur.
or tilted when the POWER button is • Make sure heads, other body • Make sure the sunroof is closed
in the ON position. parts or objects are out of the fully when leaving your vehicle.
The sunroof can be operated for way before using the sunroof. If the sunroof is open, rain or
approximately 10 minutes after the • Do not extend your head, snow may leak through the sun-
POWER button is in the ACC or OFF arms or body outside the sunroof and wet the interior as well
position. roof while driving, to avoid as cause theft.
However, if the front door is opened, serious injury.
the sunroof cannot be operated even
within 10 minutes.
3-37
Sunroof Opening and Closing Sliding the Sunroof Automatic reverse (if equipped)
Pressing the sunroof control lever
backward or forward momentarily to
the second detent position complete-
ly opens or closes the sunroof even
when the switch is released. To stop
the sunroof at the desired position
while the sunroof is in operation,
press the sunroof control lever back-
ward or forward and release the
switch.
OFE048027 i Information ODH043039
To open: To minimize wind noise while driving, If the sunroof senses any obstacle
Press the sunroof control lever back- it is recommended that you drive with while it is closing automatically, it will
ward to the first detent position. the sunroof slightly closed (stop the reverse direction then stop to allow
Release the switch when you want sunroof about 3 inch (7 cm) before the the object to be cleared.
the sunroof to stop. maximum slide open position). The auto reverse function does not
To close: work if a small obstacle is between
the sliding glass and the sunroof
Press the sunroof control lever forward sash.
to the first detent position. Release the
switch when you want the sunroof to You should always check that all pas-
stop. sengers and objects are away from
the sunroof before closing it.
3-38
Tilting the Sunroof Sunshade
WARNING
Small objects that can get
caught between the sunroof
glass and the front glass chan-
nel may not be detected by the
automatic reverse system. In
this case, the sunroof glass will 3
not detect the object and will

not reverse direction.
OFE048028 OIK047091
Tilt the sunroof open: The sunshade will open automatical-

Push the sunroof control lever ly with the sunroof when the glass
upward until the sunroof moves to panel moves. If you want it closed,
the desired position. move the sunshade manually.
NOTICE
To close the sunroof:
Push the sunroof control lever forward The sunroof is made to slide
until the sunroof moves to the desired together with the sunshade. Do
position. not leave the sunshade closed
while the sunroof is open.
3-39
Resetting the Sunroof 4. Push the control lever forward Do not release the lever until the
about 10 seconds. operation is completed.
Sunroof needs to be reset if the fol-
lowing occurs : - When the sunroof is in the If you release the lever during opera-
closed position : tion, start the procedure again from
- Battery is discharged or discon-
The glass will tilt and slightly step 2.
nected or the related fuse has been
replaced or disconnected move up and down.
- The one-touch sliding function of - When the sunroof is in the tilt 6. Release the sunroof control lever
the sunroof does not normally oper- position: after all steps have completed. The
ate The glass will slightly move up sunroof system has been reset.
and down.
Reset procedure : i Information
1. Place the POWER button to the Do not release the lever until the • If the sunroof is not reset when the
ON position or start the vehicle operation is completed. vehicle battery is disconnected or
( indicator ON). It is recom- If you release the lever during opera- discharged, or the sunroof fuse is
mended to reset the sunroof while tion, start the procedure again from blown, the sunroof may not operate
the vehicle is in the ready ( ) step 2. normally.
mode. • For more detailed information, con-
2. Push the control lever forward. tact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5. Within 3 seconds, push and hold
The sunroof will close completely the control lever forward until the
or tilt depending on the condition sunroof operates as follows:
of the sunroof.
3. Release the control lever when Tilt down → Slide Open → Slide
the sunroof stops moving. Close.
3-40
Sunroof Open Warning
(if equipped)

OFE048148
• If the driver turns off the vehicle

when the sunroof is not fully closed,
the warning chime will sound for
approximately 3 seconds and the
sunroof open warning will appear
on the LCD display.
• If the driver turns off the vehicle and
opens the door when the sunroof is
not fully closed, the open sunroof
warning will appear on the LCD dis-
play until the door is closed or the
sunroof is fully closed.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
3-41
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Hood Closing the hood
Opening the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in fuel cell power
module compartment must be
correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other com-
bustible material must be
removed from the fuel cell power
module compartment.
OFE048030N 2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 12 inches (30 cm)
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
from the closed position) and push
the hood slightly, push up the sec-
OFE048029 down to securely lock in place.
ondary latch (1) inside of the hood
Then double check to be sure the
1. Park the vehicle and set the park- center and lift the hood (2). After it
hood is secure. If the hood can be
ing brake. has been raised about halfway, it
raised slightly, it is not securely
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch will raise completely by itself.
locked. Open it again and close it
the hood. The hood should pop with more force.
open slightly.
3-42
Non-Powered Liftgate 3. With the Smart Key in your pos-
WARNING (if equipped) session, press the liftgate handle
switch and open the liftgate.
• Before closing the hood, Opening the liftgate
ensure all obstructions are
removed from around the Closing the liftgate
hood opening.
• Always double check to be 3
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away.

Check there is no hood open
warning light or message dis-
played on the instrument clus-
ter. Driving with the hood
opened may cause a total loss
of visibility, which might OFE048032
result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with Before attempting to open the lift-
gate, make sure the vehicle is in P OFE048033
the hood in the raised posi-
tion, as vision is obstructed, (Park). To open the liftgate, perform Lower the liftgate lid and press down
which might result in an acci- one the following: until it locks. To be sure the liftgate lid
dent, and the hood could fall 1. Unlock all doors with the Door is securely fastened, always check
or be damaged. Unlock button on your smart key. by trying to pull it up again without
From outside press the liftgate han- pressing the liftgate handle switch.
dle switch and open the liftgate.
2. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock i Information
button on the smart key. From out- In cold and wet climates, door lock
side press the liftgate handle and door mechanisms may not work
switch and open the liftgate. properly due to freezing conditions.
3-43
Emergency liftgate safety

WARNING WARNING release
The liftgate swings upward.
Make sure no objects or people
are near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the liftgate.
NOTICE
Make certain that you close the
liftgate before driving your vehi-
cle. Possible damage may occur
to the liftgate struts and mounting
hinges if the liftgate is not closed OFE048035 OFE048034
prior to driving.
Do not hold on to or try to pull Your vehicle is equipped with an
on the liftgate strut. Be aware emergency liftgate safety release
WARNING that the deformation of the lift- lever located on the bottom of the lift-
gate strut may cause vehicle gate inside the vehicle.
Always keep the liftgate com- damage and risk of injury. To unlock and open the liftgate man-
pletely closed while the vehicle ually from inside the luggage com-
is in motion. If it is left open or partment, perform the following
ajar, poisonous exhaust gases steps:
containing carbon monoxide
(CO) may enter the vehicle and 1. Remove the cover.
serious illness or death may 2. Push the release lever to the right.
result. 3. Push the liftgate outward and
upward.
3-44
Power Liftgate (if equipped) Also, the speed of the power liftgate
WARNING can be adjusted in the Vehicle Settings
Power liftgate button mode in the AVN LCD display.
• Be aware of the location of the 'Vehicle Settings → Door/Liftgate →
emergency liftgate safety
Power Liftgate Speed → Fast/Slow'
release lever in your vehicle
and know how to open the lift- - If the power liftgate function turns
gate using the safety release off or the liftgate is not fully closed,
lever. you cannot adjust the power lift- 3
gate speed.
• No one should be allowed to

occupy the luggage compart- - Initial speed of power liftgate is set
ment of the vehicle at any time. as "Fast".
The luggage compartment is a
very dangerous location in the For more details, refer to the sep-
event of a crash. arately supplied Navigation manu-
OFE048038 al.
• Use the release lever for emer- Power liftgate setting
gencies only. Use extreme cau-
tion, especially while the vehi- When the POWER button is in the i Information
cle is in motion. ON position and the shift button is in The power liftgate operates only when
P (Park), the power liftgate can be the shift button is in P (Park).
opened by using the console button
on the dash.
Before using the power liftgate, make
sure the power liftgate option is
selected in the Vehicle Setting
modes in the AVN LCD display.
'Vehicle Settings → Door/Liftgate →
Power Liftgate'
3-45
Opening the liftgate

WARNING
The power liftgate will open automat-
Never leave children unattended ically by doing one of the following:
in your vehicle. Children might
operate the power liftgate.
Doing so could result in injury
to themselves or others, and
could damage the vehicle.
WARNING
OFE048037
Make sure there are no people Power liftgate handle switch
or objects around the liftgate
before operating the power lift- Press the liftgate outside handle
gate. Wait until the liftgate is OFE048036 switch while having the smart key
opened fully and stopped before with you.
Smart key liftgate unlock button
loading or unloading cargo or
passengers from the vehicle. Press and hold the liftgate unlock
button on the smart key.
NOTICE
Do not close or open the power
liftgate manually. This may cause
damage to the power liftgate. If it
is necessary to close or open the
power liftgate manually when the
battery is discharged or discon-
nected, do not apply excessive
force.
3-46
Closing the liftgate
The power liftgate will close automat-
ically by doing one of the following:

OFE048038 OFE048040
Power liftgate button Power liftgate inner button
Press the power liftgate button for Press the power liftgate inner button
approximately one second. OFE048036 for approximately 1 second. The lift-
gate will close and lock automatically.
Smart key liftgate unlock button
In order to suddenly stop the move- Press and hold the liftgate unlock
ment of the liftgate while it is operat- button on the smart key when the lift-
ing, quickly press the power liftgate gate is opened. The liftgate will close
button. and lock automatically.
3-47
Power liftgate non-opening con-

ditions CAUTION
The power liftgate does not open Operating the power liftgate
when the vehicle is in motion. more than 5 times continuously
could cause damage to the oper-
WARNING ating motor. In this case, the
power liftgate system enters into
The chime will sound if you thermal protection mode to pre-
drive with the liftgate opened. vent the motor from overheating.
Stop your vehicle immediately In thermal protection mode the
OFE048038
at a safe place and check if your power liftgate will not operate. If
liftgate is opened. any of the power liftgate buttons
Power liftgate button are pressed to try to open the
Press the power liftgate button for liftgate, the chime will sound 3
approximately one second. In order times but the liftgate will remain
to suddenly stop the movement of closed.
the liftgate while it is operating, Allow the power liftgate system
quickly press the power liftgate but- to cool for about 1 minute before
ton. operating the system again.
In order to suddenly stop the move-

ment of the liftgate while it is operat-
ing, quickly press the power liftgate
button.
3-48
NOTICE Automatic reversal If the automatic reversal feature
operates more than 2 times while
• The power liftgate can be oper- attempting to open or close the lift-
ated when the vehicle is not run- gate, the power liftgate may stop at
ning. However, the power liftgate that position. If this occurs, carefully
operation consumes a large close the liftgate manually, and then
amount of electic power. try to operate the power liftgate auto-
To prevent the battery from matically again. 3
being discharged, do not oper-
ate it excessively (e.g. more than WARNING

5 times repeatedly).
• To prevent the battery from Never intentionally place any
being discharged, do not leave object or part of your body in
OFE048039
the power liftgate in the open the path of the power liftgate to
position for a long time. During power opening and closing if make sure the automatic rever-
• Do not modify or repair any part the power liftgate is blocked by an sal operates.
of the power liftgate by yourself. object or part of the body, the power
This must be done by an author- liftgate will detect the resistance.
ized HYUNDAI dealer. If resistance is detected while open- CAUTION
• When jacking up the vehicle to ing or closing the power liftgate, the
change a tire or repair the vehi- liftgate will stop and move in the Do not put heavy objects on the
cle, do not operate the power opposite direction. power liftgate before you oper-
liftgate. This could cause the However, in some instances the ate the power liftgate feature.
power liftgate to operate automatic reversal system may not Additional weight may damage
improperly. detect the object if it is too soft or is the operation of the system.
• In cold and wet climates, the very thin, or if the liftgate is almost
power liftgate may not work fully closed near the latched position.
properly due to freezing condi- Caution should be taken to prevent
tions. any objects from obstructing the lift-
gate opeining.
3-49
How to reset the power liftgate Power liftgate opening height

user setting WARNING
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, or if the power liftgate Always keep the liftgate com-
fuse has been replaced or removed, pletely closed while the vehicle
reset the power liftgate by performing is in motion. If it is left open or
the following procedure: ajar, poisonous exhaust gases
1. Put the shift button in P (Park). containing carbon monoxide
2. Press the power liftgate inner but- (CO) may enter the vehicle and
ton and the power liftgate outer serious illness or death may
handle button simultaneously for result.
more than 3 seconds. The chime
will sound.
3. Close the liftgate manually.
WARNING
OFE048040
If the power liftgate does not work Rear cargo area
properly after the above procedure, Follow the instructions below to set
have the system checked by an the fully open height of the power lift- Occupants should never ride in
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. gate: the rear cargo area where no
restraints are available. To avoid
1. Position the liftgate manually to
injury in the event of an acci-
NOTICE the height you prefer.
dent or sudden stops, occu-
When operating the power liftgate, 2. Press the power liftgate inner but- pants should always be proper-
the gear shift button must be in ton for more than 3 seconds. ly restrained.
the (P) park position in order to 3. Close the liftgate manually after
operate normally. hearing the buzzer sound.
The liftgate will open to the manually

adjusted height that was set.
3-50
Emergency liftgate safety Smart Liftgate (if equipped)
release WARNING
• Be aware of the location of the
emergency liftgate safety
release lever in your vehicle
and know how to open the lift-
gate using the safety release
lever. 3
• No one should be allowed to

occupy the luggage compart-
ment of the vehicle at any time.
The luggage compartment is a
very dangerous location in the OFE048041
OFE048034 event of a crash. On vehicles equipped with a smart
Your vehicle is equipped with an • Use the release lever for emer- key, the liftgate can be opened with
emergency liftgate safety release gencies only. Use extreme cau- hands-free activation using the
lever located on the bottom of the lift- tion, especially while the vehi- Smart Liftgate system.
gate inside the vehicle. cle is in motion.
To unlock and open the liftgate man-
ually from inside the luggage com-
partment, perform the following
steps:
1. Remove the cover.
2. Push the release lever to the right.
3. Push the liftgate outward and
upward.
3-51
How to use the Smart Liftgate i Information 1. Setting

The hands-free smart liftgate system To activate the Smart Liftgate, go to
The Smart Liftgate will NOT operate "Vehicle settings → Door/Tailgate"
can be opened automatically when
when: and select Smart Tailgate (Liftgate)
the following conditions are met:
• Any door is open, or all doors are on the AVN screen.
• The Smart Liftgate option is
closed but not locked
enabled in the User Settings in the
• The smart key is detected within 15 For more information refer to the
AVN screen.
seconds from when the doors were separately supplied Navigation
• The Smart Liftgate is activated and manual.
closed and locked
ready 15 seconds after all the
doors are closed and locked • For vehicles equipped with illumi-
nated exterior front door handles, if 2.Detect and Alert
• The Smart Liftgate will open when
the smart key is detected within 15 The Smart Liftgate detecting area
the smart key is detected in the
seconds from when the doors were extends approximately 20-40 in (50-
area behind the vehicle for 3 sec-
closed and locked or if the smart key 100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you
onds
is within 60 inches (1.5m) from the are positioned in the detecting area
front door handles and are carrying the smart key, the
• The smart key is in the vehicle. hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound to alert you that
the smart liftgate will open.
i Information
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the liftgate to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warn-
ing lights and chime starts to operate,
move away from the area behind the
vehicle with the smart key. The lift-
gate will remain closed.
3-52
3. Automatic opening How to deactivate the Smart
• The key should be kept out of Liftgate function using the
After the hazard warning lights blink reach of children. Children
and the chime sounds 6 times, the may inadvertently open the smart key
power liftgate will open. Smart Liftgate while playing
around the rear area of the
WARNING vehicle.
• Make certain that you close 3

the liftgate before driving your

vehicle.
• Make sure there are no people
or objects around the liftgate
before opening or closing the
liftgate.
• Make sure objects in the rear OFE048005
cargo area do not come out 1. Door lock
when opening the liftgate,
especially if the vehicle is 2. Door unlock
parked on a grade or incline. 3. Liftgate open
• If you keep your vehicle 4. Panic
parked and locked on your If you press any button on the smart
driveway, you may want to key during the Detect and Alert
temporarily deactivate the stage, the Smart Liftgate function will
Smart Liftgate system. be deactivated.
Otherwise, standing at the Make sure to be aware of how to
rear of the vehicle with the deactivate the Smart Liftgate func-
smart key may cause the lift- tion for emergency situations.
gate to open unintentionally.
3-53
i Information Detecting area i Information

• If you press the door unlock button • The Smart Liftgate function may
(2), the Smart Liftgate function will not operate properly if any of the
be deactivated temporarily. But, if following instances occur:
you do not open any door for 30 sec- - The smart key is close to a radio
onds, the Smart Liftgate function transmitter such as a radio station
will be activated again. or an airport which can interfere
• If you press the liftgate open button with normal operation of the
(3) for more than 1 second, the lift- transmitter.
gate opens. - The smart key is near a mobile two
• The Smart Liftgate function will way radio system or a cellular
still be activated if you press the phone.
OFE048042N
door lock button (1) or liftgate open - Another vehicle's smart key is
button (3) on the smart key as long • The Smart Liftgate detecting area being operated close to your vehi-
as the Smart Liftgate is not already extends approximately 20-40 in cle.
in the Detect and Alert stage. (50-100 cm) behind the vehicle. If
you are positioned in the detecting • The Smart Liftgate detecting area
• In case you have deactivated the may change when:
Smart Liftgate function by pressing area and are carrying the smart
the smart key button and opened a key, the hazard warning lights will - The vehicle is parked on an incline
door, the Smart Liftgate function blink and the chime will sound for or slope
can be activated again by closing about 3 seconds to alert you that - One side of the vehicle is raised or
and locking all doors. the smart liftgate will open. lowered relative to the opposite
• The alert stops once the smart key side
is moved outside of the detecting
area within the 3 second period.
3-54
Fuel Filler Door Closing the fuel filler door
Opening the fuel filler door 1. Cover the fuel filler with the cap.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
WARNING
• If the fuel filler cap requires
3
replacement, you should use

parts for replacement from an
OFEQ018015N authorized Hyundai dealer. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward result in a serious malfunc-
OFEQ018014L
to access the fuel filler cap. tion of the fuel system or
4. Pull the fuel filler cap (2). emission control system. you
1. Turn the vehicle off. should contact your HYUNDAI
2. Push the fuel filler door opener i Information dealer for replacement.
button. • If the fuel filler door is not
If the fuel filler door does not open
NOTICE because ice has formed around it, tap completely closed, the vehicle
lightly or push on the door to break is not turned on. Close the
• The fuel filler door does not the ice and release the door. Do not fuel filler door and turn on the
open if the vehicle is not off. pry on the door. If necessary, spray vehicle.
• The fuel filler door may open after around the door with an approved de-
several seconds from turning off icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-
the vehicle. However, in cold freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm
weather, the fuel door may not place and allow the ice to melt.
open for about 45 seconds until
the cluster message "Powering
down..." disappears. This is for
protecting the fuel cell system.
3-55
WARNING • Do not get back into a vehicle • When refueling, always shut
once you have begun refueling the power off. Once refueling
Refueling dangers since you can generate static is complete, check to make
electricity by touching, rubbing sure the filler cap and filler
Automotive fuels are flammable or sliding against any item or door are securely closed,
materials. When refueling, please fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, before starting the vehicle.
note the following guidelines etc.) capable of producing stat-
carefully. Failure to follow these • DO NOT use matches or a
ic electricity. Static electricity lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or
guidelines may result in severe discharge can ignite fuel
personal injury, severe burns or leave a lit cigarette in your
vapors resulting in rapid burn- vehicle while at a gas station
death by fire or explosion. ing. If you must reenter the especially during refueling.
• Read and follow all warning vehicle, you should once again
posted at the gas station facil- eliminate potentially danger- Automotive fuel is highly
ity. ous static electricity discharge flammable and can, when
by touching a metal part of the ignited, result in fire.
• Before touching the fuel noz-
zle, you should eliminate vehicle, away from the fuel filler • If a fire breaks out during refu-
potentially dangerous static neck, nozzle or other gasoline eling, leave the vicinity of the
electricity discharge by touch- source. vehicle, and immediately con-
ing another metal part of the • Do not use cellular phones tact the manager of the gas
vehicle, a safe distance away while refueling. Electric current station and then contact the
from the fuel filler neck, noz- and/or electronic interference local fire department. Follow
zle, or other gas source. from cellular phones can any safety instructions they
potentially ignite fuel vapors provide.
causing a fire.
3-56
Emergency Fuel Filler Door
Release

OFE048419
If the fuel filler door does not open

due to the battery discharge and fail-
ure of the electrical wiring, open the
liftgate and lightly pull the handle
towards the arrow direction to pen the
lid.
i Information
Do not pull the handle excessively,
otherwise the luggage area trim or
release handle may be damaged.
3-57
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Power gauge
2. Speedometer
3. Fuel cell stack temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Odometer/LCD display/Trip computer
6. Warning and indicator lights
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges and
Meters" in this chapter.
OFE048100N
3-58
Instrument Cluster Control Gauges and Meters
WARNING
Adjusting instrument cluster Speedometer
illumination Never adjust the instrument
cluster while driving. Doing so
could lead to driver distraction
which may cause an accident
and lead to vehicle damage,
serious injury, or death. 3

• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches the maxi-
mum or minimum level, a chime OFE048101N
OFE048043 will sound.
The speedometer indicates the
When the vehicle's position lights or speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
headlights are on, press the illumina- in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilo-
tion control button to adjust the meters per hour (km/h).
brightness of the instrument panel
illumination.
When pressing the illumination con-
trol button, the interior switch illumi-
nation intensity is also adjusted.
3-59
Power gauge • POWER : It shows the energy con- Fuel cell stack temperature
sumption rate of the vehicle when gauge
driving uphill or accelerating. The
more electric energy is used, the
higher the gauge level.
OFE048102
The power gauge shows the energy OFE048103

consumption rate of the traction This gauge shows the temperature
motor. of the fuel cell stack coolant when
the POWER button is ON.
• CHARGE : It shows the charging Do not continue driving with an over-
status of the battery when it is heated fuel cell stack. If your vehicle
being charged by the regenerative overheats, have the vehicle inspected
brakes (decelerating or driving on by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
a downhill road).
The more electric energy is
charged, the lower the gauge level.
• ECO : It shows the energy con-
sumption rate during normal driv-
ing condition.
3-60
NOTICE - Fuel Cell Stack Hydrogen fuel gauge
WARNING
Overheats
If the gauge pointer moves Running Out of Fuel
beyond the normal range area Running out of fuel can expose
toward the "H" position, it indi- vehicle occupants to danger.
cates overheating that may dam-
age the fuel cell stack. You must stop and obtain addi-
tional fuel as soon as possible 3
after the warning light comes
WARNING

on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the ''E'' (Empty)
Radiator Cap level.
Never remove the radiator cap OFE048133
when the fuel cell power mod- This gauge indicates the approxi- i Information - Hydrogen
ule is hot. Otherwise the fuel mate amount of fuel remaining in the
cell stack coolant may be under Fueling Station
fuel tank (The fuel tank capacity is According to the hydrogen fueling sta-
pressure and cause severe given in chapter 8). The fuel gauge is
burns. Wait until the fuel cell tion condition, the hydrogen fuel may
supplemented by a low fuel warning not filled fully.
power module is cool before light which will illuminate when the
adding coolant to the reservoir. fuel tank is nearly empty.
3-61
Outside temperature gauge The temperature unit (from °C to °F Odometer

or from °F to °C) can be changed by:
- Press the AUTO button while
pressing the OFF button on the cli-
mate control unit for 3 seconds
- Go to General settings mode →
Unit → Temperature in the AVN dis-
play.
Both the temperature unit on the
cluster LCD display and climate con-
trol screen will change.
OFE048104N OFE048106N
This gauge indicates the current out- The odometer indicates the total dis-
side air temperature by 1 degrees F tance that the vehicle has been driv-
(1 degrees C). en and should be used to determine
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F when periodic maintenance should
(-40°C ~ 60°C) be performed.
Note that the temperature indicated
on the LCD display may not change
as quickly as the outside tempera-
ture (there may be a slight delay
before the temperature changes.)
3-62
Range i Information Gear shift indicator
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been inter-
rupted, the range function may not
operate correctly.
• The range may differ from the actu-
al driving distance as it is only an 3
estimate of the available driving
range for the vehicle and driving

conditions.
• The range may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving
OFE048108N OFE048105
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
• The range is the estimated dis- This indicator displays which gear is
tance the vehicle can be driven selected.
with the remaining fuel.
• If the estimated distance is below
1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display "---" as range.
• If the hydrogen supply line is empty,
the gauge may indicate that the
hydrogen is not in the hydrogen
tank.
3-63
Regenerative braking rate indi- Icy road warning light

cator (if equipped)
OFE048107
Shift indicator pop-up
(if equipped) OFE058136N OFE048149L
The pop-up displays the current gear While using the regenerative brakes, This warning light is to warn the driv-
position selected for 2 seconds you may select the regenerative er the road may be icy.
(P/R/N/D). braking rate from 0 to 3 by pulling the When the temperature on the out-
The shift indicator pop-up function paddle shifter. side temperature gauge is approxi-
can be activated or deactivated from mately below 40°F (4°C), the Icy
the Vehicle Settings mode in the AVN For more details, refer to
"Regenerative Braking System" in Road Warning Light and Outside
screen. Temperature Gauge blinks, and then
chapter 5.
illuminates. Also, the warning chime
is sound.
i Information
If the icy road warning light appears
while driving, you should drive more
attentively and safely refraining from
over-speeding, rapid acceleration,
3-64
sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.
Warning and Indicator lights Service Warning Light Power Down Warning
Light
i Information
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the vehicle. If any This warning light illuminates : This warning light illuminates :
light is still ON, this indicates a situa- • When the POWER button is in the • When the vehicle power should be
tion that needs attention. ON position. limited due to a malfunction with 3
- It illuminates for approximately 3 fuel cell stack.
seconds and then goes off. If the warning light continuously

Ready Indicator
• When there is a problem with relat- remains on when the vehicle is in
ed parts of the fuel cell electric "READY" state, or comes on dur-
vehicle control system, such as ing driving, this indicates that there
This indicator illuminates : sensors, etc. may be a malfunction with the fuel
cell stack. If this occurs, we recom-
When the vehicle is ready to be driven.
mend that you have the vehicle
- ON : Normal driving is possible. When the warning light illuminates inspected by an authorized
- OFF : Normal driving is not possible, while driving, or does not go OFF HYUNDAI dealer.
or a problem has occurred. after starting the vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized NOTICE
- Blinking : Emergency driving.
HYUNDAI dealer.
If the warning light turns on again
When the ready indicator goes OFF when restarting the vehicle after
or blinks, there is a problem with the parking your vehicle on an incline.
system. In this case, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-65
Icy Road Warning Light Hydrogen Gas Leak Low Fuel Level
(if equipped) Warning Light Warning Light
This warning light is to warn the driver This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:
the road may be icy. • [Red] When the hydrogen leakage When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
When the temperature on the out- is detected in the vehicle.
side temperature gauge is approxi- • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
mately below 40°F (4°C), the Icy tion with the hydrogen leakage Add fuel as soon as possible.
Road Warning Light and Outside detection sensor.
Temperature Gauge blinks and then
illuminates. Also, the warning chime
sounds 1 time. If the warning light continuously
The Icy Road Warning function can remains on when the vehicle is in
be activated or deactivated from the "READY" state, or comes on during
Vehicle Settings mode in the AVN driving, this indicates that there may
screen. be hydrogen leakage or a malfunc-
tion with the hydrogen leakage
detection sensor. If this occurs, stop
i Information the vehicle and have the hydrogen
If the icy road warning light appears system inspected by an authorized
while driving, you should drive more HYUNDAI dealer.
attentively and safely, refraining from
over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sud-
den braking or sharp turning, etc.
3-66
Supplemental Restraint Seat Belt Warning Light Regenerative Brake
System Warning Light Warning Light
(yellow)
This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver This warning light illuminates :
• When the POWER button is in the that the seat belt is not fastened. When the regenerative brake does
ON position. not operate and the brake does not
- It illuminates for approximately 6 For more details, refer to the "Seat perform well. This causes the Brake
3
seconds and then goes off. Belts" in chapter 2. Warning light (red) and Regenerative

• When there is a malfunction with Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illu-
the SRS. minate simultaneously.
In this case, have your vehicle In this case, drive safely and have
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI your vehicle inspected by an author-
dealer. ized HYUNDAI dealer.
The operation of the brake pedal may
be more difficult than normal and the
braking distance can increase.
3-67
Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reser- Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
Fluid Warning Light voir is low: short a distance with only a portion
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe of the brake system working.
location and stop your vehicle.
This warning light illuminates: 2. With the vehicle turned off, check WARNING
• When the POWER button is in the the brake fluid level immediately
ON position. and add fluid as required (For more Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in Warning Light
- It illuminates for approximately 3 chapter 7). After adding brake fluid,
seconds. Driving the vehicle with a warn-
check all brake components for fluid ing light ON is dangerous. If the
- It remains on if the parking brake leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found,
is applied. Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
or if the warning light remains on, or Warning Light illuminates with
• When the parking brake is applied. if the brakes do not operate proper- the parking brake released, it
• When the brake fluid level in the ly, do not drive the vehicle. Have the indicates that the brake fluid
reservoir is low. vehicle inspected by an authorized level is low.
HYUNDAI dealer.
- If the warning light illuminates In this case, have your vehicle
with the parking brake released, it inspected by an authorized
indicates the brake fluid level in Dual-diagonal braking system HYUNDAI dealer.
reservoir is low. Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual sys-
tems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure is
required to stop the vehicle.
3-68
Anti-lock Brake System Electronic i Information - Electronic
(ABS) Warning Light Brake Force Brake Force Distribution
Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
(EBD) System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on or
This warning light illuminates: These two warning lights illuminate both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake
• When the POWER button is in the at the same time while driving: Fluid Warning Lights are on, the
ON position. When the ABS and regular brake sys- speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter
may not work. Also, the EPS Warning 3
- It illuminates for approximately 3 tem may not work normally.
seconds and then goes off. Light may illuminate and the steering
In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

effort may increase or decrease.
• When there is a malfunction with ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the ABS (The normal braking sys- In this case, have your vehicle inspect-
tem will still be operational without ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
the assistance of the anti-lock
brake system). Electronic Brake Force
In this case, have your vehicle Distribution (EBD) System
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI Warning Light
dealer. When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-69
Electric Power Charging System Low Tire Pressure

Steering (EPS) Warning Light Warning Light
Warning Light (for 12-volt battery)
This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:
• When the POWER button is in the • When the 12-volt battery level is • When the POWER button is in the
ON position. low or a failure occurs on the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 charging system such as LDC. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. • If the warning light turns on while seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with driving, move the vehicle to a safe • When one or more of your tires are
the EPS. location, turn off and turn on the significantly underinflated (The
vehicle again, and check if the location of each underinflated tire
In this case, have your vehicle
warning light turns off. If the warn- is displayed on the LCD display).
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
ing light remains on, have the vehi-
dealer.
cle inspected by an authorized For more details, refer to "Tire
HYUNDAI dealer. Pressure Monitoring System
• Even if the warning light turns off, (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If you drive the vehicle while the
warning light is on, vehicle speed
may be limited and the 12-volt bat-
tery may be discharged.
❈ LDC : Low voltage DC-DC Converter.
3-70
This warning light remains ON Electronic Parking AUTO HOLD Indicator
after blinking for approximately 60 Brake (EPB) Warning EPB Light
seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON Light
and OFF in 3 second intervals:
When there is a malfunction with the This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
TPMS.
• When the POWER button is in the • [White] When you activate the auto
In this case, have your vehicle inspect- ON position. hold system by pressing the AUTO
ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HOLD switch.
3
- It illuminates for approximately 3
For more details, refer to "Tire seconds and then goes off. • [Green] When you stop the vehicle

Pressure Monitoring System • When there is a malfunction with completely by depressing the
(TPMS)" in chapter 6. the EPB. brake pedal with the auto hold sys-
tem activated.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-
WARNING tion with the auto hold system.
er.
Safe Stopping In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
• The TPMS cannot alert you to i Information er.
severe and sudden tire damage The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
caused by external factors. Warning Light may illuminate when For more details, refer to "Auto
• If you notice any vehicle insta- the Electronic Stability control (ESC) Hold" in chapter 5.
bility, immediately take your Indicator Light comes on to indicate
foot off the accelerator pedal, that the ESC is not working properly
apply the brakes gradually with (This does not indicate malfunction of
light force, and slowly move to the EPB).
a safe position off the road.
3-71
Forward Collision Lane Keeping Assist LED Headlamp Warning

Avoidance Assist (FCA) (LKA) system indicator Light (if equipped)
system warning light light (if equipped)
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates : This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:
• When the POWER button is in the • [Green] When the system operat- • When the POWER button is in the
ON position. ing conditions are satisfied for ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 LKA. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. • [White] When system operating seconds and then goes off.
• When the FCA system is turned off. conditions are not satisfied or • When there is a malfunction with
• When the radar sensor or cover is when the sensor does not detect the LED headlamp.
blocked with dirt or snow. Check the lane line.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
the sensor and cover and clean • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- ed by an an authorized HYUNDAI
them by using a soft cloth. tion with the Lane Keeping Assist dealer.
• When there is a malfunction with (LKA) system.
FCA. In this case, have your vehi- In this case, have your vehicle
cle inspected by an authorized inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI This warning light blinks:
HYUNDAI dealer. dealer. When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlamp related part.
For more details, refer to "Lane In this case, have the vehicle
Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in inspected by an an authorized
chapter 5. HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlamp Warning Light on or
blinking can reduce LED head-
lamp life.
3-72
Master Warning Light Electronic Stability Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator Control (ESC) OFF
Light Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction in oper- • When the POWER button is in the • When the POWER button is in the
ation in any of the following systems: ON position. ON position. 3
- LED headlamp malfunction (if - It illuminates for approximately 3 - It illuminates for approximately 3
equipped) seconds and then goes off. seconds and then goes off.

- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist • When there is a malfunction with • When you deactivate the ESC sys-
system malfunction (if equipped) the ESC system. tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist In this case, have your vehicle ton.
radar blocked (if equipped) inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. For more details, refer to
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning system "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
malfunction (if equipped) in chapter 5.
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar This indicator light blinks:
blocked (if equipped) While the ESC is operating.
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped) For more details, refer to
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
Go radar blocked (if equipped) in chapter 5.
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction
(if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
To identify the details of the warning,
look at the LCD display.
3-73
Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for Turn Signal Indicator
Light 2 seconds and goes off: Light
If the smart key is in the vehicle and
the POWER button is ON, but the
This indicator light illuminates for vehicle cannot detect the smart key. This indicator light blinks:
up to 30 seconds: In this case, have your vehicle inspect- When you operate the turn signal
When the vehicle detects the smart ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. indicator.
key in the vehicle with the POWER
button in the ACC or ON position. This indicator light blinks: If any of the following occurs, there
- At this time, you can start the vehi- • When the battery voltage of the may be a malfunction with the turn
cle. smart key is low. signal system.
- The indicator light goes off after - At this time, you can not start the - The turn signal indicator light illu-
starting the vehicle. vehicle. However, you can start the minates but does not blink
if you press the POWER button - The turn signal indicator light
This indicator light blinks for a few with the smart key. (For more blinks rapidly
seconds: details, refer to "Starting the
vehicle" in chapter 5). - The turn signal indicator light
When the smart key is not in the does not illuminate at all
vehicle. • When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system. If either of these conditions occur,
- At this time, you cannot start the have your vehicle inspected by an
vehicle. In this case, have your vehicle authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
dealer.
3-74
High Beam Indicator Light ON Indicator ECO Mode Indicator
Light Light Light
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates :
• When the headlights are on and in When the tail lights or headlights are When you select "ECO" mode as
the high beam position. on. drive mode. 3
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position. For more details, refer to "Drive

Mode Integrated Control System"
in this chapter.
3-75
LCD Display Messages Press POWER button while Press brake pedal to start vehicle
Shift to P turning wheel This warning message is displayed if
This warning message is displayed if the POWER button changes to the
This warning message is displayed if
the steering wheel does not unlock ACC position twice by pressing the
you try to turn off the vehicle with the
normally when the POWER button is button repeatedly without depressing
gear in the N (Neutral) position.
pressed. the brake pedal.
At this time, the POWER button
You should press the POWER button You can start the vehicle by depress-
changes to the ACC position (If you
while turning the steering wheel right ing the brake pedal.
press the POWER button once more,
it will turn to the ON position). and left.
Key not in vehicle
Low Key Battery Check Steering Wheel Lock This warning message is displayed if
System the smart key is not in the vehicle
This warning message is displayed if when you press the POWER button.
the battery of the smart key is dis-
charged while changing the POWER the steering wheel does not lock nor- When attempting to start the vehicle,
button to the OFF position. mally while the POWER button always have the smart key with you.
changes to the OFF position.
3-76
Key not detected Press POWER button with key Door / Hood / Liftgate open
This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if
the smart key is not detected when you press the POWER button while
you press the POWER button. the warning message "Key not
detected" is displayed.
Press POWER button again At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
This message is displayed if you 3
were unable to start the vehicle when
the POWER button was pressed. Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse

If this occurs, attempt to start the This warning message is displayed if
vehicle by pressing the POWER but- the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
ton again. You need to replace the fuse with a OFE048110
If the warning message appears new one before starting the vehicle.
each time you press the POWER This warning is displayed indicating
If that is not possible, you can start the which door, or the hood, or the lift-
button, have your vehicle inspected vehicle by pressing the POWER but-
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. gate is open.
ton for 10 seconds in the ACC posi-
tion.
CAUTION
Shift to P to start vehicle Before driving the vehicle, you
This warning message is displayed if should confirm that the door/
you try to start the vehicle without hood/liftgate is fully closed.
shifting to the P (Park) position. Also, check there is no door/
hood/liftgate open warning light
or message displayed on the
instrument cluster.
3-77
Sunroof open Low Pressure Check headlight (if equipped)

the headlamps are not operating
properly. The headlamp bulb may
need to be replaced.
i Information
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same
wattage rating.
For more details, refer to "Bulb
OFE048111 OFE048150L Wattage" in chapter 8.
This warning is displayed if you turn This warning message is displayed if
off the vehicle when the sunroof is the tire pressure is low. The corre- Check headlamp LED
open. sponding tire on the vehicle will be (if equipped)
illuminated.
For more details, refer to "Tire there is a problem with the LED
Pressure Monitoring System headlamp. Have the vehicle inspected
(TPMS)" in chapter 6. by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-78
Check headlamp FAN Check Virtual Engine Sound Check High Beam Assist (HBA)
(if equipped) System system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with headlamp there is a problem with the High Beam
fan. Have the vehicle inspected by an Assist (HBA) system. Have the vehi-
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. cle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Lights Mode
3
For more details, refer to "High
This indicator displays which exterior Beam Assist (HBA) system" in

light is selected using the lighting chapter 3.
control.
Check Forward Collision
Wiper OFE048153L Avoidance Assist system
This indicator displays which wiper This message is displayed when
(if equipped)
speed is selected using the wiper there is a problem with the Virtual This warning message is displayed if
control. Engine Sound System (VESS). there is a problem with the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
In this case, have your vehicle inspect-
system. Have the vehicle inspected
ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
system" in chapter 5.
3-79
Check Blind-Spot Collision Check Smart Cruise Control Check Lane Keeping Assist
Warning (BCW) system System (if equipped) (LKA) system (if equipped)
(if equipped) This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Smart there is a problem with the Check
there is a problem with the Blind- Cruise Control system. Have the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system.
Spot Collision Warning system. Have vehicle inspected by an authorized Have the vehicle inspected by an
the vehicle inspected by an author- HYUNDAI dealer. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Smart For more details, refer to "Check
For more details, refer to "Blind- Cruise Control with Stop & Go" in Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-
Spot Collision Warning/Blind-Spot chapter 5. tem" in chapter 5.
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
or Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW)/Rear Cross- Check Driver Attention Warning
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (DAW) system (if equipped)
(RCCA)" (BCW) System in chapter This warning message is displayed if
5. there is a problem with the Driver
Attention Warning (DAW). Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)" in chap-
ter 5.
3-80
LCD DISPLAY
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control but-
tons.
(1) : MODE button for changing

modes
(2) , : MOVE switch for
3
changing items

(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for
setting or resetting the
selected item
OFE048431L
3-81
LCD Display Modes
Menu
Trip Computer TBT Assist Master warning

The Master Warning mode
Consumption Info Route Guidance Driver Attention Warning displays warning messages
related to the vehicle when
Accumulated Info Destination Info Tire Pressure one or more systems is not
operating normally.
Drive Info
Up/Down
Digital Speedometer
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-82
Trip computer mode Turn By Turn (TBT) mode Information mode

OFE048154N OFE048119N OFE048155L
The trip computer mode displays This mode displays the state of the Tire Pressure
information related to vehicle driving navigation. This mode displays information relat-
parameters including fuel economy, ed to Tire Pressure.
tripmeter information and vehicle
speed. For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
For more details, refer to "Trip (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
Computer" in this chapter.
3-83
Warning mode
If one of followings occurs, warning
messages will be displayed on the
LCD display for several seconds.
- Low washer fluid
- Exterior lamp malfunction
(if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system malfunction (if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
OFE048156L (TPMS)
Driver Attention Warning - High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunc-
This mode displays information relat- tion (if equipped)
ed to Driver Attention Warning (DAW). - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) malfunction (if equipped)
For more details, refer to "Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)" in chap-
ter 5.
3-84
TRIP COMPUTER
The trip computer is a microcomput- Trip modes
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related Fuel Economy
to driving. • Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
i Information
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer (for example Average 3
Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is Accumulated Info

disconnected. • Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy OFE048431L
• Timer To change the trip mode, toggle the

" , " switch on the steering
wheel.
Drive Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Digital Speedometer
Energy Flow
3-85
Average fuel economy/ Manual reset Instant Fuel Economy (2)

Instant fuel economy To clear the average fuel economy • The instantaneous fuel economy is
manually, press the OK button on the displayed according to the bar
steering wheel for more than 1 sec- graph in the LCD display while
ond when the average fuel economy driving.
is displayed.
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy, select between "After
Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the
Vehicle Settings mode in the AVN
screen.
- After ignition: When the vehicle has
OFE048154N
been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
Average Fuel Economy (1) average fuel economy will reset
• The average fuel economy is calcu- automatically.
lated by the total driving distance - After refueling: The average fuel
and fuel consumption since the last economy will reset automatically
average fuel economy reset. after refueling.
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automati-
cally. i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a min-
imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalcu-
lated.
3-86
Accumulated Info display The accumulated driving information Drive Info display
will continue to be counted while the
vehicle is still running (for example,
when the vehicle is in traffic or
stopped at a stop light).
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a min- 3
imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since

the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalcu-
lated.
OFE048472N OFE048473N
This display shows the accumulated This display shows the trip distance
trip distance (1), the average fuel (1), the average fuel economy (2),
economy (2), and the total driving and the total driving time (3).
time (3). The information is combined for each
The information is accumulated start- ignition cycle. However, when the
ing from the last reset. vehicle has been OFF for 4 hours or
To reset the details, press and hold longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
the OK button when viewing the To reset the details, press and hold
Accumulated driving info. The trip the OK button when viewing the Drive
distance, the average fuel economy, Info. The trip distance, the average
and total driving time will reset simul- fuel economy, and total driving time
taneously. will reset simultaneously.
3-87
The driving information will continue to Digital speedometer Energy Flow

be counted while the vehicle is in the
ready ( ) mode. (for example, when
the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a
stop light).
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a mini-
mum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the
last ignition key cycle before the average
fuel economy will be recalculated.
OFE048128N OFE048163L
This digital speedometer display The fuel cell vehicle system informs
shows the speed of the vehicle. the drivers its energy flow in various
operating modes. While driving, the
current energy flow is specified in 3
modes.
For more details, refer to "Energy
Flow" in the fuel cell Vehicle Guide
provided in front of the owner's
manual.
3-88
LIGHTING
Exterior Lights Daytime running light (DRL)
Lighting control The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the front of your vehicle during the
the end of the control lever to one of
day, especially after dawn and before
the following positions:
sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedi- 3

cated lamp OFF when :

• The headlamps are ON.
• The parking lamps are ON. OFE048061
• The vehicle is turned off. AUTO headlamp position
• The parking brake is engaged. (if equipped)
The parking lamp and headlamp will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of daylight
OOS047404N as measured by the ambient light
1. OFF position sensor (1) on the crash pad.
2. AUTO headlamp position
3. Parking lamp position Even with the AUTO headlamp fea-
4. Headlamp position ture in operation, it is recommended
to manually turn ON the headlamps
when driving at night or in a fog, driv-
ing in the rain, or when you enter
dark areas, such as tunnels and
parking facilities.
3-89
NOTICE
• Do not cover or spill anything on
the sensor (1) located in front of
the instrument panel.
• Do not clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleanser may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coat-
ing on the front windshield, the OOS047405N OOS047406N
AUTO headlamp system may not Parking lamp position ( ) Headlamp position ( )
work properly.
The parking lamp, license plate lamp The headlamp, parking lamp, license
and instrument panel lamp are turned plate lamp and instrument panel lamp
ON. are turned ON.
i Information
The POWER button must be in the
ON position to turn on the headlamp.
3-90
High beam operation High Beam Assist (HBA)

OOS047408N
OOS047407N To flash the high beam headlamp, OOS047409N

pull the lever towards you, then
To turn on the high beam headlamp, release the lever. The high beams The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a
push the lever away from you. The will remain ON as long as you hold system that automatically adjusts the
lever will return to its original position. the lever towards you. headlamp range (switches between
The high beam indicator will light high beam and low beam) according
when the headlamp high beams are to the brightness of other vehicles
switched on. and road conditions.
To turn off the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you. The low Operating condition
beams will turn on. 1. Place the headlamp switch in the
AUTO position.
WARNING 2. Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles approaching The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( )
you. Using high beam could indicator will illuminate.
obstruct the other driver's vision.
3-91
3. The High Beam Assist (HBA) will When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is
turn on when vehicle speed is operating, the high beam switches to
above 25 mph (40 km/h). low beam if any of the following con-
• If the headlamp switch is pushed ditions occur :
away when the High Beam - When the headlamp of an on-com-
Assist (HBA) is operating, the ing vehicle is detected.
High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn - When the tail lamp of a vehicle in
off and the high beam will be on front is detected.
continuously.
- When the headlamp or tail lamp of
• If the headlamp switch is pulled a motorcycle or a bicycle is detect-
towards you when the high beam ed.
is off, the high beam will turn on OFE048164L
without the High Beam Assist - When the surrounding ambient light
is bright enough that high beams Warning light and message
(HBA) canceled. When you let When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is
go of the light switch, the lever are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights not working properly, the Check High
will move to the middle and the Beam Assist warning message will
high beam will turn off. are detected.
come on for a few second. After the
• If the headlamp switch is pulled - When the headlamp switch is not in message disappears, the master
towards you when the high beam the AUTO position. warning light ( ) will illuminate.
is on by the High Beam Assist - When the High Beam Assist (HBA) Take your vehicle to an authorized
(HBA), the low beam will be on is off. HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-
and the High Beam Assist (HBA) - When vehicle speed is below 22 tem checked.
will turn off. mph (35 km/h).
• If the headlamp switch is placed
to the headlamp ON position, the
High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn
off and the low beam will be on
continuously.
3-92
WARNING • When the vehicle is driven on • When the front window is cov-
a narrow curved road or rough ered with foreign matters such
The system may not operate nor- road. as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged.
mally if any of the following con- • When the vehicle is driven on 3) When the forward visibility is
ditions should occur: an uphill road or downhill poor. Such examples may
1) When the illumination from road. include:
an on-coming vehicle or a • When only part of the vehicle in • When the headlamps of an on- 3
vehicle in front is dim. Such front is visible on a crossroad coming vehicle or a vehicle in
examples may include: or curved road. front is not detected due to

• When the headlamps of an on- • When there is a traffic light, poor outside visibility (smog,
coming vehicle or the tail reflecting sign, flashing sign or smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain,
lamps of a vehicle in front is mirror. snow, etc.).
covered with dust, snow, or • When the road conditions are • When the windshield visibility
water. bad such as being wet or cov- is poor.
• When the headlamps on an on- ered with snow.
coming vehicle are OFF, but the • When a vehicle suddenly
fog lamps are ON. appears from a curve.
2) When the High Beam Assist • When the vehicle is tilted from
camera is adversely affected a flat tire or being towed.
by an external condition.
Such examples may include: • When the Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system warning light
• When the vehicle's head- illuminates.
lamps have been damaged or
not repaired properly. • When the light from the on-
coming or front vehicle is not
• When the vehicle headlamps detected because of exhaust
are not aimed properly. fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
3-93
Turn signals and lane change

WARNING • Do not place objects on the signals
crash pad that reflect light
• Do not attempt to disassem- such as mirrors, white paper,
ble the front view camera etc. The system may malfunc-
without the assistance of an tion if sunlight is reflected.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer • At times, the High Beam
technician. If camera is Assist (HBA) may not work
removed for any reason, the properly. The system is for
system may need to be re-cal- your convenience only. It is
ibrated. Have the system the responsibility of the driver
inspected by an authorized for safe driving practices and
HYUNDAI dealer. always check the road condi-
• If the windshield of your vehi- tions for your safety.
cle is replaced, most likely the • When the system does not OOS047410N
front view camera will need to operate normally, change the To signal a turn, push down on the
be re-calibrated. If this occurs, headlamp position manually lever for a left turn or up for a right
have your vehicle inspected between the high beam and turn in position (A).
and have the system re-cali- low beam.
brated by an authorized If the direction change is completed,
HYUNDAI dealer. the operation is automatically can-
celed. However, if the operation is
• Be careful that water doesn't not canceled automatically, set the
get into the High Beam Assist lever to the center.
(HBA) unit and do not remove
or damage related parts of the If an indicator stays on and does not
High Beam Assist (HBA) sys- flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
tem. the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
3-94
One-touch turn signal function Battery saver function Headlight time-out function
To activate the One Touch Turn The purpose of this feature is to pre- (if equipped)
Signal function, push the turn signal vent the battery from being dis- If the POWER button is placed in the
lever up or down to position (B) and charged. The system automatically ACC position or the OFF position
then release it. turns off the parking lamp when the with the headlamps ON, the head-
The lane change signals will blink 3, driver turns the vehicle off and opens lamps (and/or parking lamps) remain
5 or 7 times. the driver-side door. on for about 5 minutes. However, if
You can activate or deactivate the With this feature, the parking lamps the driver's door is opened and 3
One Touch Turn Signal function or will turn off automatically if the driver closed, the headlights are turned off
after 15 seconds. Also, with the vehi-

choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or parks on the side of road at night.
7) from the Vehicle Settings mode in cle off if the driver's door is opened
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
the AVN screen. and closed, the headlamps (and/or
when the vehicle is turned off, perform
parking lamps) are turned off after 15
the following:
seconds.
For more details, refer to the sepa- 1) Open the driver-side door.
rately supplied Navigation manual. The headlamps (and/or parking
2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and lamps) can be turned off by pressing
ON again using the headlamp the lock button on the smart key
switch on the steering column. twice or turning the light switch to the
OFF or AUTO position.
You can activate or deactivate the
Headlamp Delay function from the
Vehicle Settings mode (Light) on the
AVN screen.
For more details, refer to the sepa-
rately supplied Navigation manual.
3-95
NOTICE Interior Lights Front lamps

If the driver gets out of the vehicle
through other doors (except dri- WARNING
ver’s door), the battery saver func-
Do not use the interior lights
tion does not operate and the
when driving in the dark. The
headlamp delay function does not
interior lights may obscure your
turn off automatically. Therefore, It
view and cause an accident.
causes the battery to be dis-
charged. In this case, make sure
to turn off the lamp before getting NOTICE
out of the vehicle.
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the vehi- OFE048063
cle is turned off or the battery will
discharge. Front Map Lamp (1) :
Press either lenses (Type A) or
switches ( , Type B) to turn
Interior lamp AUTO cut the map lamp on or off. This light pro-
The interior lamps will automatically duces a spot beam for convenient
go off approximately 20 minutes after use as a map lamp at night or as a
the vehicle is turned off and the personal lamp for the driver and the
doors are closed. If a door is opened, front passenger.
the lamp will go off 40 minutes after
the vehicle is turned off. If the doors
are locked by the remote key or
smart key and the vehicle enters the
armed stage of the theft alarm sys-
tem, the lamps will go off five sec-
onds later.
3-96
Front Room Lamp (2) ( ): Rear lamp Luggage compartment lamp
Press the button to turn the front and ■ Type A
rear room lamps on or off.
Front Door Lamp (3) ( ):

The front or rear room lamps come
on when the front or rear doors are 3
opened. When doors are unlocked by

the smart key, the front and rear
lamps come on for approximately 30
seconds as long as any door is not
opened. The front and rear room OAEE046421 OFE048065L
lamps go out gradually after approxi- ■ Type B
mately 30 seconds if the door is The luggage compartment lamp
closed. However, if the POWER but- comes on when the liftgate is opened.
ton is in the ON position or all doors If the liftgate is continuously opened,
are locked, the front and rear lamps the luggage compartment lamp will
will turn off. If a door is opened with turn off after 20 minutes.
the POWER button in the ACC posi-
tion or the OFF position, the front
and rear lamps stay on for about 20
minutes.
OFE048064
Rear Room Lamp ( ):

Press this switch to turn the rear
room lamp on and off.
3-97
Vanity mirror lamp Glove box lamp Puddle lamp (if equipped)
OOS047055 OFE048433L OFE048066
Push the switch to turn the light on or The glove box lamp comes on when Welcome light
off. the glove box is opened. When all doors (and liftgate) are
• : The lamp will turn on if this If the glove box is not closed, the closed and locked, the puddle lamp
button is pressed. lamp will turn off after 20 minutes. will come on for 15 seconds if the
• : The lamp will turn off if this door is unlocked by the remote key
button is pressed. NOTICE or smart key or outside door handle
button.
NOTICE To prevent unnecessary charging
Always have the switch in the off system drain, close the glove box For more details, refer to "Welcome
position when the vanity mirror securely after using the glove box. System" in this chapter.
lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor
is closed without the lamp off, it
may discharge the battery or dam-
age the sunvisor.
3-98
Escort light Welcome System (if equipped) • the lamp will turn on when the
When the vehicle is turned OFF and button of the outside door handle
Welcome light is pressed with the smart key in
the driver's door is opened, the pud-
dle lamp will come on for 30 sec- possession.
onds. If the driver's door is closed 2. If both 'Convenience → Welcome
within the 30 seconds, the puddle mirror/light → On door unlock' and
lamp will turn off after 15 seconds. If 'Convenience → Welcome mirror/
the driver's door is closed and light → On driver approach' is 3
locked, the puddle lamp will turn off selected in the vehicle Settings
immediately. mode on the AVN screen, the

The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will lamp will turn on when the vehicle
turn on only the first time the driver's is approached with the smart key
door is opened after the vehicle is in possession.
turned off.
OFE048062N
You can activate or deactivate
Puddle lamp Welcome Light function from the
vehicle Settings mode on the AVN
With all the doors (and liftgate)
screen.
closed and locked, the puddle lamp
will come on for about 15 seconds if For more details, refer to the sep-
any of the below is performed. arately supplied "Navigation man-
1. If 'Convenience → Welcome mir- ual".
ror/light → On door unlock' is
selected in the vehicle Settings
mode on the AVN screen,
• the lamps will turn on when the
door lock button is pressed on
the smart key.
3-99
Headlamp and parking lamp Interior lamp

When the headlamp (lamp switch in When the interior lamp switch is in
the headlamp or AUTO position) is on the DOOR position and all doors (and
and all doors (and liftgate) are locked liftgate) are closed and locked, the
and closed, the parking lamp and room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
headlamp will come on for 15 seconds onds if any of the below is performed.
when the door unlock button is • When the door unlock button is
pressed on the remote key or smart pressed on the remote key or
key. smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock • When the button of the outside
or unlock button, the parking lamp and door handle is pressed with the
headlamp will turn off immediately. smart key in possession.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the smart key the
room lamp will turn off immediately.
3-100
WIPERS AND WASHERS
■ Front windshield wiper/washer A : Wiper speed control Front Windshield Wipers
· MIST – Single wipe Operates as follows when the
· OFF – Off POWER button is in the ON position.
· INT – Intermittent wipe MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
· LO – Low wiper speed push the lever upward and
release. The wipers will oper-
· HI – High wiper speed ate continuously if the lever is
B : Intermittent control wipe time held in this position. 3
adjustment OFF : Wiper is not in operation.

C : Wash with brief wipes INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
OPD047454L (pull lever towards you) the same wiping intervals. To
■ Rear window wiper/washer vary the speed setting, move
D : Rear wiper/washer control the speed control lever. The top
· HI – High wiper speed most setting will run the wipers
most frequently (for more rain).
· LO – Low wiper speed The bottom setting will run the
· OFF – Off wipers the least frequently (for
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) less rain).
(push lever away from you) LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
OTLA045318
3-101
i Information Front Windshield Washers

WARNING
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the When the outside temperature
windshield for about 10 minutes, or is below freezing, ALWAYS
until the snow and/or ice is removed warm the windshield using the
before using the windshield wipers to defroster to help prevent the
ensure proper operation. washer fluid from freezing on
If you do not remove the snow and/or the windshield and obscuring
ice before using the wiper and washer, your vision which could result
it may damage the wiper and washer in an accident and serious
system. injury or death.
OTLE045164
In the OFF position, pull the lever

gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and
wiper operation will continue until
you release the lever. If the washer
does not work, you may need to add
washer fluid to the washer fluid
reservoir.
3-102
NOTICE Rear Window Wiper and Washer
• To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not oper-
ate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not 3
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do OTLE045166
not attempt to move the wipers Push the lever away from you to
OTLE045165
manually. spray rear washer fluid and to run the
• To prevent possible damage to The rear window wiper and washer rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
the wipers and washer system, switch is located at the end of the and wiper operation will continue
use anti-freezing washer fluids wiper and washer switch lever. Turn until you release the lever.
in the winter season or cold the switch to the desired position to
weather. operate the rear wiper and washer.
Auto rear wiper
HI – High wiper speed
The rear wiper will operate while the
LO – Low wiper speed vehicle is in reverse with the front
OFF – Off wiper ON by selecting the function on
the AVN screen.
Go to 'Vehicle Settings → Convenience
→ Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.
3-103
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM

Parking Distance Warning The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) System (Reverse/Forward) system assists WARNING
(if equipped) the driver during movement of the
vehicle by chiming if any object is • ALWAYS look around your
sensed within the distance of 39 vehicle to make sure there are
inches (100 cm) in front and 47 inch- no objects or obstacles
es (120 cm) behind the vehicle. before moving the vehicle in
any direction to prevent a col-
This system is a supplemental sys-
lision.
tem that senses objects within the
range and location of the sensors, it • Always pay close attention
cannot detect objects in other areas when the vehicle is driven
where sensors are not installed. close to objects, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children.
• Be aware that some objects
OFE048046N may not be visible on the
screen or be detected by the
sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all
of which can limit the effec-
tiveness of the sensor.
OFE048047N
[A] : Front Sensor, [B] : Rear Sensor
3-104
Operation of the Parking • Sensing distance when moving for- • To turn on the system, press the
Distance Warning ward is approximately 39 in (100 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/
(Reverse/Forward) System cm) when you are driving less than Forward) system button.
6 mph (10 km/h). • When more than two objects are
• The Parking Distance Warning sensed at the same time, the clos-
(Reverse/Forward) system button est one will be recognized first.
turns on automatically and acti-
vates the Parking Distance 3
Warning (Reverse/Forward) sys-
tem when the gear is in the R

(Reverse) position.
• However, if vehicle speed exceeds
6 mph (10 km/h), the system will
not warn you even though objects
are detected.
OFE048048
And if vehicle speed exceeds 12
Operating condition mph (20 km/h, without RSPA) or 18
• This system will activate when the mph (30 km/h, with RSPA), the
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/ system will turn off automatically.
Forward) system button is pressed * RSPA : Remote Smart Parking
with the POWER button in the ON Assist
position.
• Sensing distance when backing up
is approximately 47 in (120 cm)
when you are driving less than
6 mph (10 km/h).
3-105
Types of warning sound and indicator Non-operational conditions of

inches (cm)
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) system
Warning indicator
Distance The Parking Distance Warning
When driving When driving Warning sound (Reverse/Forward) system may not
from object
forward rearward operate normally when any of the
24 ~ 39 Buzzer beeps following occur:
Front -
(61 ~ 100) intermittently • Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
24 ~ 47 Buzzer beeps • Sensor is covered with foreign mat-
Rear - ter, such as snow or water, or the
(61 ~ 120) intermittently
sensor cover is blocked.
Buzzer beeps
Front
12 ~ 24 frequently
(31 ~ 60) The Parking Distance Warning
Buzzer beeps
Rear - (Reverse/Forward) system may
frequently
experience a malfunction when the
Buzzer sounds following occurs:
Front
12 continuously • Driving on uneven road surfaces
(30) Buzzer sounds such as unpaved roads, gravel,
Rear - bumps, or gradient.
continuously
• Objects generating excessive noise
i Information such as vehicle horns, loud motor-
• The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors cycle engines, or truck air brakes
status. If the indicator blinks, have your vehicle checked by an authorized can interfere with the sensor.
HYUNDAI dealer. • Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently • Wireless transmitters or mobile
when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with phones are present near the sensor.
the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system. If this occurs, have • The sensor is covered with snow.
your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-106
• Any non-factory equipment or Parking Distance Warning • Do not push, scratch or strike the
accessories have been installed, or (Reverse/Forward) system pre- sensor with any hard objects that
if the vehicle bumper height or sen- cautions could damage the surface of the
sor installation has been modified. • The Parking Distance Warning sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
(Reverse/Forward) system may not • Do not spray the sensors or its sur-
Detecting range may decrease when: operate consistently in some cir- rounding area directly with a high
cumstances depending on the pressure washer. Doing so may
• Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold. speed of the vehicle and the cause the sensors to fail to operate 3
shapes of the objects detected. normally.
• Undetectable objects smaller than

40 inches (1 m) and narrower than • The Parking Distance Warning
6 inches (14 cm) in diameter. (Reverse/Forward) system may WARNING
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or sensor installation has Your new vehicle warranty does
The following objects may not be been modified or damaged. Any not cover any accidents or dam-
recognized by the sensor: non-factory installed equipment or age to the vehicle or injuries to
• Sharp or slim objects such as accessories may also interfere with its occupants related to a
ropes, chains or small poles. the sensor performance. Parking Distance Warning
• The sensor may not recognize (Reverse/Forward) system.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
sor frequency such as clothes, objects less than 15 in. (40 cm) Always drive safely and cau-
spongy material or snow. from the sensor, or it may sense an tiously.
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is blocked with
snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the sys-
tem may be inoperative until the
snow or ice melts, or the debris is
removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe
debris away from the sensor.
3-107
Rear View Monitor The Rear View Monitor will activate

(if equipped) when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) WARNING
mode and the gear is in the R
(Reverse) position. • Never rely solely on the rear
This is a supplemental system that camera display when backing-
helps provide a view of the area up.
behind the vehicle through the AVN • ALWAYS look around your
screen while the vehicle is in the R vehicle to make sure there are
(Reverse) position. no objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any
WARNING direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
The Rear view monitor is not a when the vehicle is driven
safety device. It only serves to close to objects, particularly
OFE048049 assist the driver in identifying pedestrians, and especially
objects directly behind the mid- children.
dle of the vehicle. The camera
does NOT cover the complete
NOTICE
area behind the vehicle.
Always keep the camera lens
clean. The camera may not work
normally if the lens is covered
with dirt, water or snow.
OFE048050
3-108
Surround View Monitoring The system is activated when: • A warning appears on the system
(if equipped) • The POWER button is in the ON when:
position - The liftgate is opened
• The gear is in D (Drive), N - The driver's door is opened
(Neutral) or R (Reverse) - The passenger's door is opened
• Vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15 - The outer side view mirror is folded
km/h)
• If the system is not operating normal- 3
ly, the system should be checked by
The system is deactivated when: an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• You press the button (1) again
For more details, refer to the sep-
• Vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 arately supplied manual with your
km/h) vehicle.
OFE048051
The Surround View Monitoring sys- i Information

tem can assist in parking by allowing • When vehicle speed is over 10 mph
the driver to see around the vehicle. (15 km/h), the system will turn off.
Push the button (1, indicator ON) to The system will not automatically
operate the system. To cancel the turn on again, even though vehicle
system, push the button again (1, speed gets below 10 mph (15 km/h).
indicator OFF). Push the button (1, indicator ON)
again, to turn on the system.
• When the vehicle is backing up, the
system will turn ON regardless of
vehicle speed or button status.
However, if vehicle speed is over 10
mph (15 km/h) when driving for-
ward, the SVM system will turn off.
3-109
Driving Rear view Monitor You may check the rear view through
CAUTION (DRM) (if equipped) the screen while driving.
The system is activated when:

(1) Front camera
• The POWER button is in the ON
(2) Left/Right cam- position and the gear is in the N
era (Neutral) or D (Drive) position.
(3) Rear camera • The vehicle's speed is over 10 mph
(15 km/h) and you press the SVM
button (1, indicator ON)
ODH047435
Surround View Monitor system • The vehicle's speed is under 10
only serves to assist the driver mph (15 km/h) and you press the
in parking. ALWAYS look (2) on the screen
around your vehicle to make OFE048051
sure there are no objects or The system is deactivated when:
obstacles before moving the
vehicle. • You press the SVM button (1, indi-
cator OFF) again
• You press any other view mode
NOTICE buttons (3) on the screen again.
Always keep the camera lens • You press the AVN system button
clean. The camera may not work (4)
normally if the lens is covered
with foreign material.
OFE048052L
3-110
i Information • When the vehicle is backing up, the • If the system is not operating nor-
rear image will appear on the screen mally, the system should be checked
• If vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 automatically regardless of vehicle by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
km/h) speed or SVM button (1) status.
- the DRM image stays ON when the - If the rear image was ON, the For more details, refer to the sep-
rear view was on the screen screen switches to the parking arately supplied manual with your
assist screen. vehicle.
- screen (top, front wide, front right
and front left) of other modes of - If the screen (top, front wide, front 3
SVM system turns OFF and right and front left) of other modes
switches to the original AVN

of SVM system was ON, the screen
screen when other modes were on for setting the initial rear view
the screen mode appears.
• If the SVM system is ON and the - When the shift gear is moved from
vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15 R (Reverse) to D (Drive), the
km/h) screen of the previous mode is dis-
- the rear image stays ON when the played.
rear view was on the screen • A warning appears on the system
- a pop-up for selecting the SVM when:
mode (top, front wide, front right - The liftgate is opened
and front left) appears when press- - The driver's door is opened
ing any other view mode buttons
(3) than (2) on the screen. - The passenger's door is opened
- The outer side view mirror is folded
3-111
REMOTE SMART PARKING ASSIST (RSPA) (IF EQUIPPED)

REMOTE SMART PARKING ASSIST To prevent frequency interference, the Remote Smart Parking Assist
(RSPA) system helps drivers park heater and air conditioner may be button
their vehicle by using sensors to turned off when the system is activated.
detect parking spaces, control the Parking Distance Warning button
steering wheel, shift the gear and Assistance
Relevant function
adjust vehicle speed automatically provided
with instructions through sound and ■ Reverse parking
Deactivate the system and park/exit
AVN screen. Smart Parking O your vehicle manually, when the situ-
ation requires parking manually.
Applicable RSPA modes : Remote
O
The Parking Distance Warning sys-
Smart Parking tem's front and rear warning sound
• Smart Parking/Remote Smart OTM048058
and Surround View Monitor (SVM)
Parking: The system provides assis- ■ Parallel parking
system activate while RSPA is acti-
tance for reverse parking (perpendi- Smart Parking O
vated.
cular parking) and parallel parking.
The system will be canceled if the
• Smart Exit : The system provides Remote Parking Distance Warning system is
assistance for forward parallel exit. O
Smart Parking cancelled by pressing the button to
OFE048420
• Remote Moving Forward/Backward: ■ Parallel exit the OFF position.
The system provides assistance for Smart Exit O For operation of the Parking
forward/backward movement in the Distance Warning system and the
parking space with driver outside SVM system, refer to the relevant
the vehicle. Remote
X description in this manual.
The system does not work if there is Smart Exit
OFE048421
no car parked in front of the parking ■ Forward/Backward
space you are planning to park or if it
is a diagonal parking space. Remote Moving
Forward/ O
After parking your vehicle using the Backward
system, the vehicle may not be parked
at the exact spot you have wished. OFE048054
❈ O : Available, X : Unavailable
3-112
Operating Condition
WARNING WARNING
Use the system when all the below
• The RSPA system should only • Do not use the system when conditions are met.
be considered as a supple- in drunken state. • When the parking space is a
mentary function. The driver • The system may not operate straight line
must check the front and rear properly depending on the • When there is a parked vehicle
view for objects. The opera- surrounding environment and next to the space where you want
tional function of the system other conditions. to park
3
can be affected by many fac-
• The system may not recog- • When there is enough space to

tors and conditions of the sur-
nize the object too close to move the vehicle
roundings, so the responsibili-
ty rests always with the driver. the vehicle. • When you choose "Confirm" on
• The system may not operate • When operating the system, AVN booting.
normally if the vehicle needs be careful of the objects locat-
wheel alignment adjustment. ed above or below the sensor
Have the vehicle checked by position. Such object may
an authorized HYUNDAI deal- damage the vehicle or other
er. objects.
• If you use a different tire or • Do not let children or other
wheel size rather than the size person to use the smart key.
recommended by the HYUNDAI
dealer, the system may not
work properly. Always use the
same size tire and wheel.
3-113
■ Right side ■ Left side ■ Left side ■ Right side Non-operating Condition
- Reverse parking - Reverse parking - Parallel exit - Parallel exit
In the following conditions, the RSPA
system may not operate properly or
be cancelled. Drive the vehicle man-
ually in the below conditions.
• Curved parking space
• Inclined roads
• A vehicle loaded with longer or
wider cargo compared to the vehicle
• Diagonal parking space
OFE048097 OFE048098
• Heavy snow or rain
■ Right side ■ Left side ■ Remote forward/backward
- Parallel parking - Parallel parking • Near a circular pillar or narrow pil-
lar, or a pillar surrounded by objects
such as fire extinguisher, etc.
• The sensor is positioned incorrectly
by an impact to the bumper
• Bumpy roads
• A vehicle equipped with a snow
chain or spare tire
• Tire pressure lower or higher than
the standard tire pressure
OFE048096 OFE048054
• A trailer connected to the vehicle
• Slippery or uneven road
• Around the vehicle with tow hitch
3-114
• Big vehicles such as buses or Limitations of the System • Even while the system is in activa-
trucks parked • When the vehicle has been tion, the vehicle may collide with
• Sensor covered with foreign mat- parked/stopped for a long time in a the object existing within the blind-
ter, such as snow or water cold environment, the Remote spot area of the sensor.
• An obstacle such as a trash can, Moving Forward/Backward may be • When there is any obstacle within
bicycle, shopping cart, etc. is near delayed depending on the vehicle the blind-spot area, drive out of the
condition when the vehicle is parking space manually.
• Heavy wind
turned on remotely. • The system may not recognize the 3
• Wheel changed to an unauthorized object that appears suddenly.
size • The RSPA system may suddenly

apply brake to avoid collision • The system does not work if there
• A problem with the wheel alignment against stationary or moving is no car parked in front of the
• Vehicle leaned severely to one side object. parking space you are planning to
• Front or rear distance sensors are • The system may be cancelled park.
malfunction or not working properly. unexpectedly when a person or
(Refer to the Parking Distance animal passes by near the vehicle.
Warning system in chapter 3.) • The performance of the system
• Low level of the smart key that may be degraded and frequently
requires battery replacement stop when driving in strong electric
field area.
• Right after the parking place
search complete and beep sound
is generated, the search complete
may be cancelled according to the
surrounding environment
3-115
WARNING 2. Parking in snow 3. Parking in narrow space
Do not use the RSPA system in

the following conditions for
unexpected results may occur
and cause a serious accident.
1. Parking on inclines
OFE048401 OTM048062
Snow may interfere with sensor The system may not search for
operation or the system may parking spaces if the space is
cancel if the road is slippery too narrow. Even if the system
while parking. is operating, always be careful.
OFE048400
Park and exit manually when

you park on inclines.
3-116
4. Parking diagonal 5. Parking in uneven road 6. Parking behind a truck

OTM048063 OFE048402 OFE048403
The system is not a supplemen- The system may cancel when An accident may occur when
tal for diagonal parking. Even if the vehicle slips or the vehicle parking behind a vehicle higher
the vehicle is able to enter the couldn't move due to road con- than yours. For example, bus,
space, do not operate the dition. truck, etc.
System. Do not solely rely on the
Parking Assist system.
3-117
7. Obstacle in parking space 8. Using a Smart Exit in wall 9. Parking in an empty parking
proximity conditions place
OFE048059N
OTM048062 OFE048424
When detecting for a parking
space next to pillar, the parking When using a Smart Exit in nar- The system does not work if
performance may be degraded. row and near a wall, the system there is no car parked in front of
may not work properly. the parking space you are plan-
ning to park. Park the vehicle
manually.
3-118
How the System Works 1. Selecting Parking mode
(Smart Parking) CAUTION
Smart Parking is available with the • Always check for obstacles
driver on board. Make sure the con- around your vehicle before
ditions available before activating the driving.
Smart parking function.
• The function may be can-
1. Select Smart Parking: celled if you attach something
Press the RSPA button with the (cover, etc.) to the steering
3
shift lever placed in D (Drive) or N wheel.

(Neutral) position.
❈ However, the Smart Exit is
selected if you press the RSPA 6. Smart Parking assist: Steering
button when the gear is in N wheel, gear shift and vehicle OFE048414
(Neutral) position after the initial speed control (reverse parking).

Remote Smart Parking Assist
startup. 7. Parking complete: Smart Parking button
2. Search for parking space: Slowly complete after reaching the park-
move forward below 12 mph (20 ing position Parking Distance Warning button
km/h)
3. Search complete: Automatic ❈ After the parking is complete, • Press the Remote Smart Parking
arrange the vehicle position manu- Assist button and the button indica-
search by sensor. tor will illuminate.
ally, if necessary.
However, check the actual parking
environment before parking the ❈ You can use Smart Parking after • The Parking Distance Warning but-
navigation or home screen display ton will illuminate and the AVN
vehicle. screen will display the instruction
on AVN (You cannot use Smart
4. Select parking type: Reverse Parking if you don't choose screen.
(left/right), parallel (left/right) "Confirm" on AVN booting) A warning sound will be heard if an
5. Operating instructions: Smart obstacle is detected.
Parking/Remote Smart Parking
3-119
• To deactivate the system: 2. Searching for parking space ❈ The parking performance may be
1. Press the RSPA button again (until degraded if a regular distance
the "Selecting parking mode" from the parked vehicle is not
stage). maintained.
2. Shift the gear to R (Reverse) posi-
tion before the operation of the • If the vehicle speed is over 19 mph
Smart Parking assist. (30 km/h), the system will be can-
3. Press the 'Cancel' button on the celled.
AVN screen while the Smart • The search for a parking space will
Parking is in activation. be completed only when there is
4. Press the Parking Distance enough space for the vehicle to
Warning button while the Smart move to park.
Parking is in activation. OFE048134L
• Slowly drive forward maintaining

the distance of approximately 20 in
~60 in (0.5 ~1.5 m) with the parked
vehicles.
• If the vehicle speed is over 12 mph
(20 km/h), a message will appear
to notify you to reduce the speed.
• To deactivate the parking function,
press the RSPA button, the
'Cancel' button on the screen or
the Parking Distance Warning but-
ton.
3-120
CAUTION CAUTION
• When searching for a parking After searching for a parking
space, the system may not be space is completed, continue
able to find a parking space if 20 ~ 60 in. using the system after checking
there is no vehicle parked, a the surrounding area.
parking space is available Especially, check the distance
after driving by or a parking of the outside rearview mirror
3
space is available before driv- and objects while using the sys-

ing by. tem to prevent careless acci-
• The system may not operate OFE048474N
dents.
normally in the following con-
ditions:
(1) When the sensors are CAUTION
frozen
Slowly drive forward maintaining
(2) When the sensors are dirty the distance of approximately 40
(3) When it snows or rains in. (100 cm) with the parked vehi-
heavily cles. If the distance is below 20
(4) When a pillar or object is in. (50 cm) or over 60 in. (150
near cm), the system may not be able
to search for a parking space.
(5) Parked vehicle is abnor-
mally parked
In above cases, the system may
not search the parking space
although the parking space
exists. And the system may
search the parking space
although the parking space is
not proper to park.
3-121
3. Search complete 4. Selecting parking type • To deactivate the parking function,

press the RSPA button or the
'Cancel' on the screen or the
Parking Distance Warning button.
• Keep driving forward to go back to
the previous stage for searching
the parking space.
❈ If the Smart Parking is deactivated

when the driver presses the RSPA
button by mistake before selecting
OFE048136L the parking type, press the RSPA
OFE048135L button while the vehicle is stopped
to return to the stage for selecting
• If the search is complete, the above
the parking type.
message will appear with a ding-
dong sound.
• The search complete sound is gen-
erated every time a parking space
is searched. Icons indicating the
selectable parking type and direc-
tion are activated on the screen.
• To deactivate parking function,
press the RSPA button, the 'Cancel' OFE048404L
button on the screen or the Parking
Distance Warning button. • With the vehicle stopped, select
the icon for the desired parking
• Keep driving forward to go back to type. To select the parking type,
the previous stage for searching touch the AVN screen or operate
the parking space. the DIS central controller to select
and press the icon.
3-122
5. Operating instructions ❈ To see the instruction for the
Remote Smart Parking, refer to
the relevant part of the manual.
❈ Depress the brake pedal when
selecting the operation mode. The
function will be deactivated when
the vehicle moves.
3

OFE048138L
OFE048137L ❈ If the Remote Smart Parking is

unavailable, the message is
• After selecting the parking type, shown on the screen when select-
the driver can select the operation ing the parking type.
mode between the Smart Parking
and Remote Smart Parking. Follow
the instruction on the screen and WARNING
press and hold the RSPA button to
select the Smart Parking. To select Always be careful while parking
the Remote Smart Parking put the for other vehicles or pedestrians.
shift gear in P (Park) position and
follow the instruction.
• To deactivate the parking assist
function, press the 'Cancel' button
on the screen or the Parking
Distance Warning button.
3-123
6. Smart parking assist • The parking function will not oper- 7. Smart parking complete
ate if the door is open or the dri-
ver's seatbelt is unfastened.
• If the driver releases the RSPA but-
ton while the Smart Parking is in
activation, the assist will stop tem-
porarily.
❈ The AVN screen will display the

rear camera view when the vehicle
is moving forward (if equipped with
OFE048139L the Rear View Camera).
❈ Depress the brake pedal to control OFE048141L
the vehicle speed. The accelerator Complete parking your vehicle
pedal will not activate. The system according to the instructions on the
will be cancelled when the vehicle AVN screen. If required, manually
speed exceeds 3 mph (5 km/h). control the steering wheel and com-
plete parking your vehicle.
When the parking is complete:

• The gear P (Park) and Electronic
OFE048140L Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged
• With the vehicle stopped, press automatically.
and hold the RSPA button and then • Release the RSPA button.
the steering wheel, gear shift and
vehicle speed are controlled auto- ❈ The parking may complete bump-
matically. ing on the stopper.
❈ When parking is complete, check
the surrounding conditions.
3-124
To cancel the Smart Parking while The Smart Parking assist will stop
CAUTION in operation temporarily when:
If the Parking Distance Warning (1) Press the RSPA button before (1) An obstacle at the direction the
system warning sound (distance selecting the operation mode. vehicle is heading is detected.
from object is within 12 in. (30 (2) Shift the gear to to R (Reverse) (2) The door or liftgate is open.
cm): continuous beep) occurs, position before the operation of (3) The driver’s seatbelt is unfas-
check the surrounding. the "Smart Parking assist" stage. tened.
(3) Press the Parking Distance 3
(4) The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Warning button or the Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system

'Cancel'button on the AVN is activated while reversing.
screen.
(5) The driver releases the RSPA
(4) Driver controls the vehicle during button.
the system assist
(6) The drivers stops the vehicle by
depressing the brake pedal.
When the driver shifts the gear after
depressing the brake pedal to stop
the vehicle, the gear shifts and the ❈ The vehicle stops when the Smart
Smart Parking is deactivated. In this Parking assist will stop temporari-
case, the Electronic Parking Brake ly and the Smart Parking assist
(EPB) is not engaged. will resume when the above condi-
tion is cleared.
3-125
The Smart Parking assist is can- (12) The steering, shifting gear and 1. Select Remote Smart Parking:
celled while in operation when: drive assist are impossible Press the RSPA button with the
(1) The driver holds the steering (13) The suspended status lasts for shift lever placed in D (Drive) or N
wheel while the steering wheel is over 1 minute (Neutral) position.
controlled (14) The driver continuously presses However, the Smart Exit is select-
(2) The gear is shifted or the and releases the RSPA button ed if you press the RSPA button
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is over 10 times when the vehicle is in N (Neutral)
activated (15) The vehicle is unable to enter position after the initial startup.
(3) The hood opens the parking space while the 2. Search for parking space: Slowly
(4) The vehicle speed exceeds 3 Smart Parking assist is in acti- move forward below 12 mph (20
mph (5 km/h) vation km/h).
(5) The vehicle accelerates suddenly (16) The Traction Control System 3. Search complete: Automatic
(TCS) is activated while the search by sensor.
(6) The vehicle slips back while the vehicle speed is controlled
vehicle speed is controlled However, check the actual parking
environment before parking the
(7) The wheel is stuck and the vehi- vehicle.
cle is unable to move ❈ When the Smart Parking assist is
cancelled, gear P (Park) and 4. Select parking type: Reverse
(8) The obstacles are at the front and Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) (left/right), parallel (left/right)
back of the vehicle at the same are engaged automatically.
time 5. Operating instructions: Smart
Parking/Remote Smart Parking
(9) About 3 minutes and 50 seconds
have passed after the Smart How the System Works 6. Remote Smart Parking assist:
Parking assist is activated (Remote Smart Parking) Steering wheel, gear shift and
vehicle speed control (reverse
(10) The door opens while the driver’s Remote smart Parking is available
parking)
seatbelt is unfastened with the driver outside the vehicle.
Make sure the conditions available 7. Remote Smart Parking complete
(11) The gradient of the road
exceeds the range supported by before activation the Remote smart
the Smart Parking assist parking function.
3-126
Remote Smart Parking Assist 6. Remote smart parking assist
button
Parking Distance Warning button
Remote start button
Moving forward button 3

Moving backward button
OFE048414
OFE048142L
Put the shift gear in P (Park) position.

Exit the vehicle possessing the
smart key and check whether all the
doors are closed. The Remote Smart
Parking assist will operate only if the
driver presses the smart key button
within about 13 ft. (4 m) from the
vehicle. Press and hold the moving
forward or backward button on the
OFE048422
smart key and then the steering
wheel, gear shift and vehicle speed
❈ You can use Smart Parking after are controlled automatically.
navigation or home screen display
on AVN(You cannot use Smart
Parking if you don't choose
"Confirm" on AVN booting)
3-127
• If the driver releases the button the 7. Remote smart parking com-
vehicle will stop and the assist will plete CAUTION
stop temporarily. Press and hold When the parking is complete, the
the button again to resume the • Always check for obstacles
message is displayed on the AVN around your vehicle before
operation. screen and the vehicle is automati- driving.
❈ You will hear frequent beep cally turned off. Drivers always
sounds if the driver gets off the should check whether the door, win- • The function may be can-
vehicle after setting the Remote dow and sunroof are closed and the celled if you attach something
Parking mode. door is locked. (cover, etc.) to the steering
wheel.
❈ Press the moving forward or back- • When parking is complete:
ward button again after checking • Make sure all the passengers
- The parking complete sound (fre- exit the vehicle when the
the distance (within about 10 ~ 16 quent beep) is generated.
ft. (3~5 m)) from the vehicles if the Remote Smart Parking is
vehicle didn’t move after pressing - The gear P (Park) and Electronic assisted.
and holding the smart key button Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged • Make sure all the smart keys
for about 5 seconds. automatically. are outside the vehicle.
❈ Release the moving forward/back- • The smart key detection
ward button on the smart key. range from the vehicle may
❈ The parking may complete bump- vary depending on the sur-
ing on the stopper. rounding environment
❈ When parking is complete, check (indoor/outdoor, strong elec-
the surrounding conditions. tric field area).
• The smart key detection
range may change as the
vehicle moves. Maintain an
appropriate distance from the
vehicle.
3-128
To cancel the Remote Smart The Remote Smart Parking assist The Remote Smart Parking assist is
Parking while in operation will stop temporarily when: cancelled while in operation when:
(1) Press the RSPA button at the (1) An obstacle at the direction the (1) The driver holds the steering
"Searching for parking space" vehicle is heading is detected. wheel while the steering wheel is
stage or the "Selecting parking (2) The door or liftgate is open. controlled
type" stage. (2) The gear is shifted or the
(3) The moving forward/backward
(2) Shift the gear to R (Reverse) button on the smart key is Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is
position before the operation of released. activated 3
the Remote Smart Parking (3) The hood opens
(4) Multiple buttons on the smart key

assist.
are pressed at the same time. (4) The vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph
(3) Press the Parking Distance (5 km/h)
Warning button or the 'Cancel' (5) The distance between the smart
button on the AVN screen. key and vehicle is over 13 ft (4m). (5) The vehicle accelerates suddenly
(4) Driver controls the vehicle during (6) A button on the other smart key is (6) The vehicle slips back while con-
the system assist. pressed. trolling the vehicle speed
• The Remote Smart Parking is (7) Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- (7) The wheel is stuck and the vehicle
immediately cancelled and the Avoidance Assist system is acti- is unable to move
vehicle turns off when the remote vated while reversing. (8) Obstacles are at the front and
start button on the smart key is back of the vehicle at the same
pressed. ❈ The vehicle stops when the time
• The function is cancelled but the Remote Smart Parking assist will (9) About 3 minutes and 50 seconds
vehicle stays on when the driver stop temporarily and the Remote have passed after the Remote
enters the vehicle with the smart Smart Parking assist will resume Smart Parking assist
key and all the doors are closed or when the above condition is (10) The gradient of the road
the driver depresses the brake cleared. exceeds the range supported by
pedal. the Remote Smart Parking
assist
(11) The steering, shifting gear and
drive assist are impossible
3-129
(12) The suspended status lasts for • Frequent beep sounds will gener- However, check the actual envi-
over 1 minute ate to alert the deactivation of the ronment before using Smart exit
(13) The driver continuously presses Remote Smart Parking Assist. function.
and releases the smart key’s 3. Select smart exit direction: Parallel
moving forward/backward but- How the System Works (left/right)
ton over 10 times (Smart Exit) 4. Smart Exit assist: Steering wheel,
(14) The vehicle is unable to enter gear shift and vehicle speed con-
Smart exit is available with the driver
the parking space trol (parallel exit)
on board. Make sure the conditions
(15) The Traction Control System available before activation the Smart 5. Smart Exit complete
(TCS) is activated while control- parking function.
ling the vehicle speed WARNING
1. Select Smart Exit:
(16) The smart key has failure
Press the RSPA button with the
(17) The accelerator/brake pedal is shift lever placed in P (Park) or N Always be careful while exiting
depressed while all the doors (Neutral) position without driving for other vehicles or pedestrians.
are closed the vehicle after the initial startup.
(18) The brake pedal is depressed *N (Neutral): Press RSPA button After the Smart Exit is complete,
while the driver’s door is open after starting the vehicle and with- make sure to check the surrounding
and the smart key is outside the out driving the vehicle. The Smart road conditions.
vehicle Exit is selected. Then the Parking
(19) The theft alarm system is acti- mode is automatically selected
vated after driving. However, the Exit mode is activated
when below conditions are met:
• When the Remote Smart Parking *P (Park): After driving the vehicle
assist is cancelled, gear P (Park) press RSPA button and Remote • The vehicle speed is kept under 3
and Electronic Parking Brake Moving Forward/Backward is mph (5 km/h) after the vehicle is
(EPB) are engaged automatically. automatically selected. turned on.
After engaged, the vehicle is auto- 2. Search for smart exit space: • The parallel parking by the Remote
matically turned off. Automatic searching by sensor at Smart Parking assist is complete.
stop
3-130
❈ You can use Smart Parking after 1. Selecting smart exit mode • To deactivate the system:
navigation or home screen display 1. Press the RSPA button again (until
on AVN(You cannot use Smart the "Selecting for smart exit direc-
Parking if you don't choose tion" stage).
2. Shift the gear to R (Reverse) posi-
tion before the operation of the
Remote Smart Parking Assist Smart Exit assist.
button 3. Press the 'Cancel' button on the 3
Parking Distance Warning button AVN screen while the Smart Exit

is in activation.
4. Press the Parking Distance
Warning button while the Smart
CAUTION OFE048414 Exit is in activation.
• Press the RSPA button and the
• Always check for obstacles button indicator will illuminate.
around your vehicle before
driving. • The Parking Distance Warning but-
ton will illuminate and the AVN
• The function may be can- screen will display the instruction
celled if you attach something screen.
(cover, etc.) to the steering
wheel. A warning sound will be heard if an
obstacle is detected.
3-131
2. Searching for smart exit ❈ The system searches for the exit
space again when the system (5) Parked vehicle is abnor-
space mally parked
enters the Smart Exit mode by
pressing the RSPA button after the In above cases, the system
deactivation. may not search the exit space
❈ The system still searches for the although the exit space
exit space when the gear is shifted exists. And the system may
to the other positions than R search the exit space
(Reverse). However, the function although the exit space is not
will be deactivated when the vehi- proper to Smart exit.
cle moves. • When exiting the parking
space if an obstacle is detect-
ed that may cause an acci-
CAUTION dent, the system may cancel.
OFE048143L However, objects in the blind
• With vehicle stopped, the Parking
• When checking surroundings, spot may not be recognized.
if the front or rear vehicle (or Be sure to check it before
Distance Warning system sensors
object) is too near, the system using function.
detect the distance from/to the
may not work properly.
objects in front/back of the vehicle • If the space is too small to
to search for an exit space. • The system may not operate exit, the system may cancel.
normally in the following con-
• Also, the sensors at the vehicle
ditions:
side-front checks for the obstacle
in the direction of exit. (1) When the sensors are
frozen
• To deactivate the exit function,
press the RSPA button, the (2) When the sensors are dirty
‘Cancel’ button on the screen or (3) When it snows or rains
the Parking Distance Warning but- heavily
ton. (4) When a pillar or object is
near
3-132
3. Selecting smart exit direction ❈ The system searches for the exit
CAUTION space again when the system
enters the Smart Exit mode by
• If searching surroundings is pressing the RSPA button after the
completed, continue using the deactivation.
system after checking the sur-
❈ The system still searches for the
rounding area.
exit space when the gear is shifted
• The Exit mode may be activat- to the other positions than R 3
ed unintentionally, when the (Reverse). However, the function
shift gear is in P (Park) or N will be deactivated when the vehi-

(Neutral) and the Parking cle moves.
Assist system button is
pressed.
OFE048144L
• With the vehicle stopped, select

the icon of the direction you wish to
exit. To select the exit direction,
touch the AVN screen or operate
the DIS central controller to select
and press the icon.
• To deactivate the exit function,
press the RSPA button, the
'Cancel' button on the screen or
ton.
3-133
4. Smart exit instructions 5. Smart exit assist

CAUTION
• Always check the surrounding
before driving your vehicle if
the Parking Distance Warning
sound (distance from object
is within 12 in. (30 cm): con-
tinuous beep) is heard for the
object is close to your vehicle.
• The function may be can-
celled if you attach something
OFE048165N
(cover, etc.) to the steering
OFE048145L wheel.
• Follow the instructions on the • The function can be can-
screen and press and hold the celled for safety reasons if the
RSPA button to select the Smart vehicle is parked at a small
Exit. space near a wall.
• To deactivate the Smart Exit, press
the ‘Cancel’ button on the screen or
ton.
OFE048166N
❈ The system still searches for the • With the vehicle stopped, press
exit space when the gear is shifted and hold the RSPA button and then
to the other positions than R the steering wheel, gear shift and
(Reverse). However, the function vehicle speed are controlled auto-
will be deactivated when the vehi- matically.
cle moves.
3-134
• The exit function will not operate if 6. Smart exit complete • When exit is complete:
the door is open or the driver’s - The vehicle stays in stopped con-
seatbelt is unfastened. dition for 4 seconds and waits for
• If the driver releases the RSPA but- the driver' to operate manually
ton while the Smart Exit assist is in (depress brake/accelerator pedal.)
activation, the assist will stop tem- - If the driver does not operate
porarily. manually after 4 seconds, the
system stays in the stopped con- 3
❈ The AVN screen will display the dition by applying the safety

rear camera view when the vehicle measure (engage gear P (Park)
is moving forward (if equipped with and Electronic Parking Brake
the Rear View Camera). (EPB)).
❈ Depress the brake pedal to control OFE048146L
the vehicle speed. The accelerator When the exit is complete, the mes- ❈ Release the RSPA button after the
pedal will not activate. sage is displayed on the AVN screen. exit is complete.
Turn the steering wheel to the direc- ❈ If the Smart Exit has been com-
tion of exit as much as possible and pleted while depressing the accel-
exit manually after checking the road erator pedal, take your foot off the
condition. pedal and depress again for man-
ual operation.
❈ If the Smart Exit has been com-
pleted while depressing the brake
pedal, the gear D (Drive) is main-
tained.
3-135
To cancel the Smart Exit while in The Smart Exit assist will stop tem- The Smart Exit assist is cancelled
operation porarily when: while in operation when:
(1) Press the RSPA button at the (1) An obstacle at the direction the (1) The driver holds the steering
"Searching for smart exit space" vehicle is heading is detected. wheel while the steering wheel is
stage or the "Selecting for smart (2) The door or liftgate is open. controlled
exit direction" stage. (2) The gear is shifted or the
(3) The driver's seatbelt is unfas-
(2) Shift the gear to R (Reverse) tened. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is
position before the operation of activated
the Smart Exit assist. (4) The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system (3) The hood opens
(3) Press the Parking Distance is activated while reversing. (4) The vehicle speed exceeds 3
Warning button or the 'Cancel' mph (5 km/h)
button on the AVN screen. (5) The driver releases the RSPA
button. (5) The vehicle accelerates suddenly
(4) Driver controls the vehicle during
the system assist (6) The driver stops the vehicle by (6) The vehicle slips back while con-
depressing the brake pedal. trolling the vehicle speed
(7) The wheel is stuck and the vehi-
The function is deactivated when the cle is unable to move
driver stops the vehicle by depress- ❈ The vehicle stops when the Smart
ing the brake pedal and shifts the Exit assist will stop temporarily (8) Obstacles are at the front and
gear. In this case, the Electronic and the Smart Exit assist will back of the vehicle at the same
Parking Brake (EPB) is not engaged. resume when the above condition time
is cleared. (9) About 3 minutes and 50 seconds
have passed after the Smart Exit
assist
(10) The door opens while the dri-
ver's seatbelt is unfastened
(11) The gradient of the road
exceeds the range supported by
Smart Exit assist
3-136
(12) The steering, shifting gear and 1. Remote Moving Forward/Backward
drive assist are impossible ready : Put the gear shift in P (Park)
(13) The suspended status lasts for position and press the RSPA but-
over 1 minute ton with the vehicle on. Then exit
the vehicle possessing the smart
(14) The driver continuously presses key.
and releases the RSPA button
over 10 times ❈ To use this function,
(15) The Traction Control System - the vehicle must have been 3
(TCS) is activated while control- driven over 3 mph (5 km/h)

ling the vehicle speed and
(16) The vehicle's heading degree - the vehicle is not turned off
OFE048405
(A) exceeds a certain amount of before activating the function.
degree compare to the degree ❈ When the Smart Exit assist is can- 2. Remote Moving Forward/Backward
at the point when the Smart Exit celled, gear P (Park) and Electronic assist: Press and hold the moving
assist started Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged forward/backward button of the
automatically. smart key to provide the Remote
Moving Forward/Backward assist
How the System Works through steering wheel, gear shift
(Remote Moving Forward/ and vehicle speed control.
Backward) 3. Remote Moving Forward/Backward
Remote moving forward/backward is complete: When the vehicle reach-
available with the driver outside the es the desired position, release the
vehicle. Make sure the conditions smart key button. Then complete
available before activation the the Remote Moving Forward/
Remote moving forward/backward Backward by entering the vehicle
function. possessing the smart key or by
pressing the remote start button of
the smart key.
3-137
Remote Smart Parking Assist

button
Parking Distance Warning button
Remote start button
Moving forward button
Moving backward button
OFE048414 OFE048142L
1. Remote moving ready • Park the vehicle in front of the

You can activate the Remove Moving space where you desire to use the
Forward/Backward as below. Remote Moving Forward/
Backward. Press the RSPA button
and select the Remote Moving
Forward/Backward. Exit the vehicle
possessing the smart key and
check whether all the doors are
closed.
❈ When the Remote Moving Forward/
Backward is ready by the above
OFE048422 method, You can use Smart Parking
after navigation or home screen dis-
play on AVN(You cannot use Smart
Parking if you don't choose
3-138
❈ You will hear frequent beep 2. Remote moving forward/back- • For your safety, the assist is acti-
sounds if the driver gets off the ward assist vated only when the smart key is
vehicle after the Remote Moving within about 10~16 ft. (3~5 m) from
Forward/Backward is ready. the vehicle.
• The vehicle can travel up to 23 ft.
(7 m) per move. Press the moving
forward/backward button to make
additional movement. 3
❈ Press the moving forward/back-

ward button again after checking
the distance from the vehicles if
the vehicle didn't move after
pressing and holding the smart
key button for about 5 seconds.
OFE048409
❈ Under cold weather, take enough
• With the vehicle stopped, press time before pressing the moving
and hold one of the moving for- forward/backward button of the
ward/backward button and then the smart key after turning on the
steering wheel, gear shift and vehi- vehicle remotely. It may take more
cle speed are controlled automati- time until the vehicle moves.
cally.
• If the driver releases the moving for-
ward/backward button while the
Remote Moving Forward/Backward
is in activation, the control will stop
temporarily. Press the button again
to resume the control.
3-139
3. Remote moving forward/back- To cancel the Remote Moving

ward complete WARNING Forward/Backward while in
operation
Always be careful of unexpected
approach of the other vehicles or (1) Press the remote start button on
pedestrians. the smart key.
(2) Shift the gear to to R (Reverse)
position while the Remote
Moving Forward/Backward is
CAUTION instructed.
(3) Press the Parking Distance
• Always check for obstacles Warning button or the 'Cancel'
around your vehicle before button on the AVN screen while
driving. the Remote Moving Forward/
OFE048410L • The function may be can- Backward is instructed.
celled if you attach something (4) Driver controls the vehicle during
The Remote Moving Forward/ (cover, etc.) to the steering
Backward is complete after the driv- the system assist
wheel.
er enters the vehicle possessing the • The Remote Moving Forward/
smart key, when the vehicle reaches • Make sure all the passengers Backward is immediately cancelled
the desired position. In this case, the exit the vehicle when the and the vehicle turns off when the
vehicle stays on. Remote Moving Forward/ remote start button on the smart
Backward is in activation. key is pressed
• Make sure all the smart keys • The function is cancelled but the
❈ When Remote Moving Forward/ are outside the vehicle when
Backward assist is complete, the vehicle stays on when the driver
the Remote Moving Forward/ enters the vehicle with the smart
gear P (Park) and Electronic Backward assist is in activa-
Parking Brake (EPB) are engaged key and all the doors are closed or
tion. the driver depresses the brake
automatically.
pedal.
❈ The parking complete sound (fre-
quent beep) is generated.
3-140
The Remote Moving Forward/ The Remote Moving Forward/ (11) The steering, shifting gear and
Backward assist will stop tem- Backward assist is cancelled while drive assist are impossible
porarily when: in operation when: (12) The suspended status lasts for
(1) An obstacle at the direction the (1) The driver holds the steering over 1 minute
vehicle is heading is detected. wheel while the steering wheel is (13) The driver continuously presses
(2) The door or liftgate is open. controlled and releases the smart key's
(3) The moving forward/backward but- (2) The gear is shifted or the moving forward/backward but-
ton on the smart key is released. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is ton over 10 times 3
activated (14) The Traction Control System
(4) Multiple buttons on the smart key

are pressed at the same time. (3) The hood opens (TCS) is activated while control-
(4) The vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph ling the vehicle speed
(5) The distance between the smart
key and vehicle is over 13 ft. (4 m). (5 km/h) (15) The smart key has failure
(6) A button on the other smart key is (5) The vehicle accelerates suddenly (16) The accelerator/brake pedal is
pressed. (6) The vehicle slips back while con- depressed while all the doors
trolling the vehicle speed are closed
(7) Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system (7) The wheel is stuck and the vehi- (17) The brake pedal is depressed
is activated while reversing. cle is unable to move while the driver's door is open
and the smart key is outside the
(8) The vehicle moves 23 ft. (7m) (8) Obstacles are at the front and vehicle
(maximum travel distance per back of the vehicle at the same
move) with the Remote Moving time (18) The vehicle travels more than 46
Forward/Backward while the ft. (14 m) after the Remote
(9) About 3 minutes and 50 seconds Moving Forward/Backward assist
smart key is pressed. have passed after the Remote is activated
❈ The vehicle stops when the Remote Moving Forward/Backward assist
(19) The smart key's remote start
Smart Parking assist will stop tem- (10) The gradient of the road exceeds button is pressed
porarily and the Remote Smart the range supported by Remote
Parking assist will resume when the Moving Forward/ Backward assist
above condition is cleared.
3-141
(20) The theft alarm system is acti- Additional Instructions Check parking assist
vated (Messages)
When the Remote Smart Parking
❈ When Remote Moving Forward/ Assist system is in operation, the
Backward is complete, the gear P system may be cancelled regardless
(Park) and Electronic Parking of the instruction order.
Brake (EPB) are engaged auto- The messages will appear according
matically and the vehicle turns off. to the circumstances. Follow the
❈ The frequent beep sounds are instructions provided while driving
generated to show the deactiva- your vehicle with the Remote Smart
tion status. Parking Assist system in activation.
OFE048411L
If there is a problem with the system,

the above message will appear when
the system is turned on.
Also, the indicator on the RSPA but-
ton will blink and the warning sound
will beep three times.
(The Parking Distance Warning sys-
tem can be operable depending on
the failure type.)
If you notice any problem, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-142
Parking assist conditions not Turn Signal Showing Vehicle Status while System in Activation
met The turn signal indicates the vehicle status as follows when the Smart
Parking, Remote Smart Parking or Smart Exit is in activation:
Vehicle status Turn signal
The turn signal of the parking direction

Smart Parking/Remote Smart Parking
blinks until the first reversing is complete 3
assist in activation
or deactivated while parking

The turn signal of the exiting direction
Smart Exit assist in activation blinks until the exit is complete or deacti-
vated
OFE048412N
When the Remote Smart Parking
Assist system is not getting ready for
activation, the above message will
appear when the RSPA button is
pressed.
Press the RSPA button again after a
while and check the normal opera-
tion of the system.
3-143
Smart key/Hazard lamp Showing Vehicle Status while System in Activation

The LED on the smart key indicates the vehicle status as follows when the Remote Smart Parking or Remote Moving
Forward/Backward is in activation:
Vehicle status Hazard lamp Smart key LED
Remote Smart Parking Green LED blinks continu-

-
assist in activation ously
Remote Smart Parking

Red LED blinks continu-
assist temporarily Flashing
ously
stopped/in stand by
Red LED illuminates for

Off after 3 flashes about 4 seconds and then OFE048423
deactivated
extinguishes
Green LED illuminates for

Off after one flashes about 4 seconds and then
complete
extinguishes
3-144
Link with other Systems 2. Auto Hold 3. Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Activation of other systems may be (1) The activated Auto Hold is (1) Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
restricted according to the circum- switched to deactivation status system switches from OFF to
stances while the RSPA system is in when the RSPA system is activat- activation status (ESC OFF but-
activation. The systems linked to the ed. ton turns off) when the RSPA sys-
RSPA system are as follows: (2) The Auto Hold button will not tem is activated.
1. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) sys- respond while the RSPA system (2) The ESC OFF button will not
tem is in activation. respond while the RSPA system 3
(1) SCC system can be operated at (3) After the RSPA system is com- is in activation.

the same time with the RSPA plete or deactivated, the Auto (3) The ABS/TCS/ESC system acti-
system until the "Searching for Hold will return to the state before vates while the RSPA is in activa-
parking space" stage. the RSPA system was activated. tion.
(2) The SCC system is deactivated (4) After the RSPA system is com-
when the RSPA system enters plete or deactivated, ESC main-
the "Remote Smart Parking tains the ON status.
assist" stage.
(3) After the RSPA system is com-
plete or deactivated, the SCC
system maintains the deactiva-
tion status.
3-145
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

■ Type A
1. Driver’s temperature control knob

2. Passenger’s temperature control knob
3. SYNC button
4. Front windshield defroster button
5. Fan speed control button
6. OFF button
7. AUTO (automatic control) button
■ Type B
8. Air intake control button
9. Rear window defroster button
10. Driver only button
11. Mode selection button
12. Air conditioning button
OFE048300/OFE048308
3-146
Automatic Temperature - Fan speed control button Manual Temperature Control
Control Mode The selected function will be con- Mode
The Automatic Climate Control trolled manually while other functions The heating and cooling system can
System is controlled by setting the operate automatically. be controlled manually by pushing
desired temperature. For your convenience and to improve buttons other than the AUTO button.
1. Press the AUTO button (7). the efficiency of the climate control, In this case, the system works
use the AUTO button and set the sequentially according to the order of
The modes, fan speeds, air intake buttons selected. 3
temperature to 72°F (22°C).
and air-conditioning will be con-
trolled automatically by the tem- When pressing any button except the

perature setting you select. AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected
2. Press the temperature control but- will be controlled automatically.
ton (1,2) to the desired tempera-
ture. If the temperature is set to 1. Start the vehicle.
the lowest setting (Lo), the air con- 2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
ditioning system will operate con- tion.
tinuously. After the interior has To improve the effectiveness of
cooled sufficiently, adjust the but- heating and cooling, select the
ton to a proper temperature set mode according to the following:
point whenever possible.
- Heating:
To turn the automatic operation off, OFE048068N - Cooling:
select any button of the following: 3. Set the temperature control to the
- Mode selection button NOTICE
desired position.
- Front windshield defroster button Never place anything near the 4. Set the air intake control to Fresh
(Press the button one more time to ambient light/solar sensor to mode or Recirculation mode posi-
deselect the front windshield ensure better control of the heat- tion.
defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign ing and cooling system. 5. Set the fan speed control to the
will illuminate on the information desired speed.
display once again.)
3-147
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn Mode selection (11)

the air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button to convert to
full automatic control of the system.
OFE048302
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.
3-148
The air flow outlet direction is cycled Defrost-Level (4) (A, D)
as follows: Floor & Defrost
(A, C, D, E, F) Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
Face-Level (B, D, F) defrosters. 3

Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet. Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) side window defrosters.
Air flow is directed towards the face

and the floor.
3-149
Instrument panel vents The air flow can also be CLOSED Temperature control (1,2)
using the vent adjustment lever. The
■ Front
instrument panel air vents are the
"click-to-close" type.
To CLOSE the instrument panel
vents perform the following:
- For the driver side vents, slide the
vent adjustment lever to the LEFT
until it clicks.
- For the passenger side vents, slide
the vent adjustment lever to the
LEFT until it clicks.
OFE048303 OFE048309N
■ Rear Press the up/down switch to increase/
decrease the temperature.
OFE048304
The instrument panel vent air flow

can be directed up/down or left/right
using the vent adjustment lever.
3-150
Adjusting the driver and passenger Air intake control (8)
side temperature individually The air intake control button is used
Press the "SYNC" button again to to select either Fresh mode (outside
operate the driver and passenger air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
side temperature individually. The
button indicator will turn off.
Recirculation mode
When Recirculation 3
Temperature conversion mode is selected, air
If the battery has been discharged or from the passenger

disconnected, the temperature mode compartment will be
OFE048310N display will reset to Fahrenheit. recirculated through the
To change the temperature unit from system and heated or
Adjusting the driver and passenger cooled according to the
side temperature equally °F to °C or °C to °F:
function selected.
• Press the "SYNC" button to oper- - Press the AUTO button while press-
ate the driver and passenger side ing the OFF button on the climate
temperature equally. control unit for 3 seconds. Fresh mode
The passenger side temperature - Go to General settings mode → Unit When Fresh mode is
will be set to the same temperature → Temperature in the AVN display. selected, air enters the
as the driver side temperature. vehicle from outside and
The temperature unit on both the is heated or cooled
• Push the driver side temperature
cluster LCD display and climate con- according to the function
control switch. The driver and pas-
trol screen will change. selected.
senger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
3-151
i Information Fan speed control (5)

WARNING
The fan speed can be set as desired
Operating the system primarily in
• Continued use of the climate by pushing the fan speed control but-
Fresh mode is recommended. Use
control system operation in ton.
Recirculation mode temporarily only
when needed. Recirculation mode for a pro- More air is delivered with higher fan
longed period of time may speeds.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the cause drowsiness to the Pressing the OFF button turns off the
A/C ON can cause fogging of the occupants in the cabin. This fan.
windshield. may lead to loss of vehicle
control which may lead to an NOTICE
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C accident.
ON in Recirculation mode may result Operating the fan when the
in excessively dry, dehumidified air in • Continued use of the climate
control system operation in POWER button is in the ON posi-
the cabin and may promote formation tion could cause the battery to
of musty vent odor due to stagnant air. Recirculation mode with the
A/C OFF may allow humidity discharge. Operate the blower
to increase inside the cabin. when the vehicle is in the ready
This may cause condensation ( ) mode.
to accumulate on the wind-
shield and obscure visibility. NOTICE
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or Operating the fan when POWER
remain parked in your vehicle button is in the ON position could
with the windows up and cause the battery to discharge.
either the heater or the air Operate the fan when the vehicle
conditioning ON for pro- is in the ready ( ) mode.
longed periods of time. Doing
so may increase the levels of
carbon dioxide in the cabin
which may lead to serious
injury or death.
3-152
Air conditioning (12) Driver only DRIVER ONLY button will be turned
Push the A/C button to manually turn off under the following conditions:
the system on (indicator light will illu- 1) Defrost on (the DRIVER ONLY
minate) and off. button indicator is not turned off)
2) DRIVER ONLY button re-push
OFF mode (6)
Push the OFF button to turn the cli- 3
mate control system off. You can still
operate the mode and air intake but-

tons.
OFE048311
If you press the DRIVER ONLY but-

ton( DRIVER
ONLY ) and the indicator light
illuminates, cold air mostly blows in
the direction of the driver's seating
position. However, some of the cold
air may be vented out of other seat-
ing position ducts to keep indoor air
pleasant.
If you use the button with no passen-
ger in the front passenger seat, ener-
gy consumption may be reduced.
3-153
System Operation Operation Tips Air conditioning

Cooling / Ventilation • If dust or unpleasant fumes are Your HYUNDAI vehicle air condition-
entering the car through the venti- ing system is filled with R-1234yf
1. Select the Face Level mode.
lation system, temporarily set the refrigerant.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh air intake control to the recircula- 1. Start the vehicle.
mode. tion mode. Return the control to the
fresh mode when the unpleasant 2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position. air outside has diminished. This will 3. Select the Face Level mode.
4. Set the fan speed control to the help keep the driver alert and com- 4. Set the air intake control to
desired speed. fortable. Recirculation mode temporarily to
• To help prevent the inside of the allow the cabin to cool quickly.
windshield from fogging, set the air When the desired temperature in
Heating intake control to fresh mode and the cabin is reached, change the
1. Select the Floor Level mode. the fan speed to the desired posi- air intake control back to Fresh
2. Set the air intake control to fresh tion, turn on the air conditioning mode.
mode. system, and adjust the temperature 5. Adjust the fan speed control and
3. Set the temperature control to the control to the desired temperature. temperature control to maintain
desired position. maximum comfort.
4. Set the fan speed control to the When maximum cooling is desired,
desired speed. set the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position, then set the fan
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning speed control to the highest setting.
ON with the temperature control
knob set to heat in order to dehu-
midify the air before it enters into
the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost mode or press
the Front Defrost mode.
3-154
NOTICE • To help reduce moisture inside of System Maintenance
the windows on rainy or humid
When using the air conditioning days, decrease the humidity inside
Cabin air filter
system, monitor the temperature the vehicle by operating the air
gauge closely while driving up conditioning system with the win-
hills or in heavy traffic when out- dows and sunroof closed.
side temperatures. Air condition- • Use the air conditioning system
ing system operation when climb-
ing a steep grade or in high out-
every month only for a few minutes 3
to ensure maximum system per-
side ambient temperatures can formance.

cause fuel cell stack overheating.
• If you operate air conditioner exces-
Continue to use the fan, but turn sively, the difference between the
the air conditioning system off if temperature of the outside air and
the temperature gauge indicates that of the windshield could cause
fuel cell stack overheating. the outer surface of the windshield
OIK047401L
to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
[C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
Air conditioning system operation this case, set the mode selection [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
tips knob or button to the position
• If the vehicle has been parked in and fan speed control to the lower The cabin air filter is installed behind
direct sunlight during hot weather, speed. the glove box. It filters the dust or other
open the windows for a short time pollutants that enter the vehicle
to let the hot air inside the vehicle through the heating and air condition-
escape. ing system.
• After sufficient cooling has been Have the The cabin air filter replaced
achieved, switch back from recircu- by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
lation mode to fresh mode. according to the maintenance sched-
ule.
3-155
If the vehicle is being driven in Air Conditioning refrigerant label

severe conditions such as dusty or WARNING
■ Example
rough roads and/or if transporting
pets or occupants smoke inside the Because the refrigerant
vehicle, then more frequent cabin air is mildly inflammable at
filter inspections and changes are very high pressure, the
required. air conditioning system
should only be serv-
If the air flow rate suddenly decreas- iced by trained and cer-
es, the system should be checked at tified technicians. It is
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. important that the cor-
rect type and amount of oil and
Checking the amount of air refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it
conditioner refrigerant and may cause damage to the vehi- ODH043366
compressor lubricant cle and personal injury.
The actual Air Conditioning refriger-
When the amount of refrigerant is ant label in the vehicle may differ
low, the performance of the air con- The air conditioning system should from the illustration.
ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also be serviced by an authorized Each symbols and specification on
reduces the performance of the air HYUNDAI dealer. air conditioning refrigerant label
conditioning system. means as below :
Therefore, if abnormal operation is 1. Classification of refrigerant
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubri-
NOTICE cant
It is important that the correct

type and amount of oil and refrig- Refer to chapter 8 for more detail
erant is used. Otherwise, damage location of the air conditioning refrig-
to the compressor and abnormal erant label.
system operation may occur.
3-156
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
• For maximum defrost perform- Automatic Temperature Control
WARNING ance, set the temperature control System
to the highest temperature setting
Windshield heating and the fan speed control to the
Do not use the or posi- highest setting.
tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired
extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set the
difference between the temper- mode to the floor-defrost position. 3
ature of the outside air and that • Before driving, clear all snow and
of the windshield could cause

ice from the windshield, rear win-
the outer surface of the wind- dow, side view mirrors, and all side
shield to fog up, causing loss of windows.
visibility could cause an acci-
dent resulting in serious injury • Clear all snow and ice from the hood
or death. In this case, set the and air inlet in the cowl grill to OFE048305
mode selection knob or button improve heater and defroster effi-
ciency and to reduce the probability To defog inside windshield
to the position and fan 1. Select the desired fan speed.
speed control knob or button to of fogging up the inside of the wind-
a lower speed. shield. 2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-
matically.
Check to make sure the air intake
control is in Fresh mode. If the air
intake control LED is illuminated,
press the button once to enable
Fresh mode (LED OFF).
If the position is selected, the fan
speed is automatically increased.
3-157
Defogging logic Automatic climate control system

To reduce the probability of fogging 1. Turn the POWER button to the ON
up the inside of the windshield, the position.
air intake or air conditioning are con- 2. Press the defroster button ( ).
trolled automatically according to
3. While pressing the air conditioning
certain conditions such as or
button (A/C), press the air intake
positions. To cancel or reset the
control button at least 5 times
defogging logic, do the following.
within 3 seconds.
The Automatic Temperature Control
information screen will blink 3 times
OFE048306 to indicate that the defogging logic
has been disabled.
To defrost outside windshield
Repeat the steps again to re-enable
1. Set the fan speed to the highest the defogging logic.
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position. If the battery has been discharged or
negative (-) battery cable is discon-
3. Press the defroster button ( ). nected, it resets to the defog logic
4. The outside (fresh) air position will status.
be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, fan
speed may increase slightly to
improve airflow.
3-158
Auto Defogging System When the Auto Defogging To cancel or reset the
(Additional Feature with System operates, the indi- Auto Defogging System
Automatic Temperature cator will illuminate. Press the front windshield defroster
Control System) (if equipped) button for 3 seconds when the
Auto defogging helps reduce the pos- If a high amount of humidity is POWER button is in the ON position.
sibility of fogging up the inside of the detected in the vehicle, the Auto When the Auto Defogging System is
windshield by automatically sensing Defogging System will be enabled. canceled, the ADS OFF symbol will
the moisture on inside the windshield. The following steps will be performed blink 3 times and ADS OFF will be 3
automatically: displayed on the climate control
The auto defogging system operates information screen.

when the heater or air conditioning is Step 1) The A/C button will turn ON.
on. When the Auto Defogging System is
Step 2) The air intake control will reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink
change to Fresh mode. 6 times without a signal.
i Information Step 3) The mode will be changed to
The auto defogging system may not defrost to direct airflow to the
operate normally, when the outside windshield.
temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C). Step 4) The fan speed will be set to
MAX.
If the air conditioning is off or recircu-
lated air position is manually select-
ed while Auto Defogging System is
ON, the Auto Defogging System
Indicator will blink 3 times to signal
that the manual operation has been
canceled.
3-159
i Information Rear Window Defroster • To turn off the defroster, press the
rear window defroster button again.
• When the air conditioning is turned NOTICE
on by Auto defogging system, if you To prevent damage to the rear
try to turn off the air conditioning, the i Information
window defroster conducting ele-
indicator will blink 3 times and the air ments bonded to the inside sur- • If there is heavy accumulation of
conditioning will not be turned off. face of the rear window, never use snow on the rear window, brush it
• To maintain the effectiveness and sharp instruments or window off before operating the rear
efficiency of the Auto Defogging cleaners containing abrasives to defroster.
System, do not select Recirculation clean the window. • The rear window defroster automat-
mode while the system is operating. ically turns off after approximately
• When the Auto Defogging System is If you want to defrost and defog 20 minutes or when the POWER
operating, the fan speed adjustment the front windshield, refer to the button is in the OFF position.
button, the temperature adjustment "Windshield Defrosting and
knob, and the air intake control but- Defogging" section in this chapter. Side view mirror defroster
ton are all disabled.
The defroster heats the If your vehicle is equipped with the
window to remove frost, side view mirror defrosters, they will
NOTICE fog and thin ice from the operate at the same time you turn on
interior and exterior of the rear window defroster.
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the the rear window, while
windshield glass. the vehicle is in the
ready ( ) mode.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered by • To activate the rear window
your vehicle warranty. defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
control panel. The indicator on the
rear window defroster button illumi-
nates when the defroster is ON.
3-160
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Automatic Ventilation Sunroof Inside Air
(if equipped) Recirculation (if equipped)
When the POWER button is in the When the heater or air conditioning
ON position or when the vehicle is in system is on with the sunroof
the ready ( ) mode and tempera- opened, the fresh mode will be auto-
ture is below 59°F (15°C) with the matically selected. If you press the
recirculated air position selected recirculation mode button with the
more than five minutes, the air intake sunroof open, recirculation mode 3
position will automatically change to activate but will only remain enabled

the outside (fresh) air position. for 3 minutes. After 3 minutes the air
intake control will revert back to
Fresh mode.
To cancel or reset the Automatic
Ventilation When the sunroof is closed, the air
intake position will return to the orig-
When the air conditioning system is inal position that was selected.
on, select Face Level mode and
press the recirculation mode button
five times within three seconds while
pressing A/C button.
When the Automatic Ventilation fea-
ture is enabled, the recirculation but-
ton LED indicator will blink 6 times.
When the Automatic Ventilation fea-
ture is disabled, the recirculation but-
ton LED indicator will blink 3 times.
3-161
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
Center Console Storage Glove Box
WARNING
Never store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
peratures for extended periods.
WARNING
OFE048070 OFE048071
ALWAYS keep the storage com-
partment covers closed secure- To open : To open:
ly while driving. Items inside Grab and hold the latch (1) on the Pull the lever (1).
your vehicle are moving as fast arm rest then lift the lid.
as the vehicle. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there
WARNING
is a crash, the items may fly out
ALWAYS close the glove box
of the compartment and may
door after use.
cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger. An open glove box door can
cause serious injury to the pas-
senger in an accident, even if the
NOTICE passenger is wearing a seat belt.
To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
3-162
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup Holder Rear
WARNING
Front
■ On center console Placing any heavy objects other
than cups or small beverages
may damage the cup holder.

OFE048074
OFE048075 Pull the armrest down to use the cup

■ Above glove box holders.
WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and
braking when the cup holder
is in use to prevent spilling
your drink. If hot liquid spills,
you could be burned. Such a
burn to the driver could cause
OFE048073 ing in an accident.
Cups or small beverages cups may
be placed in the cup holders.
3-163
NOTICE Sunvisor
• Do not place uncovered or
unsecured cups, bottles, • Keep your drinks sealed while
cans, etc., in the cup holder driving to prevent spilling your
containing hot liquid while the drink. If liquid spills, it may get
vehicle is in motion. Injuries into the vehicle's electrical/elec-
may result in the event of a tronic system and damage elec-
sudden stop or collision. trical/electronic parts.
• Only use soft cups in the cup • When cleaning spilled liquids do
holders. Hard objects can not use hot air to blow out or dry
injure you in an accident. the cup holder. This may dam-
age the interior.
WARNING OTM048089
Keep cans or bottles out of To use the sunvisor, pull it down-

direct sun light and do not put ward.
them in a hot vehicle. It may To use the sunvisor to block the sun
explode. from the side window, pull it down-
ward, release it from the bracket (1)
and swing it to the side towards the
window (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the sunvisor and slide the mirror
cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or back-
ward (4) as needed. Use the ticket
holder (5) to hold tickets.
3-164
Close the vanity mirror cover secure- Power Outlet NOTICE
ly and return the sunvisor to its origi-
nal position after use. To prevent damage to the Power
Outlets :
WARNING • Use the power outlet only when
the vehicle is in the ready ( )
For your safety, do not block mode and remove the accessory
your view when using the sunvi- plug after use. Using the acces- 3
sor. sory plug for prolonged periods
of time with the vehicle off could

cause the battery to discharge.
NOTICE • Only use 12V electric acces-
Do not put several tickets in the sories which are less than 180 W
OFE048077
ticket holder at one time. This in electric capacity.
could cause damage to the ticket The power outlet is designed to pro- • Adjust the air-conditioner or
holder. vide power for mobile telephones or heater to the lowest operating
other devices designed to operate level when using the power outlet.
with vehicle electrical systems. The • Close the cover when not in use.
devices should draw less than 180 W
with the vehicle in the ready ( ) • Some electronic devices can
mode. cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle's
WARNING power outlet. These devices may
cause excessive audio static
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not and malfunctions in other elec-
place your fingers or foreign tronic systems or devices used
objects (pin, etc.) into a power in your vehicle.
outlet or touch the power outlet
with a wet hand.
3-165
• Push the plug in as far as it will AC Inverter (if equipped)

go. If good contact is not made,
the plug may overheat and the
fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electri-
cal/electronic devices with
reverse current protection. The
current from the battery may
flow into the vehicle's electri-
cal/electronic system and cause
system malfunction.
OUMA046410
OFE048080N i Information
The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W • Rated voltage : AC 115V
electric power to operate electric • Maximum electric power : 150W
accessories or equipments.
• In order to avoid an electrical sys-
tem failure, electric shock, etc., be
sure to read owner's manual before
use.
• Be sure to close the cover except the
time of use.
3-166
NOTICE • Do not use two or more electric
WARNING accessories or equipments at
• To prevent the battery from being the same time. It may cause
To reduce a risk of serious or discharged, do not use the AC damage to the electrical sys-
fatal injuries: inverter while the vehicle is not in tems of the vehicle.
• Do not use a heated electric the ready ( ) mode. • When the input voltage is lower,
device such as a coffeepot, • When not using the AC inverter, outlet LED will blink and the AC
toaster, heater, iron, etc. make sure to close the AC invert- inverter will turn off automatical- 3
• Do not insert foreign objects er cover. ly. If the input voltage goes up to
into the outlet and do not • After using an electric accessory normal, the AC inverter will turn

touch the outlet as you may or equipment, pull the plug out. on again.
get shocked. Leaving the accessory or equip-
• Do not let children touch the ment plugged in for a long time
AC inverter. may cause battery discharge.
• Do not use an electric accessory
or equipment the power con-
sumption of which is greater
than 150W (115V).
• Some electric accessories or
equipments can cause electron-
ic interference. It may cause
excessive audio noise and mal-
functions in other electric sys-
tems or devices in the vehicle.
• Do not use broken electric
accessories or equipments,
which may damage the AC
inverter and electrical systems
of the vehicle.
3-167
USB Charger • A smart phone or a tablet PC may Wireless Cellular Phone

get warmer during the re-charging Charging System
process. It does not indicate any
malfunction with the charging sys-
tem.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC,
which adopts a different re-charg-
ing method, may not be properly
re-charged. In this case, use an
exclusive charger of your device.
• The charging terminal is only to
recharge a device. Do not use the
OFE048079
charging terminal either to turn ON
an audio or to play media. OFE048078
The USB charger is designed to
recharge batteries of small size elec- On certain models, the vehicle
trical devices using a USB cable. comes equipped with a wireless cel-
The electrical devices can be lular phone charger.
recharged when the POWER button The system is available when all
is ON. doors are closed, and when the
Insert the USB charger into the USB POWER button is ON.
port, and re-charge a smart phone or
a tablet PC.
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the
USB port after use.
3-168
To charge a cellular phone If your cellular phone is not charging: NOTICE
The wireless cellular phone charging - Slightly change the position of the
cellular phone on the charging • The wireless cellular phone
system charges only the Qi-enabled charging system may not sup-
cellular phones ( ). Read the label pad.
port certain cellular phones,
on the cellular phone accessory - Make sure the indicator light is which are not verified for the Qi
cover or visit your cellular phone orange. specification ( ).
manufacturer's website to check The indicator light will blink orange for
whether your cellular phone supports • When placing your cellular 3
10 seconds if there is a malfunction in phone on the charging mat,
the Qi technology. the wireless charging system. position the phone in the middle

The wireless charging process starts In this case, temporarily stop the of the mat for optimal charging
when you put a Qi-enabled cellular charging process, and re-attempt to performance. If your cell phone
phone on the wireless charging unit. charge your cellular phone again. is off to the side, the charging
1. Remove other items, including the The system warns you with a mes- rate may be less and in some
smart key, from the wireless charg- sage on the LCD display if the cellular cases the cell phone may experi-
ing unit. If not, the wireless charg- phone is still on the wireless charging ence higher heat conduction.
ing process may be interrupted. unit after the POWER button is in the • In some cases, the wireless
Place the cellular phone on the OFF position and the front door is charging may stop temporarily
center of the charging pad ( ). opened. when the Smart Key is used,
2. The indicator light is orange when either when starting the vehicle or
the cellular phone is charging. The i Information locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
indicator light turns green when • When charging certain cellular
For some manufacturer's cellular phones, the charging indicator
phone charging is complete. phones, the system may not warn you
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wire- may not change to green when
even though the cellular phone is left the cell phone is fully charged.
less charging function in the on the wireless charging unit. This is
Vehicle Settings mode on the AVN due to the particular characteristic of
screen. For further information, the cellular phone and not a malfunc-
refer to the separately supplied tion of the wireless charging.
"Navigation manual".
3-169
• The wireless charging process • When any cellular phone without a Clock
may temporarily stop, when tem- wireless charging function or a
perature abnormally increases metallic object is placed on the WARNING
inside the wireless cellular phone charging pad, a small noise may
charging system. Stop the charg- sound. This small sound is due to Do not attempt to adjust the
ing cellular phone and wait until the vehicle discerning compatibil- clock while driving. Doing so
temperature falls to a certain level. ity of the object placed on the may result in distracted driving
• The wireless charging process charging pad. It does not affect which may lead to an accident
may temporarily stop when there your vehicle or the cellular phone involving personal injury or
is any metallic item, such as a in any way. death.
coin, between the wireless cellular
phone charging system and the i Information
cellular phone.
If the POWER button is in the OFF Select the Vehicle Settings menu on
• When charging some cellular position, the charging also stops. the AVN screen ➟ Select [Date/Time].
phones with a self-protection fea-
ture, the wireless charging speed • GPS time: Displays time according
may decrease and the wireless i Information to the received GNSS time.
charging may stop. This device complies with part 15 of • Daylight saving time : The clock is
• If the cellular phone has a thick the FCC Rules. adjusted forward one hour.
cover, the wireless charging may Operation is subject to the following • Time format : Switches to 12 hour
not be possible. two conditions: or 24 hour.
• If the cell phone is not completely 1. This device may not cause harmful For more details, refer to the sepa-
contacting the charging pad, wire- interference, and rately supplied Navigation manual.
less charging may not operate 2. This device must accept any inter-
properly. ference received, including interfer-
• Some magnetic items like credit ence that may cause undesired
cards, phone cards or rail tickets operation.
may be damaged if left with the
cellular phone during the charging
process.
3-170
Coat Hook Floor Mat Anchor(s)
WARNING

OOS047065 OOS047066 OFE048081
Do not hang other objects such
These hangers are not designed to ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors
as hangers or hard objects
hold large or heavy items. to attach the front floor mats to the
except clothes. Also, do not put
vehicle. The anchors on the front
heavy, sharp or breakable
floor carpet keep the floor mats from
objects in the clothes pockets.
sliding forward.
In an accident or when the cur-
tain air bag is inflated, it may
cause vehicle damage or per- WARNING
sonal injury.
Do not overlay additional mats
or liners over the floor mats. If
using All Weather mats, remove
the carpeted floor mats before
installing them. Only use floor
mats designed to connect to the
anchors.
3-171
Luggage Net Holder (if equipped)

WARNING WARNING
The following must be observed Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-
when installing ANY floor mat stretch the luggage net. ALWAYS
to the vehicle. keep your face and body out of
• Ensure that the floor mats are the luggage net's recoil path. DO
securely attached to the vehi- NOT use the luggage net when
cle's floor mat anchor(s) the strap has visible signs of
before driving the vehicle. wear or damage.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that Use the luggage net to keep only
cannot be firmly attached to light items from shifting in the
the vehicle's floor mat anchors. luggage compartment.
OFE048082
• Do not stack floor mats on top
of one another (e.g. all-weath- To keep items from shifting in the lug-
er rubber mat on top of a car- gage compartment, you can use the
peted floor mat). Only a single 4 holders located in the luggage
floor mat should be installed board to attach the luggage net.
in each position. Make sure the luggage net is securely
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was attached to the holders in the luggage
manufactured with driver’s side board.
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal opera-
tion, HYUNDAI recommends
that the HYUNDAI floor mat
designed for use in your vehicle
be installed.
3-172
Cargo Security Screen To use the cargo security screen When the cargo security screen is
(if equipped) not in use:
1. Pull the cargo security screen
backward and up to release it from
the guides.
2. The cargo security screen will
automatically slide back in.
3
i Information

The cargo security screen may not
automatically slide back in if the
cargo security screen is not fully
OFE048084
pulled out. Pull the cargo screen out
OFE048083 1. Pull the cargo security screen all the way and then slowly allow the
Use the cargo security screen to towards the rear of the vehicle by screen to retract back into the mecha-
cover items stored in the cargo area. the handle (1). nism.
2. Insert the guide pin (2) into the
guide (3).
i Information
Pull out the cargo security screen with
the handle in the center to prevent the
guide pin from falling out of the guide.
3-173
To remove the cargo security

screen WARNING
• Do not place objects on the
cargo security screen. Such
objects may be thrown about
inside the vehicle and possi-
bly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when
braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in
the luggage compartment. It is
designed for luggage only.
• Maintain the balance of the
OFE048085 vehicle and locate the weight
1. Push one side of the cargo screen as forward as possible.
inward to compress the spring
mechanism and release the
screen from the vehicle.
2. While the mechanism is com-
pressed, pull out the cargo security
screen.
3-174
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof Side Rails (if equipped) NOTICE • The vehicle center of gravity will
• When carrying cargo on the roof be higher when items are
rack, take the necessary precau- loaded onto the roof rack.
tions to make sure the cargo Avoid sudden starts, braking,
does not damage the roof of the sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers
vehicle. or high speeds that may result
in loss of vehicle control or
• When carrying large objects on 3
rollover resulting in an accident.
the roof rack, make sure they do
not exceed the overall roof • Always drive slowly and turn

length or width. corners carefully when carry-
ing items on the roof rack.
Severe wind updrafts, caused
OFE048086 WARNING by passing vehicles or natural
causes, can cause sudden
If your vehicle comes equipped with upward pressure on items
roof side rails, then roof rack cross-
• The following specification is
the maximum weight that can loaded on the roof rack. This
bars can be installed on top of your is especially true when carry-
be loaded onto the roof rack.
vehicle. ing large, flat items such as
Distribute the load as evenly
The roof rack crossbars are an as possible onto the roof rack wood panels or mattresses.
accessory and are available at your and secure the load firmly. This could cause the items to
local HYUNDAI dealer. fall off the roof rack and cause
Loading cargo or luggage in
excess of the specified weight damage to your vehicle or
NOTICE limit on the roof rack may others around you.
If the vehicle is equipped with a damage your vehicle. • To prevent damage or loss of
sunroof, be sure not to position cargo while driving, check fre-
cargo onto the roof rack in such a
ROOF 220 lbs. (100kg) quently before or while driving
RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
way that it could interfere with to make sure the items on the
sunroof operation. roof rack are securely fastened.
3-175
Multimedia System
Multimedia system .................................................4-2

USB and iPod® port..........................................................4-2
Antenna ...............................................................................4-2
Steering wheel audio controls .......................................4-3
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ..................................4-4
Blue Link® center .............................................................4-4
Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ..................4-4
4
Multimedia System
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
i Information USB and iPod® port Antenna
• If you install an aftermarket HID Shark fin antenna
headlamp, your vehicle's audio and
electronic devices may malfunction.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-
er, and air freshener from contacting
the interior parts because they may
cause damage or discoloration.
OFE048089
OFE048087
You can use an USB port to plug in
an USB and an iPod® port. The shark fin antenna will receive the
AM, FM broadcast signals, SXM,
i Information LTE and transmit data.
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the portable audio
device's power source.
❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
4-2
Steering Wheel Audio Control SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) MODE (3)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is Press the MODE button to toggle
pressed up or down and held for 0.8 through Radio, SXM, or media
second or more, it will function in the modes.
following modes:
RADIO mode MUTE ( ) (4)
It will function as the AUTO SEEK • Press the MUTE button to mute the
select button. It will SEEK until you sound.
release the button. • Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound. 4
MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/RW button.
Multimedia System
OFE048088 i Information
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is Detailed information for audio control
NOTICE pressed up or down, it will function in buttons are described in the separately
the following modes: supplied manual with the vehicle.
Do not operate multiple audio
remote control buttons simultane- RADIO mode
ously.
It will function as the PRESET STA-
TION UP/DOWN button.
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
MEDIA mode
• Press the VOLUME (+) switch up
to increase volume. It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN button.
• Press the VOLUME (-) switch down
to decrease volume.
4-3
Multimedia System
Bluetooth® Wireless (1) Call / Answer button Audio / Video / Navigation sys-
Technology (2) Call end button tem (AVN)
(3) Microphone Detailed information for the AVN sys-
tem is described in a separately sup-
plied manual with the vehicle.
Detailed information for the Bluetooth
hands-free is described in a separate-
ly supplied manual with the vehicle.
Blue Link® center
OFE048090
OFE048476N
For details, refer to the Blue Link®

Owner's Guide, Navigation Manual
OFE048026N
or Audio Manual.
4-4
Driving your vehicle
Before Driving ........................................................5-4 Drive Mode Integrated Control System ............5-37

Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-4 Drive mode change alert...............................................5-38
Before Starting ..................................................................5-4 ECO mode climate control ............................................5-38
Power Button..........................................................5-6 Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA)
POWER Button Positions.................................................5-7 System ...................................................................5-39
Starting the Vehicle ..........................................................5-9 System Setting and Activation.....................................5-39
Turning Off the Vehicle .................................................5-10 FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-41
Reduction Gear.....................................................5-11 FCA Sensor (Front Radar/Front View Camera).......5-44
Reduction Gear Operation ............................................5-11 System Malfunction .......................................................5-46
Parking...............................................................................5-13 Limitations of the System.............................................5-47
LCD Display Messages ...................................................5-13 Blind-Spot Collision Warning/
Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-16 Blind-Spot Collision-avoidance Assist..............5-53
Paddle Shifter (Regenerative Braking System Description .........................................................5-53 5
Control)..................................................................5-17 System Setting and Activation.....................................5-54
Braking System ....................................................5-18 Warning and System Control .......................................5-57
Power Brakes ...................................................................5-18 Detecting Sensor (Front View Camera and
Disc Brake Wear Indicator ............................................5-19 Rear Corner Radar) ........................................................5-59
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................5-19 Limitations of the System.............................................5-62
Auto Hold ..........................................................................5-25 Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)/
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-29 Rear Cross-traffic Collision-avoidance Assist
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-31 (RCCA) ...................................................................5-67
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-34 System Description .........................................................5-67
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-36 System Setting and Activation.....................................5-68
Good Braking Practices.................................................5-36 Warning and System Control .......................................5-69
Limitations of the System.............................................5-73
Blind-Spot View Monitor System......................5-77 Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Operating conditions ......................................................5-77 Distance...........................................................................5-105
Blind-Spot View Monitor system warning ...............5-78 Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead .5-108
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System ...................5-79 Limitations of the System...........................................5-110
LKA System Operation...................................................5-80 Leading Vehicle Departure Alert .....................5-116
Warning Light and Message.........................................5-83 System Setting and Activation ..................................5-116
Limitations of the System.............................................5-85 Special Driving Conditions ................................5-118
LKA System Function Change......................................5-86 Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-118
Lane Following Assist (LFA) System.................5-87 Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-118
LFA operation...................................................................5-88 Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-119
Warning message ............................................................5-90 Driving at Night .............................................................5-119
Limitations of the system .............................................5-92 Driving in the Rain ........................................................5-119
5 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System.........5-94 Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-120
System Setting and Activation.....................................5-94 Highway Driving ............................................................5-120
Resetting the System .....................................................5-95 Reducing the Risk of a Rollover ...............................5-121
System Standby...............................................................5-96 Winter Driving ....................................................5-122
System Malfunction .......................................................5-96 Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-122
Smart Cruise Control With Stop & Winter Precautions.......................................................5-124
Go System .............................................................5-98 Vehicle Load Limit..............................................5-126
Smart Cruise Control Switch ........................................5-99 Tire Loading Information Label.................................5-126
To Adjust the Sensitivity of Trailer Towing.....................................................5-131
Smart Cruise Control ....................................................5-100
To Convert to Cruise Control Mode .........................5-100
Smart Cruise Control Speed .......................................5-101
WARNING
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the wind-
shield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the liftgate open:

Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

5-3
BEFORE DRIVING
Before Entering the Vehicle Before Starting
WARNING
• Be sure all windows, outside mir- • Make sure the hood, the liftgate,
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 ror(s), and outside lights are clean and the doors are securely closed
WARNING and unobstructed. and locked.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice. • Adjust the position of the seat and
An wide variety of automobile
• Visually check the tires for uneven steering wheel.
components including compo-
nents found in the interior fur- wear and damage. • Adjust the inside and outside
nishings in a vehicle, contain or • Check under the vehicle for any rearview mirrors.
emit harmful chemicals known sign of leaks. • Verify all the lights work.
to the State of California to • Be sure there are no obstacles • Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all
cause cancer and birth defects behind you if you intend to back up. passengers have fastened their
and reproductive harm. In addi- seatbelts.
tion, certain fluids contained in
vehicles and certain products • Check the gauges and indicators in
of components contain or emit the instrument panel and the mes-
chemicals known to the State of sages on the instrument display
California to cause cancer and when the POWER button is in the
birth defects or other reproduc- ON position.
tive harm. • Check that any items you are car-
rying are stored properly or fas-
tened down securely.
5-4
WARNING WARNING You are much more likely to have
a serious accident if you drink or
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS NEVER drink or take drugs and take drugs and drive. If you are
INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- drive. drinking or taking drugs, don't
lowing precautions: Drinking or taking drugs and driv- drive. Do not ride with a driver
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. ing is dangerous and may result who has been drinking or taking
All passengers must be prop- in an accident and SERIOUS drugs. Choose a designated driv-
erly belted whenever the vehi- INJURY or DEATH. er or call a taxi.
cle is moving. For more infor- Drunk driving is the number
mation, refer to "Seat Belts" in one contributor to the highway
chapter 2. death toll each year. Even a
• Always drive defensively. small amount of alcohol will
Assume other drivers or pedes- affect your reflexes, percep-
trians may be careless and tions and judgment. Just one 5
make mistakes. drink can reduce your ability to

• Stay focused on the task of respond to changing conditions
driving. Driver distraction can and emergencies and your reac-
cause accidents. tion time gets worse with each
additional drink.
• Leave plenty of space between
you and the vehicle in front of Driving while under the influ-
you. ence of drugs is as dangerous
or more dangerous than driving
under the influence of alcohol.
5-5
POWER BUTTON
WARNING If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the vehicle without
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS depressing the brake pedal by
INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- pressing the POWER button
lowing precautions: with the gear in the N (Neutral)
• NEVER allow children or any position.
person who is unfamiliar with
the vehicle to touch the
POWER button or related WARNING
parts. Unexpected and sud-
den vehicle movement can OFE058001
• NEVER press the POWER but-
occur. ton while the vehicle is in
Whenever the front door is opened, motion except in an emer-
• NEVER reach through the the POWER button will illuminate
steering wheel for the POWER gency. This will result in the
and will go off 30 seconds after the vehicle turning off and loss of
button or any other control, door is closed.
while the vehicle is in motion. power assist for the steering
The presence of your hand or and brake systems. This may
arm in this area may cause a WARNING lead to loss of directional con-
loss of vehicle control result- trol and braking function,
ing in an accident. To turn the vehicle off in an which could cause an accident.
emergency: • Before leaving the driver's seat,
Press and hold the POWER but- always make sure the gear is in
ton for more than two seconds the P (Park) position, set the
OR Rapidly press and release parking brake, press the
the POWER button three times POWER button to the OFF posi-
(within three seconds). tion, and take the Smart Key
with you. Unexpected vehicle
movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
5-6
POWER Button Positions
Button Position Action Notice
To turn off the vehicle, press the POWER
button with the gear in P (Park).
Also, the vehicle will turn off when the
POWER button is pressed with the gear in D
OFF (Drive) or R (Reverse) because the gear
automatically shifts to the P (Park) position.
But, when it is pressed in N (Neutral), the
POWER button will go to the ACC position.
Press the POWER button when the button

is in the OFF position without depressing 5
ACC the brake pedal.

Some electrical accessories are usable.
5-7
Button Position Action Notice

Press the POWER button while it is in the Do not leave the POWER button in the ON
ACC position without depressing the brake position when the vehicle is not in the ready
ON pedal. ( ) mode to prevent the battery from dis-
charging.
To start the vehicle, depress the brake pedal If you press the POWER button without
and press the POWER button with the gear depressing the brake pedal, the vehicle does
START in the P (Park) position. not start and the POWER button changes as
follows:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC
5-8
Starting the Vehicle i Information 1. Always carry the smart key with
you.
• The vehicle will start by pressing the 2. Make sure the parking brake is
WARNING POWER button, only when the applied.
smart key is in the vehicle.
• Always wear appropriate shoes 3. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
when operating your vehicle. • Even if the smart key is in the vehi-
cle, and when it is far away from the 4. Depress the brake pedal.
Unsuitable shoes, such as high
heels, ski boots, sandals, flip- driver, the vehicle may not start. 5. Press the POWER button. If the
flops, etc., may interfere with • When the POWER button is in the vehicle starts, the " " indicator
your ability to use the brake ACC or ON position, any door is will come on.
and accelerator pedals. open, the system checks for the
• Do not start the vehicle with the smart key. When the smart key is i Information
accelerator pedal depressed. not in the vehicle, the " " indica-
tor will blink and the warning "Key • Always start the vehicle with your
The vehicle can move and not in vehicle" will come on. When foot on the brake pedal. 5
lead to an accident. all doors are closed, the chime will • If ambient temperature is low, the

also sound for about 5 seconds. " " indicator may remain illumi-
Keep the smart key in the vehicle nated longer than the normal amount
when in the ACC position or if the of time.
vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
5-9
NOTICE Turning Off the Vehicle

To prevent damage to the vehicle: 1. Depress the brake pedal fully.
If the " " indicator turns off 2. Shift to P (Park).
while you are in motion, do not 3. Apply the parking brake.
attempt to shift to the P (Park) 4. Press the POWER button to turn
position. the vehicle off.
5. Make sure the " " indicator
NOTICE light on the instrument cluster is
To prevent damage to the vehicle: turned off.
When the stop lamp fuse is blown, OFE058004
you cannot normally start the CAUTION
vehicle. Replace the fuse with a i Information
new one. If you are not able to If the smart key battery is weak or the If the " " indicator light on
replace the fuse, you can start the smart key does not work correctly, the instrument cluster is still
vehicle by pressing and holding you can start the vehicle by pressing on, the vehicle is not turned off
the POWER button for 10 seconds the POWER button with the smart and can move when the gear is
with the POWER button in the ACC key in the direction of the picture in any position except P (Park).
position. above.
Do not press the POWER button
for more than 10 seconds except
when the stop lamp fuse is blown.
For your safety always depress
the brake pedal before starting the
vehicle.
5-10
REDUCTION GEAR
Reduction Gear Operation Gear position
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death:
• ALWAYS check the surround-
ing areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into
D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
OFE058005L
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the Select gear positions by pressing the OFE058006
gear is in the P (Park) posi- shift button. 5
The indicator in the instrument clus-
tion, then set the parking For your safety, always depress the ter displays the gear position when
brake, and place the POWER brake pedal while shifting to another

the POWER button is in the ON posi-
button in the OFF position. gear. tion.
Unexpected and sudden vehi-
cle movement can occur if
these precautions are not fol-
lowed.
5-11
P (Park) R (Reverse) When the driver’s door is opened

Always come to a complete stop Use this position to drive the vehicle within 3 minutes with the POWER
before shifting into P (Park). backward. button in the ACC position and the
gear in N (Neutral), the vehicle is
To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N To shift to R (Reverse), press the [R] automatically turned OFF and shifted
(Neutral) or D (Drive) to P (Park), button while depressing the brake to the P (Park) position.
press the [P] button. pedal.
If you turn off the vehicle in D (Drive)
or R (Reverse), the gear automatical- D (Drive)
N (Neutral)
ly shifts to P (Park). This is the normal driving position.
The wheels and gear are not
engaged. To shift to D (Drive), press the [D]
WARNING button while depressing the brake
To shift to N (Neutral), press the [N] pedal.
button while depressing the brake
• Shifting into P (Park) while the pedal.
vehicle is in motion may
cause you to lose control of Always depress the brake pedal
the vehicle. when you are shifting from N
(Neutral) to another gear.
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the gear is In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts
in P (Park), apply the parking to turn off the vehicle, the gear
brake, and turn the vehicle off. remains in N (Neutral) and the
POWER button will be in the ACC
• Do not use the P (Park) posi- position.
tion in place of the parking
brake. To turn off the vehicle from the ACC
position, press the [P] button within 3
minutes. The vehicle will shift to P
(Park) and turn off.
5-12
Shift-lock system Parking LCD Display Messages
For your safety, your vehicle has a Always come to a complete stop and Shifting conditions not met
shift-lock system which prevents continue to depress the brake pedal.
shifting the gear from P (Park) or N Shift to the P (Park) position, apply
(Neutral) into R (Reverse) or D the parking brake, and place the
(Drive) unless the brake pedal is POWER button in the OFF position.
depressed. Take the Key with you when exiting
To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) the vehicle.
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) :
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the vehicle or place the
POWER button in the ON position.
3. Press the R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
button. OFE058128L 5
The message appears on the LCD

When the battery (12 V) is dis- display when driving speed is too
charged fast to shift the gear.
You cannot shift the gear when the Decrease the vehicle speed or slow
battery is discharged. down before shifting the gear.
Jump start your vehicle (refer to
“Jump Starting” in chapter 6) or con-
tact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-13
Press brake pedal to change Shift to P after stopping Gear already selected
gear
OFE058130L OFE058132L
OFE058129L The message appears on the LCD The message appears on the LCD
The message appears on the LCD display when the gear is shifted to P display when the selected gear but-
display, when the brake pedal is not (Park) while the vehicle is moving. ton is pressed again.
depressed while shifting the gear. Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
Depress the brake pedal and then (Park).
shift the gear.
5-14
Shift button held down Check shift controls PARK malfunction. Engage
parking brake when parking
vehicle
OFE058133L OFE058134L
The message appears on the LCD The message appears on the LCD 5
display when the shift button is con- display when there is problem with OFE048438L

tinuously pressed or there is problem the shift buttons. The message appears on the LCD
with the button. Immediately have the vehicle inspect- display when there is problem with
Make sure that there is no object ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- function engaging P (Park) position.
over the shift button. If the problem er. Immediately have the vehicle
persists, immediately have the vehi- inspected by an authorized
cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
HYUNDAI dealer.
5-15
Good Driving Practices • Exercise extreme caution when

driving on a slippery surface. Be • Do not make quick steering
• Never shift to P (Park) or N wheel movements, such as
(Neutral) to any other position with especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a sharp lane changes or fast,
the accelerator pedal depressed. sharp turns.
slippery surface, an abrupt change
• Never shift to P (Park) when the in vehicle speed can cause the • The risk of rollover is greatly
vehicle is in motion. drive wheels to lose traction and increased if you lose control
Be sure the vehicle is completely may cause loss of vehicle control of your vehicle at highway
stopped before you attempt to shift resulting in an accident speeds.
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). • Optimum vehicle performance and • Loss of control often occurs if
• Do not shift to N (Neutral) when economy is obtained by smoothly two or more wheels drop off
driving. Doing so may result in an depressing and releasing the the roadway and the driver
accident. accelerator. over steers to reenter the
• Do not drive with your foot resting roadway.
on the brake pedal. Even light, but • In the event your vehicle
WARNING leaves the roadway, do not
consistent pedal pressure can
result in the brakes overheating, steer sharply. Instead, slow
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
brake wear and possibly even down before pulling back into
INJURY or DEATH:
brake failure. the travel lanes.
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. • HYUNDAI recommends you
• Always apply the parking brake In a collision, an unbelted
when leaving the vehicle. Do not follow all posted speed limits.
occupant is significantly more
depend on placing the gear in P likely to be seriously injured
(Park) to keep the vehicle from or killed than a properly belt-
moving. ed occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cor-
nering or turning.
5-16
PADDLE SHIFTER (REGENERATIVE BRAKING CONTROL)
i Information
The paddle shifter does not operate
when:
• Both Paddle shifters are pulled at
the same time.
• The Smart Cruise Control system is
activated.
• The vehicle is shifted to P (Park), R
(Reverse) and N (Neutral).
OFE058017 OFE058136N
NOTICE
The paddle shifter is used to adjust The selected regenerative braking
the regenerative braking rate from 0 If the battery is fully charged when rate is displayed on the instrument
to 3 during decelerating or braking. descending down a long or steep cluster.
5
• Left side ( ): Increases regener- hill, the regenerative braking is

ative braking and deceleration. not working even though operat-
ing the paddle shifter. In this case, What Does Regenerative
• Right side ( ): Decreases depress the brake pedal to brake Braking Do?
regenerative braking and decelera- the vehicle. This is normal and It uses the electric motor when
tion. does not indicate a problem with decelerating or braking which trans-
• Pull and hold the left side paddle your paddle shifter and brakes. forms vehicle motion (kinetic energy)
shifter to change to 0. to electrical energy to charge the
• Pull and hold the left side paddle high voltage batteries.
shifter to change to 3.
5-17
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power Brakes • Wet brakes may impair the
WARNING
Your vehicle has power-assisted vehicle's ability to safely slow
brakes that adjust automatically Take the following precautions: down; the vehicle may also
through normal usage. pull to one side when the
• Do not drive with your foot
If the power is not supplied such as resting on the brake pedal. brakes are applied. Applying
battery discharge, the power assist This will create abnormal high the brakes lightly will indicate
for the brakes will not work. You can brake temperatures, exces- whether they have been
still stop your vehicle by applying sive brake lining and pad affected in this way. Always
greater force to the brake pedal than wear, and increased stopping test your brakes in this fash-
typical. The stopping distance, how- distances. ion after driving through deep
ever, will be longer than with power water. To dry the brakes, light-
brakes.
• When descending down a ly tap the brake pedal to heat
long or steep hill, use the pad- up the brakes while maintain-
Do not pump the brake pedal when dle shifter (left side lever) to
the power assist has been interrupt- ing a safe forward speed until
increase regenerative braking brake performance returns to
ed. control in order to control normal. Avoid driving at high
Pump the brake pedal only when your speed without using the speeds until the brakes func-
necessary to maintain steering con- brake pedal excessively. tion correctly.
trol on slippery surfaces. Applying the brakes continu-
ously will cause the brakes to
overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking per-
formance.
5-18
NOTICE Disc Brake Wear Indicator Electronic Parking Brake
When your brake pads are worn and (EPB)
• Do not continue depressing the
brake pedal if the " new pads are required, you will hear Applying the parking brake
" indica-
tor is OFF. The battery may be a high pitched warning sound from
discharged. your front or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it
• Noise and vibration generated may occur whenever you depress
during braking is normal. the brake pedal.
• Under normal operation, electric Note that some driving conditions or
brake pump noise and motor climates may cause a brake squeal
vibration may occur temporarily when you first apply (or lightly apply)
in below cases. the brakes. This is normal and does
- When the pedal is depressed not indicate a problem with your
suddenly. brakes. 5
- When the pedal is repeatedly OFE058019
depressed in short intervals. NOTICE

- When the ABS function is acti- To apply the EPB (Electronic
To avoid costly brake repairs, do Parking Brake):
vated while braking. not continue to drive with worn
brake pads. 1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull the EPB switch upwards.
i Information Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light comes on.
Always replace brake pads as com-
plete front or rear axle sets.
With the AUTO HOLD feature
enabled, the EPB is automatically
applied when the vehicle is shut off.
5-19
However, if the Auto Hold function is Releasing the parking brake To release EPB (Electronic Parking
not activated, the EPB is not auto- Brake) automatically:
matically applied even though the • Shifted to P (Park)
vehicle stops and turned off.
With the vehicle in the ready ( )
mode depress the brake pedal and
WARNING shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse),
D (Drive).
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS • Shifted to N (Neutral)
INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-
With the vehicle in the ready ( )
ate the parking brake while the
mode depress the brake pedal and
vehicle is moving except in an
shift out of N (Neutral) to R
emergency situation. It could
(Reverse) or D (Drive).
damage the brake system and OFE058020
lead to an accident. • Under the following conditions
To release the EPB (Electronic 1. Start the vehicle.
Parking Brake), press the EPB
switch in the following condition: 2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
• Have the POWER button in the ON 3. Close the driver's door, hood
position. and liftgate.
• Depress the brake pedal. 4. Depress the accelerator pedal
while the gear is in D (Drive) or
Make sure the Parking Brake R (Reverse).
Warning Light goes off.
The Parking Brake Warning Light
should be turned off when the EPB is
released.
5-20
i Information EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) Warning messages
may be automatically applied
• For your safety, you can engage the when:
EPB even though the POWER but-
• Requested by other systems
ton is in the OFF position, but you
cannot release it. • If the driver turns the vehicle off
while Auto Hold is operating, EPB
• For your safety, depress the brake
will be automatically applied.
pedal and release the parking brake
manually with the EPB switch when
you drive downhill or when backing
up the vehicle.
NOTICE
OFE058137N
• If the parking brake warning light To release EPB, fasten seatbelt and 5
is still on even though the EPB close door, hood and liftgate
has been released, have the sys-

tem checked an authorized • If you try to drive with the EPB
HYUNDAI dealer. applied, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause • If the driver's seat belt is not fas-
excessive brake pad and brake tened and the hood or liftgate is
rotor wear. opened, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehi-
cle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the
brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
5-21
NOTICE
WARNING
• A click sound may be heard
• To prevent unintentional move- while operating or releasing the
ment when stopped and leav- EPB, but these conditions are
ing the vehicle, do not use the normal and indicate that the
P (Park) position in place of the EPB is functioning properly.
parking brake. Set the parking • When leaving your keys with a
brake and make sure the vehi- parking lot attendant or valet,
cle is securely positioned in P make sure to inform him/her
(Park). how to operate the EPB.
• Never allow anyone who is • The EPB may malfunction if you OFE058138L
unfamiliar with the vehicle to drive with the EPB applied.
touch the parking brake. If the AUTO HOLD turning Off!
parking brake is released • When you automatically release Press brake pedal
unintentionally, serious injury EPB by depressing the accelera- When the conversion from Auto Hold
may occur. tor pedal, depress it slowly. to EPB is not working properly a
• All vehicles should always warning will sound and a message
have the parking brake fully will appear.
engaged when parking to
avoid inadvertent movement
of the car which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
5-22
EPB malfunction indicator The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) indicator comes on
to indicate that the ESC is not work-
ing properly, but it does not indicate a
malfunction of the EPB.
NOTICE
• If the EPB warning light is still
on, have the system checked by
OFE058139L
• If the parking brake warning
Parking brake automatically OFE058023 light does not illuminate or
engaged blinks even though the EPB 5
This warning light illuminates if the
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold POWER button is changed to the ON switch was pulled up, the EPB
is activated, a warning will sound and

position and goes off in approximate- may not be applied.
a message will appear. ly 3 seconds if the system is operat- • If the parking brake warning
ing normally. light blinks when the EPB warn-
If the EPB malfunction indicator ing light is on, press the switch,
remains on, comes on while driving, then pull it up. Once more press
or does not come on when the it back to its original position
POWER button is changed to the ON and pull it back up. If the EPB
position, this indicates that the EPB warning does not go off, have
may have malfunctioned. the system checked by an
If this occurs, have the system authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
5-23
Parking brake warning light Emergency braking NOTICE

Check the Parking If there is a problem with the brake
If you continuously notice a noise
Brake Warning Light pedal while driving, emergency brak-
or burning smell when the EPB is
by placing the POWER ing is possible by pulling up and
used for emergency braking, have
button to the ON posi- holding the EPB switch. Braking is
the system checked by an author-
tion (do not start the possible only while you are holding
vehicle). the EPB switch.
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the When the EPB (Electronic Parking
WARNING Brake) does not release
POWER button in the START or ON
position. Do not operate the parking If the EPB does not release normal-
Before driving, be sure the parking brake while the vehicle is mov- ly, contact an authorized HYUNDAI
brake is released and the Brake ing except in an emergency sit- dealer by loading the vehicle on a
Warning Light is OFF. uation. flatbed tow truck and have the sys-
tem checked.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while the vehicle is in the i Information
ready ( ) mode, there may be a During emergency braking by the
malfunction in the brake system. EPB, the parking brake warning light
Immediate attention is necessary. will illuminate to indicate that the sys-
If at all possible, cease driving the tem is operating.
vehicle immediately. If that is not pos-
sible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only con-
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location.
5-24
Auto Hold Set up
White
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle
in a standstill even though the brake White
pedal is not depressed after the driv-
er brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by depressing the brake pedal.
Green
OFE058025
OFE058024 2. When you stop the vehicle com-

pletely by depressing the brake 5
1. With the driver's door, liftgate and pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator
hood closed, depress the brake changes from white to green.

pedal and then press the [AUTO
HOLD] switch. The white AUTO 3. The vehicle will remain stationary
HOLD indicator will come on and even if you release the brake
the system will be in the standby pedal.
position. 4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
5-25
Leaving Cancel i Information

• If you press the accelerator pedal
• The Auto Hold does not operate
with the gear in D (Drive) or R Light off when:
(Reverse), the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the - Driver's door is opened
vehicle will start to move. The - Liftgate is opened
AUTO HOLD indicator changes - Hood is opened
from green to white.
- The gear is in P (Park)
• If the vehicle is restarted using the
cruise control toggle switch (RES+ - The EPB is applied
or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise • For your safety, the Auto Hold auto-
control is operating, the Auto Hold matically switches to EPB in such
will be released regardless of cases:
OFE058026
accelerator pedal operation. The - Driver's door is opened
AUTO HOLD indicator changes To cancel the Auto Hold operation,
press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The - Liftgate is opened
from green to white. (if equipped
with Smart Cruise Control system) AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off. - Hood is opened
To cancel the Auto Hold operation - The vehicle is in a standstill for
when the vehicle is at a standstill, more than 10 minutes
WARNING press the [AUTO HOLD] switch while - The vehicle is standing on a steep
depressing the brake pedal. slope
When driving off from Auto
Hold by depressing the acceler- - The vehicle moved several times
ator pedal, always check the
surrounding area near your
vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator
pedal for a smooth start.
5-26
In these cases, the parking brake Warning messages
warning light comes on, the AUTO WARNING
HOLD indicator changes from green
to white, and a warning sounds and • Depress the accelerator pedal
a message will appear to inform you slowly when you start the
that EPB has been automatically vehicle.
engaged. Before driving again, • For your safety, cancel the
depress the brake pedal, check the Auto Hold when you drive
surrounding area near your vehicle downhill, back up the vehicle
and release the parking brake man- or park the vehicle.
ually with the EPB switch.
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights NOTICE
up yellow, the Auto Hold is not
OFE058139L
working properly. Contact an If there is a malfunction with the
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. driver's door, liftgate or hood Parking brake automatically 5
• While operating Auto Hold, you may open detection system, the Auto engaged

hear mechanical noise. However, it is Hold may not work properly. When the EPB is applied from Auto
normal operating noise. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI Hold, a warning will sound and a
dealer. message will appear.
5-27
OFE058138L OFE058140L OFE058191N

AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Press brake pedal AUTO HOLD Close door, Hood and liftgate
When the conversion from Auto Hold If you did not apply the brake pedal When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
to EPB is not working properly a when you release the Auto Hold by switch, if the driver's door, hood and
warning will sound and a message pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a liftgate are not closed, a warning will
will appear. warning will sound and a message sound and a message will appear on
Depress the brake pedal when the will appear. the LCD display.
above message appears for the Auto Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after
Hold and EPB may not activate. closing the driver's door, hood and
liftgate.
5-28
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Using ABS
• On roads where the road sur-
face is pitted or has different To obtain the maximum benefit from
WARNING surface height. your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your
An Anti-Lock Braking System • Tire chains are installed on brake pressure and do not try to
(ABS) or an Electronic Stability your vehicle. pump your brakes. Depress your
Control (ESC) system will not The safety features of an ABS brake pedal as hard as possible.
prevent accidents due to or ESC equipped vehicle should When you apply your brakes under
improper or dangerous driving not be tested by high speed conditions which may lock the
maneuvers. Even though vehi- driving or cornering. This could wheels, you may hear sounds from
cle control is improved during endanger the safety of yourself the brakes, or feel a corresponding
emergency braking, always or others. sensation in the brake pedal. This is
maintain a safe distance normal and it means your ABS is
between you and objects ahead active.
of you. Vehicle speeds should ABS is an electronic braking system 5
always be reduced during that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS does not reduce the time or dis-
tance it takes to stop the vehicle.

extreme road conditions. The ABS allows the driver to steer and
braking distance for cars brake at the same time. Always maintain a safe distance from
equipped with ABS or ESC may the vehicle in front of you.
be longer than for those without ABS will not prevent a skid that
these systems in the following results from sudden changes in
road conditions. direction, such as trying to take a
Drive your vehicle at reduced corner too fast or making a sudden
speeds during the following lane change. Always drive at a safe
conditions: speed for the road and weather con-
• Rough, gravel or snow-cov- ditions.
ered roads.
5-29
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili- NOTICE

ty. Always steer moderately when WARNING
braking hard. Severe or sharp steer- When you drive on a road having
ing wheel movement can still cause If the ABS warning light ( ) is poor traction, such as an icy road,
your vehicle to veer into oncoming on and stays on, you may have and apply your brakes continu-
traffic or off the road. a problem with the ABS. Your ously, the ABS will be active con-
On loose or uneven road surfaces, power brakes will work normal- tinuously and the ABS warning
operation of the anti-lock brake sys- ly. To reduce the risk of serious light ( ) may illuminate. Pull
tem may result in a longer stopping injury or death, contact your your car over to a safe place and
distance than for vehicles equipped HYUNDAI dealer as soon as turn the vehicle off.
with a conventional brake system. possible. Restart the vehicle. If the ABS
The ABS warning light ( ) will stay warning light is off, then your ABS
on for several seconds after the system is normal.
POWER button is in the ON position. Otherwise, you may have a prob-
During that time, the ABS will go lem with your ABS system.
through self-diagnosis and the light Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
will go off if everything is normal. If dealer as soon as possible.
the light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. Contact an i Information
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible. When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the ABS
warning light ( ) may turn on at the
same time. This happens because of
the low battery voltage. It does not
mean your ABS is malfunctioning.
Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
5-30
Electronic Stability Control ESC operation
(ESC) WARNING
ESC ON condition
Never drive too fast for the road When the POWER button is in the
conditions or too quickly when ON position, the ESC and the ESC
cornering. The ESC system will OFF indicator lights illuminate for
not prevent accidents. approximately three seconds. After
Excessive speed in turns, both lights go off, the ESC is
abrupt maneuvers, and enabled.
hydroplaning on wet surfaces
can result in severe accidents.
OFE058030 5
The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) system helps to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering
and where the vehicle is actually
going. ESC applies braking pressure
to any one of the vehicle's brakes
and intervenes in the electric vehicle
control system to assist the driver
with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute
for safe driving practices. Always
adjust your speed and driving to the
road conditions.
5-31
When operating ESC OFF condition • State 2

When the ESC is in opera- To cancel ESC operation :
tion, the ESC indicator light
blinks:
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the • State 1
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This is
normal and it means your ESC is
active.
• When the ESC activates, the vehi-
cle may not respond to the acceler- OFE058143N
ator as it does under routine condi-
tions. Press and hold the ESC OFF button
• If the Smart Cruise Control was in continuously for more than 3 sec-
use when the ESC activates, the onds. The ESC OFF indicator light
Smart Cruise Control automatically OFE058142N
and message "Traction & Stability
disengages. The Smart Cruise Press the ESC OFF button briefly. Control disabled" illuminates and a
Control can be reengaged when the The ESC OFF indicator light and warning chime sounds. In this state,
road conditions allow. See "Smart message "Traction Control disabled" both the traction control function of
cruise control with stop & go sys- will illuminate. In this state, the trac- ESC and the brake control function
tem" later in this chapter. tion control function of ESC is dis- of ESC are disabled.
abled, but the brake control function If the POWER button is placed to the
of ESC still operates. OFF position when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting the vehi-
cle, the ESC will automatically turn
on again.
5-32
Indicator lights ESC OFF usage
WARNING
When Driving
■ ESC indicator light (blinks)
When the ESC is blinking, this The ESC OFF mode should only be
indicates the ESC is active: used briefly to help free the vehicle if
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily
to accelerate. NEVER turn the stopping operation of the ESC, to
ESC off while the ESC indicator maintain wheel torque.
■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
light is blinking or you may lose To turn ESC off while driving, press
control of the vehicle resulting in the ESC OFF button while driving on
an accident. a flat road surface.
NOTICE
When the POWER button is pressed
to the ON position, the ESC indicator Driving with wheels and tires with 5
light illuminates, then goes off if the different sizes may cause the ESC

ESC system is operating normally. system to malfunction. Before
The ESC indicator light blinks when- replacing tires, make sure all four
ever the ESC is operating. tires and wheels are the same
size. Never drive the vehicle with
If the ESC indicator light stays on, different sized wheels and tires
your vehicle may have a malfunction installed.
with the ESC system. When this
warning light illuminates, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-
ble.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
5-33
NOTICE Vehicle Stability Management VSM operation

(VSM) VSM ON condition
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one
axle to spin excessively while The Vehicle Stability Management The VSM operates when:
the ESC, ABS, and parking brake (VSM) is a function of the Electronic • The Electronic Stability Control
warning lights are displayed. Stability Control (ESC) system. It (ESC) is on.
The repairs would not be cov- helps ensure the vehicle stays stable
when accelerating or braking sud- • Vehicle speed is approximately
ered by the vehicle warranty. above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve
Reduce vehicle power and do denly on wet, slippery and rough
roads where traction over the four roads.
not spin the wheel(s) excessive-
ly while these lights are dis- tires can suddenly become uneven. • Vehicle speed is approximately
played. above 18 mph (30 km/h) when the
vehicle is braking on rough roads.
• When operating the vehicle on a WARNING
dynamometer, make sure the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light Take the following precautions When operating
illuminated). when using the Vehicle Stability When you apply your brakes under
Management (VSM): conditions which may activate the
i Information • ALWAYS check the speed and ESC, you may hear sounds from the
the distance to the vehicle brakes, or feel a corresponding sen-
Turning the ESC off does not affect sation in the brake pedal. This is nor-
ABS or standard brake system opera- ahead.The VSM is not a substi-
tute for safe driving practices. mal and it means your VSM is active.
tion.
• Never drive too fast for the
road conditions. The VSM sys-
tem will not prevent acci-
dents. Excessive speed in bad
weather, slippery and uneven
roads can result in severe
accidents.
5-34
i Information VSM OFF condition NOTICE
To cancel VSM operation, press the
The VSM does not operate when: Driving with wheels and tires with
ESC OFF button. ESC OFF indicator
• Driving on a banked road such as a different sizes may cause the VSM
light ( ) will illuminate.
gradient or incline. system to malfunction. Before
To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF replacing tires, make sure all four
• Driving in reverse. button again. The ESC OFF indicator tires and wheels are the same
• The ESC OFF indicator light is on. light will go out. size. Never drive the vehicle with
• The EPS (Electric power steering) different sized tires and wheels
warning light ( ) is on or blinks. WARNING installed.
If the ESC indicator light ( ) or

EPS warning light ( ) stays
on or blinks, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with the 5
VSM system. When the warning

light illuminates, have the vehi-
cle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
5-35
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) Good Braking Practices To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) lightly until the braking action returns
helps prevent the vehicle from rolling WARNING to normal. If the braking action does
backwards when starting a vehicle not return to normal, stop as soon as
from a stop on a hill. The system Whenever leaving the vehicle or it is safe to do so and call an author-
operates the brakes automatically for parking, always come to a com- ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
approximately 5 seconds and releas- plete stop and continue to DO NOT drive with your foot resting
es the brake after 5 seconds or when depress the brake pedal. Shift on the brake pedal. Even light, but
the accelerator pedal is depressed. to the P (Park) position, then constant pedal pressure can result in
apply the parking brake, and the brakes overheating, brake wear,
place the POWER button in the and possibly even brake failure.
WARNING OFF position. If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
Always be ready to depress the Vehicles parked with the parking, apply the brakes gently and
accelerator pedal when starting ing brake not applied or not keep the vehicle pointed straight
off on a incline. The HAC acti- fully engaged may roll inadver- ahead while you slow down. When
vates only for approximately 5 tently and may cause injury to you are moving slowly enough for it
seconds. the driver and others. ALWAYS to be safe to do so, pull off the road
apply the parking brake before and stop in a safe location.
exiting the vehicle. Keep your foot firmly on the brake
i Information pedal when the vehicle is stopped to
• The HAC does not operate when the prevent the vehicle from rolling for-
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The ward.
gear is in P (Park) or N (Neutral). brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
• The HAC activates even when the driven through standing water or if it
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is is washed. Your vehicle will not stop
off. However, it does not activate, as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
when the ESC does not operate nor- brakes may cause the vehicle to pull
mally. to one side.
5-36
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The mode changes, as below, When ECO mode is activated:
whenever the DRIVE MODE button • The acceleration response may be
is pressed. slightly reduced as the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
• The air conditioner performance
NORMAL ECO may be limited.
• Press and hold the DRIVE MODE The above situations are normal
button to select ECO+ mode. conditions when ECO mode is acti-
vated to improve fuel efficiency.
OFE058033
ECO mode
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference ECO mode improves bat-
or road condition. tery charge use efficiency 5
for eco-friendly driving.
The system resets to be in the NOR-

MAL mode (except if it is in ECO • When ECO mode is selected by
mode), when the vehicle is restarted. pressing the DRIVE MODE button,
the ECO indicator (green color) will
illuminate.
i Information • If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
If there is a problem with the instru- when the vehicle is turned OFF
ment cluster, the drive mode will be in and restarted the Drive Mode set-
NORMAL mode and may not change ting will remain in ECO mode.
to ECO mode.
i Information
Battery charge use efficiency depends
on the driver's driving habit and road
condition.
5-37
ECO+ mode Drive mode change alert ECO mode climate control
ECO+ mode improves The driver can select the Drive mode ECO Mode Climate Control helps
(&2 fuel efficiency with ultra change alert on the AVN screen. extend driving range by reducing the
power saving driving Go to "Vehicle settings → Drive heating and cooling power of the cli-
mode. mode → Drive mode change alert". mate control.
• When ECO+ mode is selected by The driver can activate/deactivate
pressing and holding the DRIVE the system on the AVN screen.
MODE button, the ECO+ indicator The information, which will be shown
whenever the drive mode is Go to "Vehicle settings → Drive
will illuminate. mode → Eco mode climate control".
changed.
• Distance to empty may not change
when the air conditioner/heater
system is off. However, actual dis- [Detailed alert] : A change of the
tance may be extended. drive mode is
• Air conditioner/heater system turns shown by an image
off (except the defroster) but you of the vehicle.
may turn it on if necessary. [Simple alert] : A change of the drive
• When the drive mode is switched mode is indicated by
from the ECO+ mode to a different a short message on
mode, it is changed to air condi- top of the screen.
tioner/heater operation status of [No alert] : A change of the drive
the ECO mode. mode is not indicated.
• Whenever the vehicle is restarted,
the Drive Mode will reverse back to
NORMAL mode.
• If ECO + mode is activated, the
maximum vehicle speed is limited
below 60 mph (100 km/h).
5-38
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM
The Forward Collision-Avoidance System Setting and Activation
Assist (FCA) system is designed to WARNING
help detect and monitor the vehicle
System setting
ahead or detect a pedestrian or Take the following precautions • The driver can activate the FCA by
cyclists in the roadway through radar when using the Forward Collision- placing the power button to the ON
signals and camera recognition to Avoidance Assist (FCA) system: position and by selecting on the
warn the driver that a collision is • This system is only a supple- AVN screen :
imminent, and if necessary, apply mental system and it is not "Vehicle settings → Driver assis-
emergency braking. intended to, nor does it replace tance → Forward safety"
the need for extreme care and - If you select "Active assistance",
attention of the driver. The the FCA system activates. The
sensing range and objects FCA produces warning mes-
detectable by the sensors are sages and warning alarms in
limited. Pay attention to the accordance with the collision risk
road conditions at all times. levels. Also, it controls the brakes 5
• NEVER drive too fast in accor- in accordance with the collision

dance with the road condi- risk levels.
tions or while cornering. - If you select "Warning Only", the
• Always drive cautiously to FCA system activates and pro-
prevent unexpected and sud- duces only warning alarms in
den situations from occur- accordance with the collision risk
ring. The Forward Collision- levels. You should control the
Avoidance system may not brake directly because the FCA
always stop the vehicle com- system do not control the brake.
pletely and is only intended to - If you select "Off", the FCA sys-
help mitigate a collision that tem deactivates,
is imminent.
5-39
• The warning light illu- The options for the initial Forward i Information
minates on the LCD Collision Warning includes the fol-
display, when you can- lowing: If you change the warning timing, the
cel the FCA system. - Normal : warning time of other systems may
The driver can monitor the FCA change. Always be aware before
ON/OFF status on the AVN screen. When this condition is selected, changing the warning timing.
Also, the warning light illuminates the initial Forward Collision
when the ESC (Electronic Stability Warning is activated sensitively. If
Control) is turned off. If the warning you feel the warning activates too
light remains ON when the FCA is early, set the Forward Collision
activated, have the system Warning to 'Later'.
checked by an authorized Even though, 'Normal' is selected if
HYUNDAI dealer. the front vehicle suddenly stops
• The driver can select the initial the initial warning activation time
warning activation time on the AVN may not seem fast.
screen. - Later :
Go to the "Vehicle settings →Driver When this condition is selected,
assistance → Warning time → the initial Forward Collision
Normal/Later" Warning is activated later than nor-
mal. This setting reduces the
amount of distance between the
vehicle, pedestrian or cyclists
ahead before the initial warning
occurs.
Select 'Later' when traffic is light
and when driving speed is slow.
5-40
Prerequisite for activation FCA Warning Message and
WARNING System Control
The FCA system is on and ready
when FCA is selected on the AVN • Completely stop the vehicle The FCA produces warning mes-
vehicle settings and when the follow- on a safe location before sages and warning alarms in accor-
ing prerequisites are satisfied: operating the switch on the dance with the collision risk levels,
- The ESC (Electronic Stability steering wheel to activate/ such as abrupt stopping of the vehi-
Control) is on. deactivate the FCA system. cle in front, insufficient braking dis-
- Driving speed exceeds approxi- tance, or pedestrian or cyclists
• The FCA automatically acti- detection. Also, it controls the brakes
mately 5 mph (8 km/h) (The FCA vates upon placing the
is only activated within a certain in accordance with the collision risk
POWER button to the ON
speed range.). levels.
position. The driver can deac-
- The system detects a pedestrian, tivate the FCA by canceling
cyclists or a vehicle in front, which the system setting on the AVN The driver can select the initial warn-
may collide with your vehicle. (The screen. ing activation time in the Vehicle set- 5
FCA may not be activated or may • The FCA automatically deacti- tings in the AVN screen. The options

sound a warning alarm in accor- vates upon canceling the ESC for the initial Forward Collision
dance with the driving situation or (Electronic Stability Control). Warning include Early or Later initial
vehicle condition.) When the ESC is canceled, warning time.
If you select "Warning only", the the FCA cannot be activated
FCA system activates and pro- on the AVN screen. The FCA
duces only warning alarms in warning light will illuminate
accordance with the collision risk which is normal.
levels.
❈ The FCA may not operate proper-

ly according to the frontal situa-
tion, the direction of pedestrian or
cyclist and speed.
5-41
Collision Warning (First warning) - If you select "Warning Only", the Emergency Braking
FCA system activates and pro- (Second warning)
duces only warning alarms in
accordance with the collision risk
levels. You should control the brake
directly because the FCA system
do not control the brake.
OFE058144L
This warning message appears on OFE058145L

the LCD display with a warning This warning message appears on
chime. Additionally, some vehicle the LCD display with a warning
system intervention occurs by the chime.
driving management system to help Additionally, some vehicle system
decelerate the vehicle. intervention occurs by the driving
- Your vehicle speed may decelerate management system to help decel-
moderately. erate the vehicle.
- The FCA system limitedly controls - The FCA system limitedly controls
the brakes to preemptively mitigate the brakes to preemptively mitigate
impact in a collision. impact in a collision. The brake
control is maximized just before a
collision.
5-42
- If you select "Warning Only", the
FCA system activates and pro- CAUTION WARNING
duces only warning alarms in
accordance with the collision risk • The driver should always use The FCA system logic operates
levels. You should control the brake extreme caution while operat- within certain parameters, such
directly because the FCA system ing the vehicle, whether or not as the distance from the vehi-
do not control the brake. there is a warning message or cle, pedestrian or cyclists
alarm from the FCA system. ahead, the speed of the vehicle
• If any other warning sound ahead, and the driver's vehicle
Brake operation such as seat belt warning speed. Certain conditions such
• In an urgent situation, the braking chime is already generated, as inclement weather and road
system enters into the ready status the Forward Collision- conditions may affect the oper-
for prompt reaction against the dri- Avoidance Assist (FCA) sys- ation of the FCA system.
ver's depressing the brake pedal. tem warning may not sound.
• The FCA provides additional brak- 5
ing power for optimum braking per- WARNING
WARNING

formance, when the driver
depresses the brake pedal. Never deliberately drive danger-
The FCA braking control cannot ously to activate the system.
• The braking control is automatical-
ly deactivated, when the driver completely stop the vehicle nor
sharply depresses the accelerator avoid all collisions. The driver
pedal, or when the driver abruptly should hold the responsibility
operates the steering wheel. to safely drive and control the
vehicle.
• The FCA braking control is auto-
matically canceled, when risk fac-
tors disappear.
5-43
FCA Sensor (Front Radar/ Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on • If the front bumper becomes
Front View Camera) the sensor cover or sensor may damaged in the area around the
adversely affect the sensing perform- sensor, the FCA system may not
■ Front radar
ance of the sensor. operate properly. Have the vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized
NOTICE HYUNDAI dealer.
• Use only genuine HYUNDAI
• Do not apply license plate frame parts to repair or replace a dam-
or foreign objects such as a aged sensor or sensor cover. Do
bumper sticker or a bumper not apply paint to the sensor
guard near the sensor. Doing so cover.
may adversely affect the sens-
ing performance of the radar.
• Always keep the sensor and
OFE058106N cover clean and free of dirt and
■ Front view camera debris.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressur-
ized water directly on the sensor
or sensor cover.
• Be careful not to apply unneces-
sary force on the sensor or sen-
sor cover. If the sensor is
forcibly moved out of proper
alignment, the FCA system may
not operate correctly. In this
OFE058038N case, a warning message may
In order for the FCA system to oper- not be displayed. Have the vehi-
ate properly, always make sure the cle inspected by an authorized
sensor cover or sensor is clean and HYUNDAI dealer.
free of dirt, snow, and debris.
5-44
NOTICE Warning message and warning However, the FCA may not properly
light operate in an area (e.g. open ter-
• NEVER install any accessories rain), where any substances are not
or stickers on the front wind- detected or the camera is blocked
shield, nor tint the front wind- with dirt, snow or debris after turning
shield. on the vehicle.
• NEVER locate any reflective Also, even though a warning mes-
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) sage does not appear on the LCD
over the dashboard. Any light display, the FCA may not properly
reflection may cause a malfunc- operate.
tion of the system.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the WARNING
camera out of water.
• NEVER disassemble the camera OFE058146L The FCA system may not acti- 5
assembly, nor apply any impact vate according to the road con-
on the camera assembly. Forward Collision Avoidance Assist ditions, inclement weather, driv-

(FCA) system disabled. ing conditions or traffic condi-
• Playing the vehicle audio sys- Radar blocked
tem at high volume may offset tions.
the system warning sounds. When the sensor cover is blocked
with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA
system operation may stop temporar-
i Information ily. If this occurs, a warning message
Have the system checked by an will appear on the LCD display.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer when: Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and
• The windshield glass is replaced. clean the radar sensor cover before
operating the FCA system.
• The radar sensor or cover gets dam-
aged or replaced.
5-45
System Malfunction
WARNING • Even if there is any problem
with the brake control func-
• The FCA is only a supplemen- tion of the FCA system, the
tal system for the driver’s con- vehicle's basic braking per-
venience. The driver should formance will operate normal-
hold the responsibility to con- ly. However, brake control
trol the vehicle operation. Do function for avoiding collision
not solely depend on the FCA will not activate.
system. Rather, maintain a • If the vehicle in front stops
safe braking distance, and, if suddenly, you may have less
necessary, depress the brake control of the brake system.
pedal to reduce the driving Therefore, always keep a safe
OFE058148L speed. distance between your vehicle
• In certain instances and and the vehicle in front of you.
Check Forward Collision Avoidance
Assist system under certain driving condi- • The FCA system may activate
tions, the FCA system may during braking and the vehi-
• When the FCA is not working prop- activate unintentionally. This cle may stop suddenly shift-
erly, the FCA warning light ( ) initial warning message ing loose objects toward the
will illuminate and the warning appears on the LCD display passengers. Always keep
message will appear for a few sec- with a warning chime. loose objects secured.
onds. After the message disap-
pears, the master warning light Also, in certain instances the • The FCA system may not acti-
( ) will illuminate. In this case, front radar sensor or camera vate if the driver applies the
have the vehicle inspected by an recognition system may not brake pedal to avoid a colli-
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. detect the vehicle, pedestrian sion.
or cyclists ahead. The FCA • The brake control may be
• The FCA warning message may system may not activate and
appear along with the illumination insufficient, possibly causing
the warning message will not a collision, if a vehicle in front
of the ESC (Electronic Stability be displayed.
Control) warning light. abruptly stops. Always pay
extreme caution.
5-46
Limitations of the System
• Occupants may get injured, if • The FCA system does not
the vehicle abruptly stops by detect cross traffic vehicles The Forward Collision Avoidance
the activated FCA system. Pay that are approaching. Assist (FCA) system is designed to
extreme caution. • The FCA system cannot monitor the vehicle ahead or a
• The FCA system operates detect the driver approaching pedestrian or cyclists on the roadway
only to detect vehicles, pedes- the side view of a parked vehi- through radar signals and camera
trian or cyclist in front of the cle (for example on a dead recognition to warn the driver that a
vehicle. end street). collision is imminent, and if neces-
sary, apply emergency braking.
• The FCA system cannot
detect the cross traffic cyclist In certain situations, the radar sen-
WARNING that are approaching. sor or the camera may not be able to
detect the vehicle, a pedestrian or
In these cases, you must main- cyclists ahead. In these cases, the
• The FCA system operates tain a safe braking distance,
only to detect vehicles or FCA system may not operate nor- 5
and if necessary, depress the mally. The driver must pay careful
pedestrians in front of the brake pedal to reduce the driv- attention in the following situations

vehicle. ing speed in order to maintain a where the FCA operation may be
• The FCA system does not safe distance. limited.
operate when the vehicle is in
reverse.
• The FCA system is not Detecting vehicles
designed to detect other The sensor may be limited when:
objects on the road such as • The radar sensor or camera is
animals. blocked with a foreign object or
• The FCA system does not debris
detect vehicles in the oppo- • Inclement weather such as heavy
site lane. rain or snow obscures the field of
view of the radar sensor or camera
• There is interference by electro-
magnetic waves
5-47
• The vehicle is on unpaved or • The vehicle drives inside a building, • The windshield glass is fogged up; a
uneven rough surfaces, or road such as a basement parking lot clear view of the road is obstructed
with sudden gradient changes. • The adverse road conditions cause • The radar/camera sensor recogni-
• The vehicle drives through a con- excessive vehicle vibrations while tion is limited
struction area, on an unpaved driving • The rear part of the vehicle in front
road, or above metal materials, • You are on a roundabout and the is not normally visible (for example,
such as a railway vehicle in front circles the vehicle is spinning or the vehi-
• The vehicle in front is too small to • The camera lens is contaminated cle is overturned)
be detected (for example a motor- due to tinted, filmed or coated • There is severe irregular reflection
cycle or a bicycle, etc.) windshield, damaged glass, or from the radar sensor
• The camera’s field of view is not stuck of foreign matter (sticker, • The sensor recognition changes
well illuminated (either too dark or bug, etc.) on the glass suddenly when passing over a
too much reflection or too much • The camera is damaged. speed bump
backlight that obscures the field of
view) • The brightness outside is too low • The vehicle in front is driving errat-
such as when the headlamps are ically
• The camera does not recognize not on at night or the vehicle is
the entire vehicle in front. • The vehicle in front is moving verti-
going through a tunnel. cally to the driving direction
• The vehicle in front is an oversize • Light coming from a street light or
vehicle or trailer that is too big to • The vehicle in front is stopped ver-
an oncoming vehicle is reflected on tically
be detected by the camera recog- a wet road surface such as a pud-
nition system (for example a tractor dle in the road • The vehicle in front is driving
trailer, etc.) towards your vehicle or reversing
• The field of view in front is obstruct-
• The vehicle in front does not have ed by sun glare • You are on a roundabout and the
rear lights or the rear lights are not vehicle in front circles.
turned ON or the rear lights are • The shadow is on the road by a
located unusually. median strip, trees, etc.
• The outside brightness changes • The vehicle drives through a toll-
suddenly, for example when enter- gate.
ing or exiting a tunnel
5-48
OTM058117 OTM058073 OFE058041
- Driving on a curve The FCA system may recognize a - Driving on a slope
The performance of the FCA system vehicle in the next lane when driving The performance of the FCA 5
may be limited when driving on a on a curved road. decreases while driving upward or
curved road. In this case, the system may unnec- downward on a slope, not recogniz-

On curved roads, the other vehicle essarily alarm the driver and apply ing the vehicle in front in the same
on the same lane is not recognized the brake. lane. It may unnecessarily produce
and the FCA system's performance Always pay attention to road and the warning message and the warn-
may be degraded. This may result in driving conditions, while driving. If ing alarm, or it may not produce the
unnecessary alarm or braking or no necessary, depress the brake pedal warning message and the warning
alarm or braking when necessary. to reduce your driving speed in order alarm at all.
Also, in certain instances the front to maintain a safe distance. When the FCA suddenly recognizes
radar sensor or camera recognition Also, when necessary depress the the vehicle in front while passing
system may not detect the vehicle accelerator pedal to prevent the sys- over a slope, you may experience
traveling on a curved road. tem from unnecessarily decelerating sharp deceleration.
In these cases, the driver must main- your vehicle.
tain a safe braking distance, and if Check to be sure that the road con-
necessary, depress the brake pedal ditions permit safe operation of FCA.
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance. 5-49
Always keep your eyes forward while

driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain distance.
OTM058074 OTM058119
- Changing lanes When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
When a vehicle changes lanes in and a stopped vehicle in front of you
front of you, the FCA system may not merges out of the lane, the FCA sys-
immediately detect the vehicle, espe- tem may not immediately detect the
cially if the vehicle changes lanes new vehicle that is now in front of
abruptly. In this case, you must main- you. In this case, you must maintain
tain a safe braking distance, and if a safe braking distance, and if nec-
necessary, depress the brake pedal essary, depress the brake pedal to
to reduce your driving speed in order reduce your driving speed in order to
to maintain a safe distance. maintain a safe distance.
5-50
Detecting pedestrians or • There is an item similar to a per-
cyclists son's body structure
The sensor may be limited when: • The pedestrian or cyclist is small
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully • The pedestrian has impaired
detected by the camera recogni- mobility
tion system, for example, if the • The sensor recognition is limited
pedestrian is leaning over or is not • The radar sensor or camera is
fully walking upright blocked with a foreign object or
• The pedestrian or cyclist is moving debris
very quickly or appears abruptly in • Inclement weather such as heavy
OFE058042
the camera detection area rain or snow obscures the field of
- Detecting the vehicle in front of you • The pedestrian or cyclist is wear- view of the radar sensor or camera
ing clothing that easily blends into • When light coming from a street
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo the background, making it difficult light or an oncoming vehicle is
5
that extends rearward from the cab, to be detected by the camera
or when the vehicle in front of you reflected on a wet road surface

recognition system such as a puddle in the road
has higher ground clearance, addi-
tional special attention is required. • The outside lighting is too bright • The field of view in front is
The FCA system may not be able to (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight obstructed by sun glare
detect the cargo extending from the or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.
when driving on a dark rural road • The windshield glass is fogged up;
vehicle. In these instances, you must a clear view of the road is obstruct-
maintain a safe braking distance at night)
ed
from the rearmost object, and if nec- • It is difficult to detect and distin-
essary, depress the brake pedal to guish the pedestrian or cyclist from • The adverse road conditions cause
reduce your driving speed in order to other objects in the surroundings, excessive vehicle vibrations while
maintain distance. for example, when there is a group driving
of pedestrians, cyclist or a large • When the pedestrian or cyclist
crowd suddenly interrupts in front of the
vehicle
5-51
• When the cyclist in front is riding i Information

intersected with the driving direc- • The FCA system is designed
tion This device complies with Part 15 of to detect and monitor the
the FCC rules. vehicle ahead or detect a
• When there is any other electro- pedestrian or cyclist in the
magnetic interference Operation is subject to the following
roadway through radar sig-
• When the construction area, rail or two conditions:
nals and camera recognition.
other metal object is near the 1. This device may not cause harmful It is not designed to detect,
cyclist interference. motorcycles, or smaller
• If the bicycle material is not reflect- 2. This device must accept any inter- wheeled objects such as lug-
ed well on the radar ference received, including interfer- gage bags, shopping carts, or
ence that may cause undesired strollers.
operation. • Never try to test the operation
i Information
of the FCA system. Doing so
In some instances, the FCA system may cause severe injury or
may be canceled when subjected to WARNING
death.
electromagnetic interference.
• Do not use the Forward • If the front bumper, front
Collision Avoidance Assist glass, radar or camera have
(FCA) system when towing a been replaced or repaired,
vehicle. Application of the have your vehicle inspected
FCA system while towing may by an authorized HYUNDAI
adversely affect the safety of dealer.
your vehicle or the towing
vehicle.
• Use extreme caution when the
vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward
from the cab, or when the
vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance.
5-52
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING/BLIND-SPOT COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST
System Description 2) Closing at high speed Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Blind-Spot Collision Warning Assist (BCA)
(BCW)
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCA) system uses radar sensors in
the rear bumper to monitor and warn
the driver of an approaching vehicle
in the driver's blind spot area.
1) Blind-Spot Area
OTM058121L
The Lane Change Assist feature will OTM058108 5
alert you when a vehicle is approach- The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

ing in an adjacent lane at a high rate Assist (BCA) system detects the
of speed. If the driver activates the front lane through the camera
turn signal when the system detects installed on the upper front wind-
an oncoming vehicle, the system shield and detects the side/rear
sounds an audible alert. areas through radar sensors.
OTM058120L
The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may activate the
The blind spot detection range varies Electronic Stability Control (ESC) in
relative to vehicle speed. accordance with a colliding possibili-
Note that if your vehicle is traveling ty with an approaching vehicle while
much faster than the vehicles around changing lanes. It is to lower the col-
you, the warning will not occur. liding risk or mitigate the colliding
damage.
5-53
The Blind-Spot Collision System Setting and Activation

WARNING
Warning (BCW) system and System setting
• Always be aware of road con- Blind-Spot Collision- • The driver can activate the system
ditions while driving and be Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys- by placing the power button to the
alert for unexpected situa- tem may not detect every ON position and by selecting
tions even though the Blind- object alongside the vehicle. "Vehicle settings → Driver assis-
Spot Collision Warning sys- tance → Blind-spot safety" on AVN
tem and Blind-Spot Collision- screen.
Avoidance Assist system are - The BCA and BCW turn on and
operating. get ready to be activated when
• The Blind-Spot Collision 'Active assistance' is selected.
Warning (BCW) system and Then, if a vehicle approaches the
Blind-Spot Collision- driver's blind spot area a warning
Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys- sounds or braking power is
tem are supplemental sys- applied.
tems to assist you. Do not - The BCW turns on and gets
entirely rely on the systems. ready to be activated when
Always pay attention, while 'Warning Only' is selected. Then,
driving, for your safety. if a vehicle approaches the dri-
• The Blind-Spot Collision ver's blind spot area a warning
Warning (BCW) system and sounds.
Blind-Spot Collision- - The system is deactivated and
Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys- the indicator on the BCW/BCA
tem are not substitutes for button is extinguished when 'Off'
proper and safe driving. is selected.
Always drive safely and use
caution when changing lanes
or backing up the vehicle.
5-54
• If the vehicle is turned off then on • The options for the initial Blind-
again, the system maintains the Spot Collision Warning includes
previous state. the following:
• The driver can select the initial - Normal:
warning activation time in the User When this condition is selected,
Settings in the "Vehicle settings → the initial Blind-Spot Collision
Driver assistance → Warning time" Warning is activated normally. If
on AVN screen. this setting feels sensitive,
change the option to 'Later'.
The warning activation time may
feel late if a vehicle at the side or
OFE058188N
rear abruptly accelerates.
• If you press the BCW/BCA switch - Later:
while 'Active assistance' or 5
'Warning Only' is selected the indi- Select this warning activation
cator on the button will turn off and time when the traffic is light and

the system will deactivate. you are driving in a low speed.
• If you press the BCW/BCA switch
while the system is canceled the i Information
indicator on the button illuminates If you change the warning timing, the
and the system activates. In this warning time of other systems may
case, the system returns to the change. Always be aware before
state before the vehicle was turned changing the warning timing.
off.
When the system is initially turned
on and when the vehicle is turned
off then on again while the system
is in activation, the warning light
will illuminate for 3 seconds on the
outer side view mirror.
5-55
• The driver can select the warning Operating Conditions • Warning Only
volume of Blind-Spot Collision The system enters the ready status, 1) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Warning in the Vehicle Settings in when 'Active assistance' or 'Warning system will activate when :
the AVN screen by selecting Only' is selected and the following
'Vehicle Settings → Driver - The vehicle speed is approxi-
conditions are satisfied: mately 20 mph (30 km/h).
Assistance → Warning Volume →
High/Medium/Low'. • Active assistance ❈The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
1) The Blind-Spot Collision- Assist system is not activated.
For more information refer to the Avoidance Assist system will acti-
separately supplied Navigation vate when :
manual. - Vehicle speed is between 40
mph and 110 mph (60 km/h and
i Information 180 km/h).
If you change the warning volume, the - The system detects both of the
warning volume of other systems may lane lines.
change. Always be aware before - An approaching vehicle is
changing the warning volume. detected next to or behind your
vehicle.
2) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system will activate when
The vehicle speed is above
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
5-56
Warning and System Control ■ Left side ■ Right side
Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system
■ Left side
■ Right side
OFE058045 OFE058046
[A] : Warning sound
Second stage alert 5

OFE058044 A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:

First stage alert 1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system
AND.
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning 2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detect-
light will illuminate on the outer side ed).
view mirror. When this alert is activated, the warning light on the outer side view mirror
Once the detected vehicle is no will also blink. And a warning chime will sound.
longer within the blind spot area, the If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be deacti-
warning will turn off according to the vated.
driving conditions of the vehicle. Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warn-
ing will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
5-57
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
WARNING CAUTION Assist (BCA) system
• The warning light on the outer • The driver should always use
side view mirror will illumi- extreme caution while operat-
nate whenever a vehicle is ing the vehicle, whether or not
detected at the rear side by the warning light on the outer
the system. side view mirror illuminates or
To avoid accidents, do not there is a warning alarm.
focus only on the warning • Playing the vehicle audio sys-
light and neglect to see the tem at high volume may offset
surrounding of the vehicle. the Blind-Spot Collision
• Drive safely even though the Warning system warning
vehicle is equipped with a sounds.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning • If any other warning sound OFE058149L
(BCA) system. Do not solely such as seat belt warning The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
rely on the system but check chime is already generated, Assist (BCA) system may apply brak-
your surrounding before the Blind-Spot Collision ing power, when an approaching
changing lanes or backing the Warning (BCW) system warn- vehicle is detected within a certain
vehicle up. ing may not sound. distance next to or behind your vehi-
• The system may not alert the cle.
driver in some conditions so It gently applies braking power on
always check your surround- the tire, which is located in the oppo-
ings while driving. site side of the possibly-colliding
point. The instrument cluster will
inform the driver of the system acti-
vation.
5-58
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Detecting Sensor
(BCA) system is automatically deacti- WARNING (Front View Camera and Rear
vated when: Corner Radar)
- The vehicle drives a certain dis-
• The driver is responsible for
accurate steering. ■ Front view camera
tance away
- The vehicle direction is changed
• Do not unnecessarily operate
the steering wheel, when the
against the possible-colliding point
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
- The steering wheel is abruptly Assist System is in operation.
moved
• Always pay extreme caution
- The brake pedal is depressed while driving. The Blind-Spot
- After a certain period of time Collision-Avoidance Assist
The driver should drive the vehicle in system may not operate or
the middle of the vehicle lanes to unnecessarily operate in
keep the system in the ready status. accordance with your driving 5
situations. OFE058038N
When the vehicle drives too close to

■ Rear corner radar
one side of the vehicle lanes, the • The Blind-Spot Collision-
system may not properly operate. Avoidance Assist system is
not a substitute for safe driv-
In addition, the system may not prop- ing practices, but a conven-
erly control your vehicle in accor- ience function only. It is the
dance with driving situations. Thus, responsibility of the driver to
always pay close attention to road always drive cautiously to
situations. prevent unexpected and sud-
den situations from occur-
ring. Pay attention to the road
conditions at all times.
OFE058049
5-59
Front view camera

CAUTION • Be careful not to apply unnec-
The front camera is a sensor detect- essary force on the radar sen-
ing the lane. If the sensor is covered • The system may not work sor or sensor cover. If the sen-
with snow, rain or foreign substance, properly when the bumper sor is forcibly moved out of
the system may temporarily be can- has been damaged, or if the proper alignment, the system
celed. The system is canceled due to rear bumper has been may not operate correctly. In
the degradation of the sensor's replaced or repaired. this case, a warning message
detection performance. Always keep may not be displayed. Have
the sensor clean. • The sensing range differs
somewhat according to the the vehicle inspected by an
* Refer to Lane Keeping Assist width of the road. When the authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(LKA) System for cautions for the road is narrow, the system • Do not apply foreign objects
front camera sensor. may detect other vehicles in such as a bumper sticker or a
the next lane. bumper guard near the radar
Rear corner radar • The system may turn off due sensor or apply paint to the
to strong electromagnetic sensor area. Doing so may
The rear radars are the sensors adversely affect the perform-
inside the rear bumper for detecting waves.
ance of the sensor.
the side and rear areas. Always keep • Always keep the sensors
the rear bumper clean for proper clean. • NEVER install any acces-
operation of the system. sories or stickers on the front
• NEVER arbitrarily disassem- windshield, nor tint the front
ble the sensor component nor windshield.
apply any impact on the sen-
sor component. • Pay extreme caution to keep
the camera sensor out of
water.
• NEVER locate any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mir-
ror) over the crash pad. Any
light reflection may cause a
malfunction of the system.
5-60
Warning message If any of these conditions occur, the i Information
light on the BCW/BCA switch and the
system will turn off automatically. Turn off the BCW, BCA and RCCW
system when a trailer or carrier is
installed.
When the BCW canceled warning
message is displayed in the cluster, - Press the BCW/BCA switch (the
check to make sure that the rear indicator on the switch will turn off)
bumper is free from any dirt or snow - Deactivate the RCCW system by
in the areas where the sensor is deselecting
located. Remove any dirt, snow, or "Vehicle settings → Driver assis-
foreign material that could interfere tance → Blind-spot safety → Rear
with the radar sensors. cross-traffic safety" on AVN screen.
OFE058150L If you use BCW, BCA and RCCW sys-
Blind-Spot Collision Warning After any dirt or debris is removed, tem, remove a trailer or carrier. 5
(BCW) system disabled. the system should operate normally

Radar blocked after about 10 minutes of driving the
vehicle.
This warning message may appear
when : If the system still does not operate
normally have your vehicle inspected
- One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or
snow or a foreign object.
- Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not detect another
vehicle for an extended period of
time.
- When there is inclement weather
such as heavy snow or rain.
5-61
Limitations of the System

The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the sys-
tem may not detect other vehicles or
objects in certain circumstances.
• When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
• The vehicle driven in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
OFE058151L OFE058152L • The sensor is polluted with rain,
Check Blind-Spot Collision Check Blind-Spot Collision- snow, mud, etc.
Warning (BCW) system Avoidance Assist (BCA) system • The rear bumper where the sensor
If there is a problem with the BCW If there is a problem with the BCA is located is covered with a foreign
system, a warning message will system, a warning message will object such as a bumper sticker, a
appear and the light on the switch appear. The system will turn off auto- bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
will turn off. The system will turn off matically. BCW will still operate even • The rear bumper is damaged, or
automatically. BCA will not operate if the BCA system turns off due to the sensor is out of the original
also if the BCW system turns off due malfunction. Have your vehicle default position.
to malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI • The vehicle height gets lower or
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to use BCA system. higher due to heavy loading in a
dealer. trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
• When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high.
• When the sensors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parking-lot
pillars.
5-62
• The vehicle driven on a curved • When the other vehicle passes at a • The vehicle abruptly changes driv-
road. very fast speed. ing direction.
• The vehicle driven through a toll- • While changing lanes. • The vehicle makes sharp lane
gate. • If the vehicle has started at the changes.
• The road pavement (or the periph- same time as the vehicle next to • The vehicle sharply stops.
eral ground) abnormally contains you and has accelerated. • Temperature is extremely low
metallic components (i.e. possibly • When the vehicle in the next lane around the vehicle.
due to subway construction). moves two lanes away from you • The vehicle severely vibrates while
• There is a fixed object near the OR when the vehicle two lanes driving over a bumpy road,
vehicle, such as a guardrail. away moves to the next lane from uneven/bumpy road, or concrete
• While going down or up a steep you. patch.
road where the height of the lane is • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. • The vehicle drives on a slippery
different. • A flat trailer is near. surface due to snow, water puddle,
• Driving on a narrow road where • If there are small objects in the or ice. 5
trees or grass or overgrown. detecting area such as a shopping • The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) or

• Driving in rural areas where the cart or a baby stroller. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) do
sensor does not detect another • If there is a low height vehicle such not operate normally. (if equipped)
vehicle or structure for an extended as a sports car. For more information refer to "Lane
period of time. Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in
• The brake pedal is depressed.
• Driving on a wet road. this chapter.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
• Driving on a road where the is activated.
guardrail or wall is in double struc-
ture. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
malfunctions.
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck. • The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged.
• When the other vehicle approach-
es very close. • The brake is reworked.
5-63
OTM058109 OTM058110 OTM058111

• Driving on a curve The BCW and BCA systems may not • Driving where the road is merg-
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving on a ing/dividing
operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances, the The BCW and BCA systems may not
curved road. In certain instances, the system may recognize a vehicle in operate properly when driving where
system may not detect the vehicle in the same lane. the road is merging/dividing. In cer-
the next lane. Always pay attention to road and tain instances, the system may not
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. detect the vehicle in the next lane.
driving conditions, while driving. Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
5-64
OFE058125 OFE058109N OFE058110N
• Driving on a slope • Driving where the heights of the [A] : noise barrier, [B] : guardrail
The BCW and BCA systems may not lanes are different • Driving where there is a structure 5
operate properly when driving on a The BCW and BCA systems may not beside the road
slope. In certain instances the sys- operate properly when driving where

The BCW and BCA systems may not
tem may not detect the vehicle in the the heights of the lanes are different. operate properly when driving where
next lane. In certain instances, the system may there is structure beside the road.
Also, in certain instances, the system not detect the vehicle on a road with In certain instances, the system may
may wrongly recognize the ground or different lane heights (i.e. underpass wrongly recognize the structures (i.e.
structures. joining section, grade separated noise barriers, guardrail, double
Always pay attention to road and intersections, etc.). guardrail, median strip, bollard,
driving conditions, while driving. Always pay attention to road and street light, road sign, tunnel wall,
driving conditions, while driving. etc.) beside the road.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
5-65
i Information
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
ference received, including interfer-
operation.
5-66
REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) / REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION-
AVOIDANCE ASSIST (RCCA)
System Description Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA) sys- WARNING
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) system tem
• Always be aware of road con-
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- ditions while driving and be
Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system alert for unexpected situa-
monitors approaching cross traffic tions even though the Rear
from the left and right side of the Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
vehicle when your vehicle is system and Rear Cross-Traffic
approaching. Collision-Avoidance Assist
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- system are operating.
Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system • The Rear Cross-Traffic
may activate the Electronic Stability Collision Warning system and
Control (ESC) in accordance with a Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
5
colliding possibility with an appro- Avoidance Assist system are

aching vehicle. It is to lower the col- supplemental systems to
OTM058092
liding risk or mitigate the colliding assist you. Do not entirely rely
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision damage. on the systems. Always pay
Warning (RCCW) system uses radar attention, while driving, for
sensors to monitor the approaching your safety.
cross traffic from the left and right • The Rear Cross-Traffic
side of the vehicle when your vehicle Collision Warning system and
is in reverse. Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
The blind spot detection range varies Avoidance Assist system are
relative to the approaching vehicle not substitutes for proper and
speed. safe driving. Always drive
safely and use caution when
backing up the vehicle.
5-67
System Setting and Activation The driver can select the initial warn- The driver can select the warning
ing activation time in the User volume of the Rear Cross-Traffic
System setting Settings in the AVN screen by select- Collision Warning in the Vehicle
• The driver can activate the sys- ing 'Vehicle settings → Driver Settings in the AVN screen by select-
tems by placing the power button Assistance → Warning Timing'. The ing 'Vehicle settings → Driver
to the ON position and by selecting options for the initial Rear Cross- Assistance → Warning Volume →
"Vehicle settings → Driver assis- Traffic Collision Warning includes the High/Medium/ Low'.
tance → Blind-spot safety → Rear following:
Cross-Traffic Safety" on AVN For more information refer to the
- Normal:
screen. The RCCA and RCCW separately supplied Navigation
turn on and get ready to be activat- When this condition is selected, the
initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision manual.
ed when 'Rear Cross-Traffic Safety'
is selected. Warning is activated normally. If this
setting feels sensitive, change the i Information
• When the vehicle is turned off then
option to 'Later'. If you change the warning volume, the
on again, the systems are always
ready to be activated. The warning activation time may feel warning volume of other systems may
late if the a vehicle at the side or rear change. Always be aware before
• When the system is initially turned
abruptly accelerates. changing the warning volume.
on and when the vehicle is turned
off then on again, the warning light - Later:
will illuminate for 3 seconds on the Select this warning activation time
outer side view mirror. when the traffic is light and you are
driving in a low speed.
i Information
If you change the warning timing, the
warning time of other systems may
change. Always be aware before
changing the warning timing.
5-68
Operating conditions Warning and System Control If the vehicle detected by the sensors
To operate: approaches from the rear left/right
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision side of your vehicle, the warning
Go to the 'Vehicle settings → Driver Warning (RCCW) system chime will sound, the warning light
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → ■ Left on the outer side view mirror will
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' on the blink and a message will appear on
AVN screen. The system will turn on the LCD display. If the rear view mon-
and standby to activate. itor system is in activation, a mes-
The system will activate when vehi- sage will also appear on the AVN
cle speed is below 10 mph (16 km/h) screen.
and with the gear in R (Reverse).
* The system will not activate when The warning will stop when:
the vehicle speed exceeds 10 mph
(16 km/h). The system will activate - The detected vehicle moves out of
again when the speed is below 10 the sensing area or 5
mph (16 km/h). OFE058120 - when the vehicle is right behind

■ Right your vehicle or
The system's detecting range is
approximately 1 – 65 ft. (0.5 – 20 m). - when the vehicle is not approach-
An approaching vehicle will be ing your vehicle or
detected if the vehicle speed is with- - when the other vehicle slows
in 5 – 22.5 mph (8 – 36 km/h). down.
Note that the detecting range may
vary under certain conditions. As
always, use caution and pay close
attention to your surroundings when
backing up your vehicle.
OFE058121
5-69
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- If the risk of collision is detected The brake control may not operate
Avoidance Assist (RCCA) while the RCCW is generated, brake properly according to the status of
system is controlled. The instrument cluster the ESC (Electronic Stability
will inform the driver of the brake Control). The same warning mes-
■ Left control. If the rear view monitor sys- sage is displayed on the instrument
tem is in activation, a message will cluster for this case also.
also appear on the AVN screen. - When the ESC (Electronic Stability
After the brake control, the driver Control) warning light is on.
must immediately depress the brake - When the ESC (Electronic Stability
pedal and check the surroundings. Control) is engaged in a different
- The brake activation by the system function.
lasts for about 2 seconds.
The driver must pay attention as CAUTION
the brake is disengaged after 2
OFE058153L seconds. • When the operation condition
■ Right - The brake control by the system is of the Rear Cross-Traffic
canceled if the driver depresses Collision Warning system is
the brake pedal with sufficient satisfied, the warning will
power. occur every time a vehicle
approaches the side or rear
- Brake control is activated once for
of your stopped (0 mph vehi-
each right/left approach after shift-
cle speed) vehicle.
ing the gear to R (Reverse).
• The system's warning or
brake may not operate proper-
ly if the left or right of your
vehicle's rear bumper is
OFE058154L
blocked by a vehicle or obsta-
cle.
5-70
• The driver should always use • The driver is responsible for
Detecting Sensor
extreme caution while operat- accurate brake control.
ing the vehicle, whether or not • Always pay extreme caution
the warning light on the outer while driving. The Rear Cross-
side view mirror illuminates or Traffic Collision Warning sys-
there is a warning alarm. tem and Rear Cross-Traffic
• Playing the vehicle audio sys- Collision-Avoidance Assist
tem at high volume may offset system may not operate prop-
the system's warning sounds. erly or unnecessarily operate
• If any other warning sound in accordance with your driv-
such as seat belt warning ing situations.
chime is already generated, • The Rear Cross-Traffic
the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Collision-Avoidance Assist OFE058049
Warning system warning may system is not a substitute for The rear corner radars are the sen- 5
not sound. safe driving practices, but a sors inside the rear bumper for

convenience function only. It detecting the side and rear areas.
is the responsibility of the Always keep the rear bumper clean
WARNING driver to always drive cau- for proper operation of the system.
tiously to prevent unexpected
• Drive safely even though the and sudden situations from
vehicle is equipped with a occurring. Pay attention to the
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision road conditions at all times.
Warning system and Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist system. Do not solely
rely on the system but check
your surrounding when back-
ing the vehicle up.
5-71
Warning message
CAUTION • Do not apply foreign objects
such as a bumper sticker or a
• The system may not work bumper guard near the radar
properly when the bumper sensor or apply paint to the
has been damaged, or if the sensor area. Doing so may
rear bumper has been adversely affect the perform-
replaced or repaired. ance of the sensor.
• The system may turn off due
to strong electromagnetic
waves.
• Always keep the sensors
clean.
OFE058150L
• NEVER arbitrarily disassem-
ble the sensor component nor Blind-Spot Collision Warning
apply any impact on the sen- (BCW) system disabled. Radar
sor component. blocked
• Be careful not to apply unnec- This warning message may appear
essary force on the radar sen- when:
sor or sensor cover. If the sen- - One or both of the sensors on the
sor is forcibly moved out of rear bumper is blocked by dirt or
proper alignment, the system snow or a foreign object.
may not operate correctly. In - Driving in rural areas where the
this case, a warning message sensor does not detect another
may not be displayed. Have vehicle for an extended period of
the vehicle inspected by an time.
- When there is inclement weather
such as heavy snow or rain.
5-72
If any of these conditions occur, the Limitations of the System
light on the BCW/BCA switch and the The driver must be cautious in the
system will turn off automatically. below situations, because the sys-
When the BCW canceled warning tem may not detect other vehicles or
message is displayed in the cluster, objects in certain circumstances.
check to make sure that the rear • When a trailer or carrier is
bumper is free from any dirt or snow installed.
in the areas where the sensor is
located. Remove any dirt, snow, or • The vehicle drives in inclement
foreign material that could interfere weather such as heavy rain or snow.
with the radar sensors. • The sensor is polluted with rain,
After any dirt or debris is removed, OFE058151L snow, mud, etc.
the system should operate normally Check Blind-Spot Collision • The rear bumper where the sensor
after about 10 minutes of driving the Warning (BCW) system is located is covered with a foreign
vehicle. object such as a bumper sticker, a
5
If there is a problem with the BCW
If the system still does not operate system, a warning message will bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.

normally have your vehicle inspected appear and the light on the switch • The rear bumper is damaged, or
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. will turn off. The system will turn off the sensor is out of the original
automatically. RCCW and RCCA will default position.
i Information not operate also if the BCW system • The vehicle height gets lower or
turns off due to malfunction. Have higher due to heavy loading in a
Turn off the BCW and RCCW system your vehicle inspected by an author- trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
when a trailer or carrier is installed. ized HYUNDAI dealer. • When the temperature of the rear
- Press the BCW/BCA switch (the bumper is high.
indicator on the switch will turn off)
• When the sensors are blocked by
- Deactivate the RCCW system by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot
deselecting "Vehicle settings → pillars.
Driver assistance → Blind-spot safe-
ty → Rear cross-traffic safety" on • The vehicle drives on a curved
AVN screen. road.
5-73
• The road pavement (or the periph- • When the vehicle in the next lane
eral ground) abnormally contains moves two lanes away from you OR
metallic components (i.e. possibly when the vehicle two lanes away
due to subway construction). moves to the next lane from you.
• There is a fixed object near the • A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
vehicle, such as a guardrail. • A flat trailer is near.
• While going down or up a steep • If there are small objects in the
road where the height of the lane is detecting area such as a shopping
different. cart or a baby stroller.
• Driving on a narrow road where • If there is a low height vehicle such
trees or grass or overgrown. as a sports car. OTM058102L
• Driving in rural areas where the sen- • The brake pedal is depressed. [A] : Structure
sor does not detect another vehicle
for an extended period of time. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) • Driving where there is a vehicle or
is activated. structure near
• Driving on a wet road.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) The system may not operate proper-
• Driving on a road where the malfunctions. ly when driving where there is a vehi-
guardrail or wall is in double struc-
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is cle or structure near.
ture.
damaged. In certain instances, the system may
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus
• The brake is reworked. not detect the vehicle approaching
or truck.
• The vehicle sharply stops. from behind and the warning or
• When the other vehicle approach- brake may not operate properly.
es very close. • Temperature is extremely low
around the vehicle. Always pay attention to your sur-
• When the other vehicle passes at a rounding while driving.
very fast speed. • The vehicle severely vibrates while
• While changing lanes. driving over a bumpy road, uneven/
bumpy road, or concrete patch.
• If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to • The vehicle drives on a slippery
you and has accelerated. surface due to snow, water puddle,
or ice.
5-74
OTM058103 OTM058104L OFE058127N
• When the vehicle is in a complex [A] : Vehicle • When the vehicle is on/near a
parking environment • When the vehicle is parked diago- slope 5
The system may not operate prop- nally The system may not operate proper-
erly when the vehicle is in a com- ly when the vehicle is on/near a

The system may not operate proper-
plex parking environment. ly when the vehicle is parked diago- slope.
In certain instances, the system nally. In certain instances, the system may
may not be able to exactly deter- In certain instances, when the diago- not detect the vehicle approaching
mine the risk of collision for the nally parked vehicle is pulled out of from the rear left/right and the warn-
vehicles which are parking or the parking space, the system may ing or brake may not operate proper-
pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a not detect the vehicle approaching ly.
vehicle escaping beside your vehi- from the rear left/right of your vehi- Always pay attention to your sur-
cle, a vehicle parking or pulling out cle. In this case, the warning or brake rounding while driving.
in the rear area, a vehicle may not operate properly.
approaching your vehicle making a Always pay attention to your sur-
turn, etc.). rounding while driving.
If this occurs, the warning or brake
may not operate properly.
5-75
i Information
the FCC rules.
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
OTM058106L OTM058107 operation.
[A] : Structure, [B] : Wall • When the vehicle is parked rear-
• Pulling into the parking space ward
where there is a structure If the vehicle is parked rearward and
The system may not operate proper- the sensor detects the another vehi-
ly when pulling in the vehicle to the cle in the rear area of the parking
parking space where there is a struc- space, the system can warn or con-
ture at the back or side of your vehi- trol braking. Always pay attention to
cle. the parking space while driving.
In certain instances, when backing
into the parking space, the system
may not detect the vehicle moving in
front of your vehicle. In this case, the
warning or brake may not operate
properly.
Always pay attention to the parking
space while driving.
5-76
BLIND-SPOT VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Operating conditions System operation
With the vehicle on, select the ■ Left
"Driver assistance → Blind-spot
safety → Blind-spot view" from the
vehicle settings in the AVN screen.
Then the corresponding left or right
side of the vehicle will be displayed
on the cluster if the driver turns on
the turn signal while driving.
OFE058057N
The Blind-Spot View Monitor system OFE058055N
is designed to help safe driving by ■ Right 5
providing broader view than the
outer side view mirror by displaying

rear/side area view on the cluster
when the driver turns on the turn sig-
nal to change lane.
The system shows the following
vehicle on the corresponding side
using the cameras at the outside
rearview mirrors when the driver
turns on the turn signal to change
lane. OFE058056N
Operate the turn signal while driving
and the corresponding left or right
side rear view will be shown on the
cluster.
5-77
Blind-Spot View Monitor

system warning
OFE058058N
This message is displayed if the

camera recognition system cannot
detect the following vehicle due to
the weather condition and the sys-
tem may not operate properly.
Check the surrounding condition
visually and with the outer side view
mirror when driving.
5-78
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM
WARNING • The operation of the LKA sys-
tem can be canceled or not
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) work properly according to
system is not a substitute for road condition and surround-
safe driving practices, but a ings. Always be cautious
convenience function only. It is when driving.
the responsibility of the driver • Do not disassemble the LKA
to always be aware of the sur- system camera temporarily to
rounding and steer the vehicle. tint the window or attach any
types of coatings and acces-
OFE058038N
sories. If you disassemble the
WARNING camera and assemble it again,
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys- take your vehicle to an author-
tem helps detect lane markers on the Take the following precautions ized HYUNDAI dealer and 5
road with a front view camera at the when using the Lane Keeping have the system checked for
front windshield, and assists the dri- Assist (LKA) system: calibration.

ver's steering to help keep the vehi- • Do not steer the steering
cle between lanes.
• When you replace the wind-
wheel suddenly when the shield glass, LKA system
When the system detects the vehicle steering wheel is being assist- camera or related parts of the
straying from its lane, it alerts the ed by the system. steering wheel, take your
driver with a visual and audible warn- • LKA system helps to prevent vehicle to an authorized
ing, while applying a counter-steer- the driver from moving out of HYUNDAI dealer and have the
ing torque, to try to prevent the vehi- the lane unintentionally by system checked for calibra-
cle from moving out of its lane. assisting the driver's steering. tion.
However, the driver should not
solely rely on the system but
always pay attention on the
steering wheel to stay in the
lane.
5-79
• The system detects lane lines User Settings mode and if you LKA System Operation
and controls the steering continue to drive with your
wheel by a camera, therefore, hands off the steering wheel
if the lane lines are hard to after the "Keep hands on steer-
detect, the system may not ing wheel" warning message
work properly. appears, the system will stop
Please refer to "Limitations of controlling the steering wheel.
the system". However, if the driver has their
hands on the steering wheel
• Do not remove or damage the again, the system will start con-
related parts of LKA system. trolling the steering wheel.
• You may not hear a warning • The steering wheel is not con-
sound of LKA system because tinuously controlled so if the OFE058189N
of excessive audio sound. vehicle speed is at a higher
• If any other warning sound speed when leaving a lane the With the POWER button in the ON
such as seat belt warning vehicle may not be able to be position, press the LKA button locat-
chime is already generated, controlled by the system. The ed on the instrument panel on the
the Lane Keeping Assist driver must always follow the lower left hand side of the driver.
(LKA) system warning may speed limit when using the • The indicator ( ) in the cluster
not sound. system. display will initially illuminate white.
• Do not place objects on the • If you attach objects to the • When the indicator(white) activat-
dashboard that reflects light steering wheel, the system ed in the previous ignition cycle,
such as mirrors, white paper, may not assist steering or the the system turns on without any
etc. The system may malfunc- hands off alarm may not work control.
tion if the sunlight is reflected. properly. When you tow a trail- • If you press the LKA button again,
• Always have your hands on the er, make sure that you turn off the indicator on the cluster display
steering wheel while the LKA the LKA system. will go off.
system is activated. Also, when • When you tow a trailer, make
Active LKA is selected from the sure that you turn off the LKA
system.
5-80
The color of indicator will LKA system activation
change depending on the WARNING
condition of LKA system.
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
- White : Sensor does not detect is a system to help prevent the
lane markers or vehicle driver from leaving the lane.
speed is under 40 mph (64 However, the driver should not
km/h). solely rely on the system but
- Green : Sensor detects lane mark- always check the road condi-
ers and the system is able tions when driving.
to control vehicle steering.
i Information
OFE058090
If the indicator (white) is activated
• After LKA is activated, if both lane 5
from the previous ignition cycle, the
system will turn ON without any addi- markers are detected, vehicle

tional control. If you press the LKA speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h)
switch again, the indicator on the clus- and all the activation conditions are
ter goes off. satisfied, LKA indicator will change
to green and the steering wheel
will be controlled.
5-81
■ Lane marker undetected • If your vehicle departs from the 1. A visual warning appears on the
projected lane in front of you, the cluster LCD display. Either the left
LKA system operates as follows: lane marker or the right lane
■ Left lane marker
marker in the cluster LCD display
will blink depending on which
direction the vehicle is veering.
Also, a warning sound will be
heard.
2. The LKA system will control the
vehicle's steering to prevent the
vehicle from crossing the lane
OFE058090 maker in below conditions.
■ Lane marker detected - Vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64
km/h)
OFE058091 - The system detects both lane
■ Right lane marker markers
- When driving, the vehicle is
located between both lanes nor-
mally.
- The steering wheel is not turned
suddenly.
When lanes are detected and all the
OFE058126 conditions to activate the LKA sys-
• If vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 tem are satisfied, a LKA system indi-
km/h) and the system detects lane cator light ( ) will change from
markers, the color changes from white to green. This indicates that the
OFE058092
gray to white. LKA system is in the ENABLED state
and the steering wheel will be able to
• Both lane markers must be detect- be controlled.
ed for the system to fully activate.
5-82
Warning Light and Message i Information
WARNING
Keep hands on steering wheel • Even though the steering is assisted
The warning message may by the system, the driver can still
appear late according to road steer to control the steering wheel.
conditions. Therefore, always • The steering wheel may feel heavier
have your hands on the steering when the steering wheel is assisted
wheel while driving. by the system than when it is not.
WARNING Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

system
• The driver is responsible for If there is a problem with the system
accurate steering. a message will appear for a few sec-
OFE058155L
• Turn off the system in below
onds. If the problem continues the 5
LKA system failure indicator will illu-
If the driver takes their hands off the situations. minate.

steering wheel for several seconds - In bad weather
while the LKA system is activated, - In bad road condition
the system will warn the driver. - When the steering wheel
needs to be controlled by the
i Information driver frequently.
If the steering wheel is held very light-
ly, the message may still appear
because the LKA system may not rec-
ognize that the driver has their hands
on the wheel.
5-83
LKA system failure indicator The LKA system will not be in the • Radius of a curve is too small.
The LKA system failure ENABLED state and/or the steering • The vehicle is driven on a steep
indicator (yellow) will illu- wheel will not be assisted when: incline.
minate if the LKA system • The turn signal is turned on before • The steering wheel is turned sud-
is not working properly. changing a lane. If you change denly.
Have your vehicle checked lanes without the turn signal on, the
by an authorized HYUNDAI steering wheel might be controlled.
dealer. • The vehicle is not driven in the mid-
dle of the lane when the system is
When there is a problem with the turned on or right after changing a
system do one of the following: lane.
• Turn the system on after turning • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
the vehicle off and on again. VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
is activated.
• Check if the POWER button is in
the ON position. • The vehicle is driven on a sharp
curve.
• Check if the system is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, • Vehicle speed is below 35 mph
etc.) (56 km/h) and over 110 mph (177
km/h).
• Check if there is foreign matter on
the camera lens. • The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle brakes suddenly.
If the problem is not solved, have
your vehicle checked by an author- • The lane is very wide or narrow.
ized HYUNDAI dealer. • There are more than two lane lines
on the road. (e.g. construction area)
• Only one side of the lane marker is
detected.
5-84
Limitations of the System • The lane marker is very thick or • The brightness outside is too low
thin. such as when the headlamps are
The LKA system may operate pre-
• The lane is very wide or narrow. not on at night or the vehicle is
maturely even if the vehicle does not
going through a tunnel.
depart from the intended lane, OR, • The lane marker ahead is not visible
the LKA system may not warn you if due to rain, snow, water on the • There is a boundary structure in
the vehicle leaves the intended lane road, damaged or stained road sur- the roadway such as a concrete
under the following circumstances: face, or other factors. barrier, guardrail and reflector post
that is inadvertently being detected
When the lane and road condi- • The shadow is on the lane marker by the camera.
tions are poor by a median strip, trees, guardrail,
noise barriers, etc. • When light coming from a street
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane light or an oncoming vehicle is
marker from the road because the • The lane markers are complicated reflected on a wet road surface
lane marker is covered with dust or or a structure substitutes for the such as a puddle in the road.
sand. lines such as a construction area.
• It is difficult to distinguish the color • There are crosswalk signs or other
• The field of view in front is 5
obstructed by sun glare.
of the lane marker from the road. symbols on the road.

• There is not enough distance
• There are markings on the road • The lane marker in a tunnel is between you and the vehicle in
surface that look like a lane marker stained with oil, etc. front to be able to detect the lane
that is inadvertently being detected • The lane suddenly disappears marker or the vehicle ahead is driv-
by the camera. such as at the intersection. ing on the lane marker.
• The lane marker is indistinct or When external condition is inter- • Driving on a steep grade, over a
damaged. vened hill, or when driving on a curved
• The lane marker is merged or • The brightness outside changes road.
divided. (e.g. tollgate) suddenly such as when entering or • The adverse road conditions cause
• The lane number increases or exiting a tunnel, or when passing excessive vehicle vibrations while
decreases or the lane marker are under a bridge. driving.
crossing complicatedly. • The surrounding of the inside rear
• There are more than two lane view mirror temperature is high
markers on the road in front of you. due to direct sunlight, etc.
5-85
When front visibility is poor LKA System Function Change Lane Departure Warning
• The windshield or the camera lens The driver can change LKA to the LDW system alerts the driver with a
is blocked with dirt or debris. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) sys- visual warning and a warning alarm
• The windshield glass is fogged up; tem or change the LKA system mode when the system detects the vehicle
a clear view of the road is obstruct- from the AVN screen. Go to the departing the lane. The steering
ed. "Vehicle settings → Driver wheel will not be controlled.
• Placing objects on the dashboard, Assistance → Lane Safety → Lane
etc. Keeping Assist (LKA)/Lane Off
Departure Warning (LDW)/Off".
• The sensor cannot detect the lane If you select "Off", the LKA system is
because of fog, heavy rain or snow. The system is automatically set to deactivated.
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) if a func-
tion is not selected.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
system is a system to help pre- This mode guides the driver to help
vent the driver from leaving the keep the vehicle within the lanes. It
lane. However, the driver should rarely controls the steering wheel,
not solely rely on the system when the vehicle drives well inside
but always take the necessary the lanes. However, it starts to con-
actions for safe driving prac- trol the steering wheel, when the
tices. vehicle is about to deviate out of the
lane.
5-86
LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING • The operation of the LFA sys-
tem can be canceled or not
The Lane Following Assist (LFA) work properly according to
system is not a substitute for safe road condition and surround-
driving practices, but a conven- ings. Always be cautious
ience function. It is the responsi- when driving.
bility of the driver to always be • Do not disassemble the LFA
aware of the surrounding and system camera temporarily to
steer the vehicle. tint the window or attach any
types of coatings and acces-
sories. If you disassemble the
OFE058038N
WARNING camera and assemble it again,
The Lane Following Assist (LFA) sys- we recommend that you take
tem helps detect lane markers on the Take the following precautions your vehicle to an authorized 5
road with a front view camera at the when using the Lane Following HYUNDAI dealer and have the
front windshield, and assists the dri- Assist (LFA) system: system checked for calibra-

ver's steering to help keep the vehi- • Do not steer the steering tion.
cle between lanes. wheel unnecessarily when the • When you replace the wind-
steering wheel is being assist- shield glass, LFA system cam-
ed by the system. era or related parts of the
• LFA system helps the driver steering wheel, we recom-
to keep the vehicle in the cen- mend that you take your vehi-
ter of the lane by assisting the cle to an authorized HYUNDAI
driver's steering. However, the dealer and have the system
driver should not solely rely checked for calibration.
on the system but always pay
attention on the steering
wheel to stay in the lane.
5-87
• The system detects lane However, if the driver has their LFA operation
markers and controls the hands on the steering wheel The driver can turn on the LFA sys-
steering wheel by a camera, again, the system will start tem with the vehicle on and by
therefore, if the lane markers controlling the steering wheel. selecting "Vehicle settings → Driver
are hard to detect, the system • The steering wheel may not assistance → Driving assist → LFA
may not work properly. be continuously controlled by (Lane Following Assist)" in the AVN
Please refer to "Limitations of the system if the vehicle screen.
the system". speed is too high. The driver The set-up of the LFA system will be
• Do not remove or damage the must always follow the speed maintained, as selected, when the
related parts of LFA system. limit when using the system. vehicle is restarted.
• You may not hear a warning • If you attach objects to the
sound of LFA system because steering wheel, the system
of excessive audio sound. may not assist steering nor-
mally or the hands off alarm
• Do not place objects on the may not work properly.
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper, • When you tow a trailer, make
etc. The system may malfunc- sure that you turn off the LFA
tion if the sunlight is reflected. system.
• Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while the
LFA system is activated. If you
continue to drive with your
hands off the steering wheel
after the "Keep hands on
steering wheel" warning mes-
sage appears, the system will
be turned off automatically.
5-88
Operating conditions LFA activation • When the system does not recog-
The system is activated when the nize the lane or depending on the
Lane Following Assist is selected vehicle condition in front (presence
from the vehicle Settings mode when of the vehicle, driving status, etc.).
the following conditions are satisfied: the steering wheel is controlled
restrictively.
- The Smart Cruise Control is in acti-
vation (vehicle deceleration and When the control of the steering
acceleration) wheel is stopped temporarily the
activation indicator blinks in green
- Vehicle speed is lower than 90 and then changes to white.
mph (145 km/h)
When the system is activated, the

OFE058126L
indicator ( ) on the cluster will illu-
minate. The color of the indicator will • After LFA is activated, if the vehicle 5
change depending on the condition is within the lane and both lane

of LFA system. markers are detected (lane color
- Green : The system is in the assist changes grey to white) and there is
state. no abrupt steering by the driver,
indicator light will change from
- White : The system is in the ready white to green. This indicates that
state. the LFA system is in the ASSIST
state and the steering wheel will be
able to be controlled.
5-89
Warning message
WARNING
The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
OFE058186L
OFE058155L Driver's grasp not detected.

LFA system is disabled temporarily
Keep hands on steering wheel If the driver still does not have their
If the driver takes their hands off from hands on the steering wheel after the
the steering wheel for certain time message "Keep hands on steering
while the LFA system is activated, wheel", the system will not control
the system will warn the driver. the steering wheel and warn the driv-
er only when the driver crosses the
i Information lane markers.
If the steering wheel is held very light- However, if the driver has their hands
ly the message may still appear on the steering wheel again, the sys-
because the LFA system may not rec- tem will start controlling the steering
ognize that the driver has their hands wheel.
on the wheel.
5-90
The LFA system will not be in the
WARNING ASSIST state when :
• The turn signal is turned on before
• The driver is responsible for changing a lane. If you change
accurate steering.
lanes without the turn signal on,
• Turn off the system and drive the steering wheel might be con-
the vehicle in following situa- trolled.
tions.
• The vehicle is not driven in the mid-
- In bad weather dle of the lane when the system is
- In bad road condition turned on or right after changing a
- When the steering wheel lane.
OFE048437L
needs to be controlled by the • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
driver frequently. Check LFA (Lane Following Assist) VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
system is activated. 5
If there is a problem with the system • The vehicle is driven on a sharp
i Information a message will appear for a few sec-

curve with high speed.
• Even though the steering is assisted onds. Have the vehicle checked by • Vehicle speed is over 90 mph (145
by the system, the driver may con- an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. km/h).
trol the steering wheel.
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
• The steering wheel may feel heavier changes.
when the steering wheel is assisted
by the system than when it is not. • The vehicle brakes suddenly.
• Only one lane marker is detected.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• Radius of a curve is too small.
• The vehicle is driven on a steep
incline.
• The steering wheel is turned sud-
denly.
5-91
Limitations of the system • The lane number increases or When external condition is inter-
decreases or the lane marker are vened
The LFA system may operate prema-
turely even if the vehicle does not crossing complicatedly. • The brightness outside changes
depart from the intended lane, OR, • There are more than two lane suddenly such as when entering or
the LFA system may not assist your markers on the road in front of you. exiting a tunnel, or when passing
steering if the vehicle leaves the • The lane marker is very thick or under a bridge.
intended lane under the following cir- thin. • The brightness outside is too low
cumstances: • The lane marker ahead is not visi- such as when the headlamps are
ble due to rain, snow, water on the not on at night or the vehicle is
road, damaged or stained road going through a tunnel.
When the lane and road condi-
tions are poor surface, or other factors. • There is a boundary structure in
• The shadow is on the lane marker the roadway such as a concrete
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
by a median strip, trees, guardrail, barrier, guardrail and reflector post
marking from the road surface or
noise barriers, etc. that is inadvertently being detected
the lane marking is faded or not
by the camera.
clearly marked. • The lane markers are complicated
or a structure substitutes for the • When light coming from a street
• It is difficult to distinguish the color
lines such as a construction area. light or an oncoming vehicle is
of the lane marker from the road.
reflected on a wet road surface
• There are markings on the road • There are crosswalk signs or other such as a puddle in the road.
surface that look like a lane marker symbols on the road.
• The field of view in front is
that is inadvertently being detected • The lane suddenly disappears obstructed by sun glare.
by the camera. such as at the intersection.
• There is not enough distance
• The lane marker is indistinct or
between you and the vehicle in
damaged.
front to be able to detect the lane
• The lane marker is merged or marker or the vehicle ahead is driv-
divided. (e.g. tollgate) ing on the lane marker.
5-92
• Driving on a steep grade, over a
hill, or when driving on a curved
road.
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving.
• The surrounding of the inside rear
view mirror temperature is high
due to direct sunlight, etc.
When front visibility is poor

• The windshield or the camera lens
is blocked with dirt or debris.
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
5
a clear view of the road is obstruct-

ed.
• Placing objects on the dashboard,
etc.
• The sensor cannot detect the lane
because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
5-93
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) SYSTEM

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) • The driver can select the mode of Driver's attention level
system displays the condition of the the Driver Attention Warning
■ System off
driver's fatigue and inattention. (DAW) system.
- High sensitivity : The Driver
System Setting and Activation Attention Warning system helps
alert the driver of his/her fatigue
System setting level or inattentive driving prac-
• To turn ON the Driver Attention tices faster than Normal mode.
Warning (DAW) system, turn on - Normal sensitivity : The Driver
the vehicle, and then select Attention Warning system helps
'Vehicle settings → Driver alert the driver of his/her fatigue
Assistance → Driver Attention level or inattentive driving prac-
Warning → High sensitivity/Normal tices. OFE058157L
sensitivity’ on the AVN screen.
- Off : The Driver Attention Warning ■ Attentive driving
system is deactivated.
• The set-up of the Driver Attention
Warning system will be main-
tained, as selected, when the vehi-
cle is re-started.
OFE058158L
5-94
• When the driver turns on the sys- Resetting the System
tem while driving, it displays 'Last • The last break time is set to 00:00
Break time' and level reflected that. and the driver's attention level is
set to 5 (very attentive) when the
Take a break driver resets the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system.
• The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system resets in the follow-
ing situations.
- The vehicle is turned OFF.
OFE058159L - The driver unfastens the seat
• The driver can monitor their driving belt and then opens the driver's
conditions on the LCD display. door.
- The vehicle is stopped for more
5
The DAW screen will appear when
you select the Assist mode tab ( ) than 10 minutes.

on the LCD display if the system is • The Driver Attention Warning
OFE058160L (DAW) system operates again,
activated. For more details, refer to
"LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. • The "Consider taking a break" when the driver restarts driving.
• The driver's attention level is dis- message appears on the LCD dis-
played on the scale of 1 to 5. The play and a warning sounds in order
lower the number is, the more inat- to suggest the driver to take a
tentive the driver is. break, when the driver’s attention
level is below 1.
• The number decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a • The Driver Attention Warning
certain period of time. (DAW) system does not suggest
the driver to take a break, when the
• The number increases when the total driving time is shorter than 10
driver attentively drives for a cer- minutes.
tain period of time.
5-95
System Standby System Malfunction

WARNING
• The Driver Attention Warning
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It
is the responsibility of the
driver to always drive cau-
tiously to prevent unexpected
and sudden situations from
occurring. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
OFE058161L OFE058162L • The system may suggest a
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) Check Driver Attention Warning break according to the dri-
system enters the ready status and (DAW) system ver's driving pattern or habits
displays the 'Standby' screen in the even if the driver doesn't feel
When the warning message fatigue.
following situations. appears, the system is not working
- The camera sensor keeps failing to properly. In this case, have the vehi- • The driver, who feels fatigued,
detect the lanes. cle inspected by an authorized should take a break, even
HYUNDAI dealer. though there is no break sug-
- Driving speed remains under 40 gestion by the Driver Attention
mph (64 km/h) or over 110 mph Warning system.
(177 km/h).
5-96
NOTICE • The vehicle drives on a bumpy
CAUTION
The Driver Attention Warning sys- road.
tem utilizes the camera sensor on The Driver Attention Warning • The vehicle drives through a
the front windshield for its opera- (DAW) system may not properly windy area.
tion. To keep the camera sensor in operate with limited alerting in • The vehicle is controlled by the
the best condition, you should the following situations: following driving assist sys-
observe the followings: • The lane detection perform- tems:
• Do not disassemble the camera ance is limited. (For more - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
temporarily to tint the window or details, refer to "Lane Keeping system
to attach any types of coatings Assist (LKA) system" in this
and accessories. If you disas- chapter.) - Forward Collision-Avoidance
semble a camera and assemble Assist (FCA) system
• The vehicle is violently driven
it again, take your vehicle to an or is abruptly turned for obsta- - Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and cle avoidance (e.g. construc- system 5
have the system checked for cal- tion area, other vehicles, fallen - Lane Following Assist (LFA)

ibration. objects, bumpy road). system
• NEVER install any accessories • Forward drivability of the vehi-
or stickers on the front wind- cle is severely undermined
shield, nor tint the front wind- (possibly due to wide variation CAUTION
shield. in tire pressures, uneven tire
• NEVER locate any reflective wear-out, toe-in/toe-out align- Playing the vehicle audio sys-
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) ment). tem at high volume may offset
over the dashboard. Any light • The vehicle drives on a curvy the Driver Attention Warning
reflection may cause a malfunc- road. (DAW) system warning sounds.
tion of the Driver Attention Alert
(DAW) system.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor out of water.
5-97
SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM

WARNING WARNING
For your safety, please read the Take the following precautions :
owner's manual before using the • Always set the vehicle speed
Smart Cruise Control system. under the speed limit in your
country.
• If the Smart Cruise Control is
WARNING left on, (cruise ( )
indicator light in the instru-
The Smart Cruise Control sys- ment cluster is illuminated)
OFE058169N
tem is not a substitute for safe the Smart Cruise Control can
driving practices, but a conven- be activated unintentionally.
➀ Cruise indicator ( ) ience function only. It is the
Keep the Smart Cruise
➁ Set speed responsibility of the driver to
Control System off (cruise
➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance always check the speed, dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead and ( ) indicator light
road & driving conditions. OFF) when the Smart Cruise
The Smart Cruise Control System Control is not in use, to avoid
allows you to program the vehicle to inadvertently setting a speed.
maintain constant speed and dis- • Use the Smart Cruise Control
tance detecting the vehicle ahead System only when traveling
without depressing the accelerator/ on open highways in good
brake pedal. weather.
5-98
- When driving with limited Smart Cruise Control Switch
WARNING
view (possibly due to bad
• Do not use the Smart Cruise weather, such as fog, snow,
Control when it may not be rain or sandstorm)
safe to keep the vehicle at a - When the vehicle sensing
constant speed: ability decreases due to
- When driving in heavy traffic vehicle modification result-
or when traffic conditions ing level difference of the
make it difficult to drive at a vehicle's front and rear
constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
OFE058170N
- When driving on hilly or 5
windy roads CRUISE: Turns cruise control sys-
- When driving in windy areas tem on or off.

- When driving in parking lots RES+: Resumes or increases cruise
control speed.
- When driving near crash
barriers SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con-
trol speed.
- When driving on a sharp
curve : Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
CANCEL: Cancels cruise control
operation.
5-99
To Adjust the Sensitivity of To Convert to Cruise Control

Smart Cruise Control Mode WARNING
The sensitivity of vehicle speed The driver may choose to switch to When using the conventional
when following the front vehicle to use the conventional Cruise Control Cruise Control mode, you must
maintain the set distance can be mode (speed only control function) manually adjust the distance to
adjusted. Go to the 'Vehicle settings by following these steps: other vehicles by depressing
→ Driver Assistance → SCC 1. Push the CRUISE button on the the brake pedal. The system
Reaction → Fast/Normal/Slow' on steering wheel to turn the system does not automatically adjust
the AVN screen. You may select one on. The cruise ( ) indi- the distance to vehicles in front
of the three stages you prefer. cator will illuminate. of you.
• Fast: 2. Push and hold the Vehicle-to-
Vehicle speed following the front Vehicle Distance button for more
vehicle to maintain the set distance than 2 seconds.
is faster than normal speed. 3. Choose between "Smart Cruise
• Normal: Control" and "Cruise Control".
Vehicle speed following the front When the system is canceled using
vehicle to maintain the set distance the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
is normal. button is used after the vehicle is
• Slow: turned on, the Smart Cruise Control
mode will turn on.
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is slower than normal speed.
i Information
The last selected speed sensitivity of
the smart cruise control is remained in
the system.
5-100
Smart Cruise Control Speed i Information
To set Smart Cruise Control • Vehicle speed may decrease on an
speed upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
• When you are setting the cruise con-
trol speed, with a vehicle in front
and your vehicle speed is between
0 ~ 20 mph (0 ~ 30 km/h), the speed
will set to 20 mph (30 km/h).
OFE058062N
3. Push the toggle switch down
(SET-), and release it at the 5
OFE058061N
desired speed. The Set Speed
and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance

1. Push the CRUISE button on the on the LCD display will illuminate.
steering wheel to turn the system 4. Release the accelerator pedal.
on. The cruise indicator will illumi- The desired speed will automati-
nate. cally be maintained.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed. If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
The Smart Cruise Control speed speed may decrease to maintain the
can be set as follows: distance to the vehicle ahead.
• 6 – 100 mph (10 - 160 km/h) : On a steep grade, the vehicle may
when there is no vehicle in front slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
• 0 – 100 mph (0 - 160 km/h) :
when there is a vehicle in front
5-101
To increase Smart Cruise To decrease the Smart Cruise

Control set speed CAUTION Control set speed
Check the driving condition
before using the toggle switch.
Driving speed sharply increas-
es, when you push up and hold
the toggle switch.
OFE058063N OFE058062N
Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+), • Push the toggle switch down
and release it immediately. The (SET-), and release it immediately.
cruising speed will increase by The cruising speed will decrease
1 mph (1 km/h) each time you by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you
move the toggle switch up in this move the toggle switch down in
manner. this manner.
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+), • Push the toggle switch down
and hold it. Your vehicle set speed (SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set
will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). speed will decrease by 5 mph (10
Release the toggle switch at the km/h). Release the toggle switch
speed you want. at the speed you want.
You can set the speed to 105 mph • You can set the speed to 20 mph
(170 km/h). (30 km/h).
5-102
To temporarily accelerate with Smart Cruise Control set speed Canceled automatically
the Smart Cruise Control on will be temporarily canceled • The driver's door is opened.
If you want to speed up temporarily when: • The vehicle is shifted to N (Neutral),
when the Smart Cruise Control is on, R (Reverse) or P (Park).
depress the accelerator pedal. • The EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
Increased speed will not interfere is applied.
with Smart Cruise Control operation
or change the set speed. • The vehicle speed is over 105 mph
(170 km/h).
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator pedal. • The vehicle stops on a steep incline.
If you push the toggle switch down • The ESC (Electronic Stability
(SET-) at increased speed, the cruis- Control), TCS (Traction Control
ing speed will be set again pedal. System) or ABS is operating.
• The ESC is turned off. 5
CAUTION OFE058064N • The sensor or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter.
Canceled manually
Be careful when accelerating • The vehicle is stopped for a certain
temporarily, because the speed • Depressing the brake pedal. period of time.
is not controlled automatically • Pushing the CANCEL button locat- • The vehicle stops and goes repeat-
at this time even if there is a ed on the steering wheel. edly for a long period of time.
vehicle in front of you. • Depress the brake pedal and press • The accelerator pedal is continu-
the button at the same time, when ously depressed for a long period
the vehicle is at a standstill. of time.
The Smart Cruise Control turns off • The driving performance is abnor-
temporarily when the Set Speed and mal.
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator
on the LCD display turns off.
The cruise indicator is illuminated
continuously.
5-103
• The driver starts driving by pushing i Information

the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelera- If the Smart Cruise Control is canceled
tor pedal, after the vehicle is by other than the reasons mentioned,
stopped by the Smart Cruise have the system checked by an author-
Control system with no other vehi- ized HYUNDAI dealer.
cle ahead.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelera-
tor pedal, after stopping the vehicle
with a vehicle stopped far away in OFE058172L
front. Smart Cruise Control canceled
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance If the system is cancelled, the warn-
Assist (FCA) is activated. ing chime will sound and a message
will appear for a few seconds.
Each of these actions will cancel the You must adjust the vehicle speed by
Smart Cruise Control operation. The depressing the accelerator or brake
Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle pedal according to the road condition
Distance on the LCD display will go ahead and driving condition.
off. Always check the road conditions.
In a condition the Smart Cruise Do not rely on the warning chime.
Control is cancelled automatically,
the Smart Cruise Control will not
resume even though the RES+ or
SET- toggle switch is pushed.
5-104
To resume Smart Cruise Control To turn Cruise Control off Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-
set speed to-Vehicle Distance
If any method other than the cruise To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle
toggle switch was used to cancel Distance
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the cruising speed will
automatically resume when you
push the toggle switch up (RES+) or
down (SET-).
If you push the toggle switch up
(RES+), the speed will resume to the
recently set speed. However, if vehi-
cle speed drops below 20 mph (30 OFE058061N
km/h), it will resume when there is a 5
vehicle in front of your vehicle. • Push the CRUISE button (the
cruise indicator light will go off).

OFE058066N
If you wish not to use the cruise
CAUTION control system, always turn the When the Smart Cruise Control sys-
Always check the road condi- system off by pushing the CRUISE tem is ON, you can set and maintain
tions when you push the toggle button. the distance from the vehicle ahead
switch up (RES+) to resume of you without pressing the accelera-
speed. tor or brake pedal.
5-105
Each time the button is pressed, the When the lane ahead is clear: When there is a vehicle ahead
vehicle to vehicle distance changes of you in your lane:
as follows:
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
Distance 1
Distance 4 Distance 3
For example, if you drive at 56 mph
(90 km/h), the distance is maintained
as follows:
Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet OFE058174N

Distance 2 Distance 1
Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet The vehicle speed will maintain the OFE058175N/OFE058176N/
Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet set speed. OFE058177N/OFE058178N
Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet • Your vehicle speed will slow down

or speed up to maintain the select-
i Information ed distance.
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,
The distance is set to the last set dis-
your vehicle will travel at a steady
tance when the system is used for the
cruising speed after accelerating to
first time after starting the vehicle.
the set speed.
• If distance from the front vehicle
has changed due to accelerating or
decelerating of the front vehicle,
the distance on the LCD display
may change.
5-106
WARNING • Even if the warning chime is CAUTION
not activated, always pay
attention to the driving condi-
tions to prevent dangerous
situations from occurring.
• Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may offset
the system warning sounds.
OFE058144L OFE058179L
When using the Smart Cruise If the vehicle ahead (vehicle 5

Control system: speed: less than 20 mph (30
• The warning message appears km/h)) disappears to the next

and warning chime sounds if lane, the warning chime will
the vehicle is unable to maintain sound and a message "Watch
the selected distance from the for surrounding vehicles" will
vehicle ahead. appear. Adjust your vehicle
• If the warning message appears speed for vehicles or objects
and warning chime sounds, that can suddenly appear in
depress the brake pedal or use front of you by depressing the
the steering wheel toggle brake pedal.
switch to actively adjust the Always pay attention to the road
vehicle speed, and the distance condition ahead.
to the vehicle ahead.
5-107
In traffic situation • If you push the smart cruise control Sensor to Detect Distance to
toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while the Vehicle Ahead
Auto Hold and smart cruise control
is operating the Auto Hold will be ■ Front radar
released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation and the vehicle will
start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white.
OFE058180L
Use switch or pedal to accelerate OFE058106N

■ Front view camera
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts
moving, your vehicle will start as
well. However, if the vehicle stops
for more than 3 seconds, you must
depress the accelerator pedal or
push up the toggle switch (RES+)
or push down the toggle switch
(SET-) to start driving.
OFE058038N
The Smart Cruise Control uses a

sensor to detect distance to the vehi-
cle ahead.
5-108
If the sensor is covered with dirt or Warning message i Information
other foreign matter, the vehicle to
vehicle distance control may not For the SCC operation is temporarily
operate correctly. stopped if the radar is blocked, but
Always keep the sensor clean. you wish to use conventional cruise
control mode (speed only control func-
tion), you must convert to the cruise
control mode (refer to "To convert to
Cruise Control mode" in the following
page).
CAUTION
OFE058181L
• Do not apply license plate
Smart Cruise Control disabled. frame or foreign objects such 5
Radar blocked as a bumper sticker or a

When the sensor lens cover is bumper guard near the radar
blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the sensor. Doing so may
Smart Cruise Control system opera- adversely affect the sensing
tion may stop temporarily. If this performance of the radar.
occurs, a warning message will • Always keep the radar sensor
appear on the LCD display. Remove and lens cover clean and free
any dirt, snow, or debris and clean of dirt and debris.
the radar sensor lens cover before • Use only a soft cloth to wash
operating the Smart Cruise Control the vehicle. Do not spray pres-
system. The Smart Cruise Control surized water directly on the
system may not properly activate, if sensor or sensor cover.
the radar is totally contaminated, or if
any substance is not detected after
turning on the vehicle (e.g. in an
open terrain).
5-109
• Be careful not to apply unnec- Limitations of the System

essary force on the radar sen- The Smart Cruise Control system
sor or sensor cover. If the sen- may have limits to its ability to detect
sor is forcibly moved out of distance to the vehicle ahead due to
proper alignment, the Smart road and traffic conditions.
Cruise Control system may
not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may
not be displayed. Have the
vehicle inspected by an
OFE058182L
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around Check Smart Cruise Control System
the radar sensor, the Smart The message will appear when the
Cruise Control System may vehicle to vehicle distance control
not operate properly. Have the system is not functioning normally.
vehicle inspected by an Take your vehicle to an authorized
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-
• Use only genuine HYUNDAI tem checked.
parts to repair or replace a
damaged sensor or sensor
cover. Do not apply paint to
the sensor cover.
5-110
On curves On inclines
OTM058073
OTM058117 Your vehicle speed can be reduced OFE058041

due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. 5
• The Smart Cruise Control system • During uphill or downhill driving,
may not detect a moving vehicle in Apply the accelerator pedal and the Smart Cruise Control system
select the appropriate set speed.

your lane, and then your vehicle may not detect a moving vehicle in
could accelerate to the set speed. Check to be sure that the road con- your lane, and cause your vehicle
Also, the vehicle speed will ditions permit safe operation of the to accelerate to the set speed.
decrease when the vehicle ahead Smart Cruise Control. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly
is recognized suddenly. decrease when the vehicle ahead
• Select the appropriate set speed is recognized suddenly.
on curves and apply the brakes or • Select the appropriate set speed
accelerator pedal if necessary. on inclines and apply the brake or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
5-111
Lane changing Detecting vehicles A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-

nized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
luggage compartment
- While the steering wheel is operat-
ing
- When driving to one side of the
lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or
on curves
OTM058128
OTM058074 Apply the brake or accelerator pedal
Some vehicles in your lane cannot if necessary.
• A vehicle which moves into your be recognized by the sensor:
lane from an adjacent lane cannot - Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-
be recognized by the sensor until it cles or bicycles
is in the sensor's detection range.
- Vehicles offset to one side
• The radar may not detect immedi-
ately when a vehicle cuts in sud- - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
denly. Always pay attention to the decelerating vehicles
traffic, road and driving conditions. - Stopped vehicles
• If a slower vehicle moves into your - Vehicles with small rear profile
lane, your speed may decrease to such as trailers with no loads
maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
• If a faster vehicle which moves into
your lane, your vehicle will acceler-
ate to the set speed.
5-112
OTM058129 OTM058119 OTM058124
• Your vehicle may accelerate when • When driving in stop-and-go traffic, • Always look out for pedestrians
a vehicle ahead of you disappears. and a stopped vehicle in front of when your vehicle is maintaining a 5
• When you are warned that the you merges out of the lane, the distance with the vehicle ahead.
vehicle ahead of you is not detect- system may not immediately

ed, drive with caution. detect the new vehicle that is now
in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking dis-
tance, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
5-113
WARNING • Vehicles moving in front of

you with a frequent lane
When using the Smart Cruise change may cause a delay in
Control take the following pre- the system's reaction or may
cautions: cause the system to react to a
• If an emergency stop is nec- vehicle actually in an adjacent
essary, you must apply the lane. Always drive cautiously
brakes. The vehicle cannot be to prevent unexpected and
stopped at every emergency sudden situations from occur-
situation by using the Smart ring.
OFE058042
Cruise Control system. • Always be aware of the select-
• Keep a safe distance accord- ed speed and vehicle to vehi-
• Always be cautious for vehicles cle distance. The driver
with higher height or vehicles caring to road conditions and
vehicle speed. If the vehicle to should not solely rely on the
rying loads that sticks out from the system but always pay atten-
back of the vehicle. vehicle distance is too close
during a high-speed driving, a tion to driving conditions and
serious collision may result. control your vehicle speed.
• Always maintain sufficient • The Smart Cruise Control sys-
braking distance and deceler- tem may not recognize com-
ate your vehicle by applying plex driving situations so
the brakes if necessary. always pay attention to driv-
ing conditions and control
• The Smart Cruise Control sys- your vehicle speed.
tem cannot recognize a
stopped vehicle, pedestrians or • For your safety, please read
an oncoming vehicle. Always the owner's manual before
look ahead cautiously to pre- using the Smart Cruise
vent unexpected and sudden Control system.
situations from occurring.
5-114
i Information i Information
The Smart Cruise Control system Radio frequency radiation exposure
may not operate temporarily due to: information:
• Electrical interference This equipment complies with FCC
• Modifying the suspension radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
• Differences of tire abrasion or tire
pressure This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
• Installing different type of tires of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
i Information This transmitter must not be co-locat-
This device complies with Part 15 of ed or operating in conjunction with
the FCC rules. any other antenna or transmitter.
5
three conditions:

1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ence that may cause undesired oper-
ation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
5-115
LEADING VEHICLE DEPARTURE ALERT (IF EQUIPPED)

The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert System Setting and Activation System standby
system alerts the driver of the depar-
ture of the vehicle in front when the
System setting
vehicle is stopped and the Smart With the vehicle ON, the Leading
Cruise Control (SCC) system is in Vehicle Departure Alert system turns
activation. on and gets ready to be activated
when the 'vehicle Settings → Driver
Assistance → Driving Assist →
Leading vehicle departure alert' is
selected selected in the AVN screen
display. The system stops operation
when the setting is deactivated.
However, if the vehicle is turned off
then on again, the system maintains OFE058180L
the previous state.
While the Smart Cruise Control
(SCC) system is in operation, your
vehicle stops behind the vehicle in
front when it stops. The message is
displayed on the cluster within 3 sec-
onds after the stop and the system
will be in the standby position.
5-116
System activation
WARNING
Always check the front of the
vehicle and road conditions
before departure.
OFE048442L
If the driver does not take action for a 5

certain period of time after the vehi-

cle in front departs, the message is
displayed on the cluster.
The vehicle departs automatically if
the accelerator pedal is depressed or
RES + or SET - toggle switch is
pushed up or down when there is a
vehicle in front.
The Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
system is deactivated if the accelera-
tor pedal is depressed or RES + or
SET - toggle switch is pushed up or
down when there is no vehicle in
front.
5-117
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous Driving Conditions Rocking the Vehicle
WARNING
When hazardous driving elements If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
are encountered such as water, to free it from snow, sand, or mud, If the vehicle is stuck and
snow, ice, mud and sand, take the first turn the steering wheel right and excessive wheel spin occurs,
bellow suggestions: left to clear the area around your the temperature in the tires can
• Drive cautiously and keep a longer front wheels. Then, shift back and increase very quickly. If the tires
braking distance. forth between R (Reverse) and a for- become damaged, a tire blow
ward gear. out or tire explosion can occur.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and This condition is dangerous -
• When your vehicle is stuck in snow, do not race the vehicle. you and others may be injured.
mud, or sand, use second gear. Do not attempt this procedure if
Accelerate slowly to avoid unnec- To prevent reduction gear wear, wait
until the wheels stop spinning before people or objects are anywhere
essary wheel spin. near the vehicle.
shifting gears. Release the accelera-
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or tor pedal while shifting, and press If you attempt to free the vehi-
other non-slip materials under the lightly on the accelerator pedal while cle, the vehicle can overheat
wheels to provide additional trac- the reduction gear is in gear. Slowly quickly, possibly causing an
tion while the vehicle becomes spinning the wheels in forward and fuel cell power module com-
stuck in ice, snow, or mud. reverse directions causes a rocking partment fire or other damage.
motion that may free the vehicle. Try to avoid spinning the
wheels as much as possible to
prevent overheating of either
the tires or the vehicle. DO NOT
allow the vehicle to spin the
wheels above 56 km/h (35 mph).
5-118
i Information Smooth Cornering Driving in the Rain
The ESC system (if equipped) must be Avoid braking or gear changing in Rain and wet roads can make driving
turned OFF before rocking the vehi- corners, especially when roads are dangerous. Here are a few things to
cle. wet. Ideally, corners should always consider when driving in the rain or
be taken under gentle acceleration. on slick pavement:
NOTICE • Slow down and allow extra follow-
Driving at Night ing distance. A heavy rainfall
If you are still stuck after rocking makes it harder to see and increas-
the vehicle a few times, have the Night driving presents more hazards es the distance needed to stop
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle than driving in the daylight. Here are your vehicle.
to avoid vehicle overheating, pos- some important tips to remember:
• Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if
sible damage to the reduction • Slow down and keep more dis- equipped)
gear and tire damage. See tance between you and other vehi-
"Towing" in chapter 6. cles, as it may be more difficult to • Replace your windshield wiper
blades when they show signs of 5
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street streaking or missing areas on the

lights. windshield.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the • Be sure your tires have enough
glare from other driver's head- tread. If your tires do not have
lamps. enough tread, making a quick stop
on wet pavement can cause a skid
• Keep your headlamps clean and and possibly lead to an accident.
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly See "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
aimed headlamps will make it
much more difficult to see at night. • Turn on your headlamps to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
lamps of oncoming vehicles. You • Driving too fast through large pud-
could be temporarily blinded, and it dles can affect your brakes. If you
will take several seconds for your must go through puddles, try to
eyes to readjust to the darkness. drive through them slowly.
5-119
• If you believe your brakes may be Driving in Flooded Areas Highway Driving
wet, apply them lightly while driv-
ing until normal braking operation
Avoid driving through flooded areas Tires
unless you are sure the water is no Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
returns. higher than the bottom of the wheel Under-inflation may overheat or
hub. Drive through any water slowly. damage the tires.
Hydroplaning Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be Do not install worn-out or damaged
If the road is wet enough and you are tires, which may reduce traction or
going fast enough, your vehicle may reduced.
fail the braking operation.
have little or no contact with the road After driving through water, dry the
surface and actually ride on the brakes by gently applying them sev-
water. The best advice is SLOW eral times while the vehicle is moving i Information
DOWN when the road is wet. slowly. Never over-inflate your tires above the
maximum inflation pressure, as speci-
The risk of hydroplaning increas- fied on your tires.
es as the depth of tire tread
decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" in
chapter 7.
Coolant and high voltage bat-
tery
Be sure to check both the coolant
level and the high voltage battery
level before driving.
5-120
Reducing the Risk of a
Rollover WARNING
Your multi-purpose passenger vehi- Utility vehicles have a signifi-
cle is defined as a Sports Utility cantly higher rollover rate than
Vehicle (SUV). SUV's have higher other types of vehicles. To pre-
ground clearance and a narrower vent rollovers or loss of control:
track to make them capable of per- • Take corners at slower speeds
forming in a wide variety of off-road than you would with a passen-
applications. The specific design ger vehicle.
characteristics give them a higher
center of gravity than ordinary vehi- • Avoid sharp turns and abrupt
cles making them more likely to roll maneuvers.
over if you make abrupt turns. Utility • Do not modify your vehicle in
vehicles have a significantly higher any way that you would raise
rollover rate than other types of vehi- the center of gravity.
5
cles. Due to this risk, driver and pas- • Keep tires properly inflated.

sengers are strongly recommended
to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover
• Do not carry heavy cargo on
the roof.
crash, an unbelted person is signifi-
cantly more likely to die than a per-
son wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, do not load your
vehicle with heavy cargo on the roof,
and never modify your vehicle in any
way.
5-121
WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of Snow tires Air cleaner filter (FCEV)
winter quickly wear out tires and The snow may block the air cleaner
cause other problems. To minimize WARNING filter after driving the vehicle in heavy
winter driving problems, you should snow when the ambient temperature
take the following suggestions: Snow tires should be equivalent is below 50°F (10°C).
in size and type to the vehicle's If a warning message "Air filter
Snow or Icy Conditions standard tires. Otherwise, the blocked. Check filter or see user
safety and handling of your manual" appears on LCD display
You need to keep sufficient distance vehicle may be adversely affect-
between your vehicle and the vehicle after turning off the vehicle, remove
ed. the snow from the inside of the air
in front of you.
cleaner filter and turn on and off the
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, If you mount snow tires on your vehi- vehicle. If the warning message is
rapid acceleration, sudden brake cle, make sure to use radial tires of displayed again, the exhaust pipe
applications, and sharp turns are the same size and load range as the may be blocked. Then, move your
potentially very hazardous practices. original tires. Mount snow tires on all vehicle indoors and leave it inside
During deceleration, use regenera- four wheels to balance your vehicle’s more than one day to defrost the
tive braking to the fullest extent. handling in all weather conditions. exhaust pipe.
Sudden brake applications on snowy The traction provided by snow tires
or icy roads may cause the vehicle to on dry roads may not be as high as If the warning message is displayed
skid. your vehicle's original equipment again, have the vehicle checked by
tires. Check with the tire dealer for an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires maximum speed recommendations.
or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. i Information
Some of the items you may want to Do not install studded tires without
carry include tire chains, tow straps first checking local, state and munici-
or chains, a flashlight, emergency pal regulations for possible restric-
flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, tions against their use.
a window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
5-122
Tire chains Chain Installation
WARNING When installing tire chains, follow the
The use of tire chains may manufacturer's instructions and
adversely affect vehicle han- mount them as tightly possible. Drive
dling: slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h))
with chains installed. If you hear the
• Drive less than 20 mph (30 chains contacting the body or chas-
km/h) or the chain manufac- sis, stop and tighten them. If they still
turer's recommended speed make contact, slow down until the
limit, whichever is lower. noise stops. Remove the tire chains
• Drive carefully and avoid as soon as you begin driving on
bumps, holes, sharp turns, cleared roads.
and other road hazards, which When mounting snow chains, park
OFE058102 may cause the vehicle to the vehicle on level ground away 5
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are bounce. from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
thinner than other types of tires, they • Avoid sharp turns or locked Hazard Warning Flasher and place a

may be damaged by mounting some wheel braking. triangular emergency warning device
types of tire chains on them. behind the vehicle (if available).
Therefore, the use of snow tires is Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
recommended instead of tire chains. i Information apply the parking brake and turn off
Do not mount tire chains on vehicles • Install tire chains only in pairs and the vehicle before installing snow
equipped with aluminum wheels; if on the front tires. It should be noted chains.
unavoidable use a wire type chain. If that installing tire chains on the
tire chains must be used, use gen- tires will provide a greater driving
uine HYUNDAI parts and install the force, but will not prevent side
tire chain after reviewing the instruc- skids.
tions provided with the tire chains.
Damage to your vehicle caused by • Do not install studded tires without
improper tire chain use is not cov- first checking local, state and
ered by your vehicle manufacturer’s municipal regulations for possible
warranty. restrictions against their use.
5-123
NOTICE Winter Precautions Change to "winter weight" oil if

Use high quality ethylene glycol necessary
When using tire chains:
coolant In some climates it is recommended
• Wrong size chains or improperly that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
installed chains can damage Your vehicle is delivered with high
oil be used during cold weather. See
your vehicle's brake lines, sus- quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
chapter 8 for recommendations. If
pension, body and wheels. cooling system. It is the only type of
you aren't sure what weight oil you
coolant that should be used because
• Use SAE "S" class or wire should use, consult an authorized
it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-
chains. HYUNDAI dealer.
ing system, lubricates the water
• If you hear noise caused by pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
chains contacting the body, to replace or replenish your coolant Check battery and cables
retighten the chain to prevent in accordance with the maintenance
contact with the vehicle body. Winter puts additional burdens on
schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, the battery system. Visually inspect
• To prevent body damage, have your coolant tested to assure the battery and cables as described
retighten the chains after driving that its freezing point is sufficient for in chapter 7. The level of charge in
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km). the temperatures anticipated during your battery can be checked by an
• Do not use tire chains on vehi- the winter. authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
cles equipped with aluminum service station.
wheels. If unavoidable, use a
wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.47 in
(12 mm) thick to prevent damage
to the chain's connection.
5-124
Use approved window washer Do not let ice and snow accu- To keep locks from freezing
anti-freeze in system mulate underneath To keep the locks from freezing,
To keep the water in the window Under some conditions, snow and squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
washer system from freezing, add an ice can build up under the fenders glycerine into the key opening. If a
approved window washer anti-freeze and interfere with the steering. When lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
solution in accordance with instruc- driving in severe winter conditions an approved de-icing fluid to remove
tions on the container. Window wash- where this may happen, you should the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
er anti-freeze is available from an periodically check underneath the you may be able to thaw it out by
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and car to be sure the movement of the using a heated key. Handle the heat-
most auto parts outlets. Do not use front wheels and the steering com- ed key with care to avoid injury.
coolant or other types of anti-freeze ponents is not obstructed.
as these may damage the paint fin-
ish.
Don't place foreign objects or
materials in the fuel cell power 5
Do not let your parking brake module compartment
freeze

Placement of foreign object or mate-
Under some conditions your parking rials which prevent cooling of the
brake can freeze in the engaged vehicle, in the fuel cell power module
position. This is most likely to happen compartment, may cause a failure.
when there is an accumulation of The manufacturer is not responsible
snow or ice around or near the rear for the damage caused by such
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If placement.
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you shift to P (Park) and block the
rear wheels so the car cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
5-125
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

Two labels on your driver's door sill GAW (Gross Axle Weight) Tire Loading Information Label
show how much weight your vehicle This is the total weight placed on
was designed to carry: the Tire and each axle (front and rear) - including
Loading Information Label and the vehicle curb weight and all payload.
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiar-
ize yourself with the following terms GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
for determining your vehicle's weight This is the maximum allowable
ratings, from the vehicle's specifica- weight that can be carried by a single
tions and the Certification Label: axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
Base Curb Weight never exceed its GAWR.
This is the weight of the vehicle OFE068027N
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
include passengers, cargo, or option- This is the Base Curb Weight plus
al equipment. actual Cargo Weight plus passen-
gers.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
when you picked it up from your deal- Rating)
er plus any aftermarket equipment. This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
Cargo Weight passengers and cargo). The GVWR OFE068028N
This figure includes all weight added is shown on the Certification Label
to the Base Curb Weight, including located on the driver’s door sill.
cargo and optional equipment.
5-126
The label located on the driver's door Seating capacity Steps for determining correct
sill gives the original tire size, cold Total : 5 persons load limit
tire pressures recommended for your (Front seat : 2 persons, 1. Locate the statement "The com-
vehicle, the number of people that Rear seat : 3 persons) bined weight of occupants and
can be in your vehicle and vehicle cargo should never exceed XXX
capacity weight. Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's
driver, your vehicle may carry. placard.
Vehicle capacity weight However, the seating capacity may 2. Determine the combined weight of
903 lbs. (410 kg) be reduced based upon the weight of the driver and passengers that will
all of the occupants, and the weight be riding in your vehicle.
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- of the cargo being carried or towed.
mum combined weight of occupants 3. Subtract the combined weight of
Do not overload the vehicle as there the driver and passengers from
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped is a limit to the total weight, or load
with a trailer, the combined weight XXX kg or XXX lbs.
limit including occupants and cargo, 5
includes the tongue load. the vehicle can carry. 4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug-

gage load capacity. For example, if
Towing capacity the "XXX" amount equals 1400
We do not recommend using this lbs. and there will be five 150 lb
vehicle for trailer towing. passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and lug-
gage load capacity is 650 lbs.
Cargo capacity (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
The cargo capacity of your vehicle 5. Determine the combined weight of
will increase or decrease depending luggage and cargo being loaded
on the weight and the number of on the vehicle. That weight may
occupants and the tongue load, if not safely exceed the available
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer. cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
5-127
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-

er, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehi-
cle.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total
weight, or load limit, including
occupants and cargo, the vehi-
cle can carry. Overloading can
shorten the life of the vehicle. If
the GVWR or the GAWR is
exceeded, parts on the vehicle
can break, and it can change the
handling of your vehicle. These
could cause you to lose control
and result in an accident.
5-128
Example 1
≥ +
Maximum Load Passenger Weight Cargo Weight

(1400 lbs.) (150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.) (1100 lbs.)
(635 kg) (68 kg × 2 = 136 kg) (499 kg)
Example 2
≥ +
5
(1400 lbs.) (150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.) (650 lbs.)

(635 kg) (68 kg × 5 = 340 kg) (295 kg)
Example 3
≥ +

(1400 lbs.) (172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.) (540 lbs.)
(635 kg) (78 kg × 5 = 390 kg) (245 kg)
5-129
Certification label The total weight of the vehicle,

including all occupants, accessories, WARNING
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Overloading
Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle • Never exceed the GVWR for
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out your vehicle, the GAWR for
the actual loads on your front and either the front or rear axle
rear axles, you need to go to a weigh and vehicle capacity weight.
station and weigh your vehicle. Be Exceeding these ratings can
sure to spread out your load equally affect your vehicle’s handling
on both sides of the centerline. and braking ability, and cause
an accident.
OBH059070
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
The certification label is located on cause heat buildup in your
the driver’s door sill at the center pil- vehicle’s tires and possible
lar and shows the maximum allow- tire failure, increased stop-
able weight of the fully loaded vehi- ping distances and poor vehi-
cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross cle handling-all of which may
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR result in a crash.
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi-
mum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
5-130
TRAILER TOWING
NOTICE We do not recommend using this
WARNING vehicle for trailer towing.
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not If you carry items inside your
be covered by your warranty. Do vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,
not overload your vehicle. packages, or anything else),
they are moving as fast as the
vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going
and can cause an injury if they
strike the driver or a passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of
your vehicle. Try to spread the
weight evenly. 5
• Do not stack items, like suit-

cases, inside the vehicle
above the tops of the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured
child restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
5-131
What to do in an emergency
Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................6-2 If You Have a Flat Tire

In Case of an Emergency While Driving.............6-2 (With Tire Mobility Kit).......................................6-17
If an accident occurs........................................................6-2 Towing ...................................................................6-24
If a fire occurs ...................................................................6-3 Towing Service.................................................................6-24
Emergency venting of hydrogen gas...........................6-3 Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-25
If a submersion in water occurs....................................6-3 Emergency Towing..........................................................6-26
If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing.........6-3
If you have a flat tire while driving..............................6-4
If the vehicle stalls while driving...................................6-4
If the Vehicle Will Not Start .................................6-4
If the 12 Volt Battery is Discharged ...................6-5
Before Jump Starting .......................................................6-5
Jump Starting......................................................................6-6
If the Vehicle Overheats .......................................6-9
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).......6-11
Check Tire Pressure .......................................................6-11 6
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...............................6-12
Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-13
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position
Indicator.............................................................................6-13
TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-14
Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-15
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY

To turn the hazard warning flasher WHILE DRIVING
on or off, press the hazard warning
flasher button. The button is located If an accident occurs
in the center fascia panel. Both the 1. Stop the vehicle, shift gear to the
left and right turn signal lights will P (Park) position, engage the
flash simultaneously. parking brake, and turn the vehicle
• The hazard warning flasher oper- off.
ates whether your vehicle is run- The flow of hydrogen into the fuel
ning or not. cell stack will be shut off to prevent
• The turn signals do not work when the electricity from being generat-
the hazard flasher is on. ed.
OFE068001
2. Evacuate to the safety place.
The hazard warning flasher serves 3. Call emergency services for help
as a warning to other drivers to exer- and let them know the vehicle is a
cise extreme caution when approach- Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle.
ing, overtaking, or passing your vehi-
cle.
It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
6-2
If a fire occurs If the fire is too big to be extin- If a submersion in water
1. Stop the vehicle, shift gear to the guished with the fire extinguisher, occurs
P(Park) position, engage the park- evacuate from the vehicle, call the
If your vehicle was flooded and has
ing brake, and turn the vehicle off. fire department, and let them know
soaked carpeting or water on the
the vehicle is a Fuel Cell Electric
The flow of hydrogen into the fuel flooring, you should not try to start
Vehicle. Do not come close to the
cell stack will be shut off to prevent the vehicle by pressing the POWER
vehicle until the fire is totally extin-
the electricity from being generat- button.
guished.
ed. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
2. If the fire is small, which can be dealer immediately.
extinguished with fire extinguisher, Emergency venting of hydro-
use carbon dioxide extinguisher. gen gas
If the vehicle stalls at a cross-
You can also extinguish the fire If the temperature near the safety road or crossing
with water when the vehicle power valve located at the rear under vehi-
is turned off. cle is over 230°F (110°C) caused by If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or
a fire or other reasons, the safety crossing, set the gear in the N
valve will open to vent hydrogen gas. (Neutral) position and then push the
WARNING Venting the hydrogen gas makes a vehicle to a safe place.
6
loud noise because the venting
Do not use water to extinguish a speed is very fast. Stay well away
fire when the vehicle power is from the vehicle. The discharge of
turned on. Serious electric hydrogen gas from the vehicle is
shock may result. flammable and could cause a fire.
6-3
IF THE VEHICLE WILL NOT

If you have a flat tire while If the vehicle stalls while driv- START
driving ing
• Be sure the shift lever is in P
If a tire goes flat while you are driv- 1. Reduce your speed gradually, (Park). The vehicle starts only
ing: keeping a straight line. Move cau- when the shift lever is in P (Park).
1. Take your foot off the accelerator tiously off the road to a safe place. • This vehicle does not have a regu-
pedal and let the vehicle slow 2. Turn on your emergency flashers. lar 12V battery that needs periodic
down while driving straight ahead. 3. Try to start the vehicle again. If replacement. It is lithium ion poly-
Do not apply the brakes immedi- your vehicle will not start, contact mer type integrated into the high
ately or attempt to pull off the road an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. voltage battery. The vehicle has a
as this may cause a loss of con- 12V battery protection system that
trol. When the vehicle has slowed cuts 12V battery from vehicle draw
to such a speed that it is safe to do to prevent full discharge. If vehicle
so, brake carefully and pull off the will not start, first try pressing the
road. Drive off the road as far as 12V Battery Reset switch (left side
possible and park on firm, level of the steering wheel near the fuel
ground. If you are on a divided door open switch) to reconnect the
highway, do not park in the medi- 12V battery, but you must start
an area between the two traffic vehicle within 15 seconds of press-
lanes. ing the 12V Battery Reset switch.
2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn After starting vehicle, operate the
on your emergency hazard flash- vehicle safely outdoors in ready
ers, set the parking brake and shift mode stopped and/or drive it for 30
gear to the P(Park) position. minutes total to charge the 12V
3. Have all passengers get out of the battery fully.
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on • Check the fuel level and add fuel if
the side of the vehicle that is away necessary.
from traffic. • Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it.
If the vehicle still does not start, call
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
6-4 assistance.
IF THE 12 VOLT BATTERY IS DISCHARGED
Before Jump Starting Using the 12V Battery Reset If you do not start the vehicle imme-
This vehicle does not have a regular Switch diately after pressing the 12V Battery
12V battery that needs periodic Reset switch, the power of 12V bat-
replacement. It is lithium ion polymer tery is automatically disconnected
type integrated into the high voltage after few seconds to save the 12V
battery. The vehicle has a 12V bat- battery from additional discharge. If
tery protection system that cuts 12V the 12V battery is disconnected prior
battery from vehicle draw to prevent to starting the vehicle, press the 12V
full discharge. Battery Reset switch again and then
immediately start the vehicle as
explained.
Repeated use of the 12V Battery
Reset switch without a sufficient
vehicle ON cycle (30 Min+) may
OFEQ018012
cause over discharge of the 12V bat-
1. Press the 12V Battery Reset tery, which will prevent the vehicle
switch to reconnect the 12V bat- from starting. If the 12V battery is
tery. over discharged to a point that the 6
2. Start the vehicle within 15 sec- reset does not work, try to jump-start
onds of pressing the 12V Battery the vehicle.
Reset switch.
3. After starting vehicle ( indica- i Information
tor on), move the vehicle outside After starting the vehicle ( indica-
and keep the vehicle ready ( ) tor on), the 12V battery is being
mode more than 30 minutes safe- charged whether the accelerator pedal
ly to charge the 12V battery. is depressed or not.
6-5
The following items may need to be Jump Starting 1. Position the vehicles close enough
reset after the battery has been dis- In the event vehicle still does not that the jumper cables will reach,
charged or the battery has been dis- have a functional 12V battery (check but do not allow the vehicles to
connected. See chapter 3 or 4 for: if interior lights will not turn on) then touch.
• Power Windows you can try a jump start using a 12V 2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in
• Trip Computer booster pack or jumper cables from the fuel cell power module com-
another vehicle's 12V battery partment at all times, even when
• Climate Control System the vehicles are turned off.
according to the following instruc-
• Clock tions. 3. Turn off all electrical devices such
• Audio System as radios, lights, air conditioning,
• Sunroof CAUTION etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)
• Driver Position Memory System and set the parking brake. Turn
Jump starting can be danger- both vehicles OFF.
NOTICE ous if done incorrectly. Follow
the jump starting procedure in
External power source using 12V this section to avoid serious
battery injury or damage to your vehi-
The use of external power acces- cle. If in doubt about how to
sories may reduce performance properly jump start your vehi-
and function of the vehicle. cle, we strongly recommend
Especially, the use of dash cam- that you have a service techni-
eras may shut off the power of the cian or towing service do it for
vehicle prior to the dash camera's you.
automatic shut-down.
If the power of the vehicle is shut
off, start the vehicle as explained.
(refer to "Using the 12V Battery
Switch")
6-6
6. Connect the second jumper cable
to the black, negative (-) battery/
chassis ground of the assisting
vehicle (3).
7. Connect the other end of the sec-
ond jumper cable to the black,
negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the cor-
rect battery or jumper terminals or
the correct ground. Do not lean OFEQ018012
over the battery when making 8. Press the 12V Battery Reset
connections. switch.
9. Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run for a few min-
OFE068003N utes. 6
4. Connect the jumper cables in the 10. Start your vehicle as soon as
exact sequence shown in the illus- possible. After starting vehicle
tration. First connect one jumper ( indicator on), operate the
cable to the red, positive (+) vehicle safely outdoors in ready
jumper terminal of your vehicle mode stopped and/or drive it for
(1). 30 minutes total to charge the
5. Connect the other end of the 12V battery fully.
jumper cable to the red, positive
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
6-7
If your vehicle will not start after a i Information i Information

few attempts, it probably requires
servicing. In this event please seek The voltage range of the charger An inappropriately disposed
qualified assistance. If the cause of should be 13.3~14V and its current battery can be harmful to the
your battery discharging is not range should be less than 60A. (13.8V Pb environment and human
apparent, have your vehicle checked is recommended). health. Dispose of the battery
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. according to your local law(s)
CAUTION or regulations.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the NOTICE
exact reverse order you connected • The use of an improper charg-
them: er with a voltage and current To prevent damage to your vehi-
range higher than specified cle:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from may cause overheating and
the black, negative (-) chassis damage to the 12V battery. • Only use a 12-volt power supply
ground of your vehicle (4). (battery or jumper system) to
• The use of an incorrect charg- jump start your vehicle.
2. Disconnect the other end of the er will lead to a power shut-off
jumper cable from the black, neg- to save the 12V battery. Stop • Do not attempt to jump start
ative (-) battery/chassis ground of using the incorrect charger your vehicle by push-starting.
the assisting vehicle (3). once the power of the vehicle
3. Disconnect the second jumper is shut off.
cable from the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive
(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle
(1).
6-8
IF THE VEHICLE OVERHEATS
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so. WARNING WARNING
2. Shift to P (Park) and set the park- While the vehicle is Your vehicle is
ing brake. If the air conditioning is running, keep hands, equipped with a pres-
on, turn it off. clothing and tools surized coolant
3. If coolant is running out under the away from the mov- reserve tank. NEVER
vehicle or steam is coming out ing parts such as the remove the coolant
from the hood, stop the vehicle. cooling fan to prevent reserve tank cap or the radiator
Do not open the hood until the serious injury. drain plug while the radiator is
coolant has stopped running or HOT. Hot coolant and steam
the steaming has stopped. If there may blow out under pressure,
is no visible loss of coolant and no 4. Check for coolant leaking from the causing serious injury.
steam, leave the vehicle running radiator, hoses or under the vehi- Turn the vehicle off and wait
and check to be sure the vehicle cle. (If the air conditioning had until the vehicle cools down.
cooling fan is operating. If the fan been in use, it is normal for cold Use extreme care when remov-
is not running, turn the vehicle off. water to be draining from it when ing the coolant reserve tank
you stop.) cap. Wrap a towel or thick rag
5. If coolant is leaking out, stop the around it, and turn it counter-
6
vehicle immediately and call the clockwise slowly to release
nearest authorized HYUNDAI some of the pressure from the
dealer for assistance. system. Step back while the
pressure is released.
When you are sure all the pres-
sure has been released, contin-
ue turning the cap counter-
clockwise to remove it.
6-9
6. If you cannot find the cause of the

overheating, wait until the radiator
temperature has returned to nor-
mal. Then, if coolant has been
lost, carefully add coolant to the
reservoir to bring the fluid level in
the reservoir up to the halfway
mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheat-
ing. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er for assistance.
CAUTION
Serious loss of coolant indi-
cates a leak in the cooling sys-
tem and should be checked as
soon as possible by an author-
6-10
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
Check Tire Pressure • The displayed tire pressure values
may differ from those measured
with a tire pressure gage.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the General Settings mode
on the AVN.
- psi, kpa, bar (For more details,
refer to the separately supplied
Navigation manual.)
OFE068004
OFE068006L
• You can check the tire pressure in

the information mode on the clus-
ter.
Refer to the "LCD Display Mode" 6
section in chapter 3.
• A "Drive to display" message will
appear for the first few minutes of
driving after initial vehicle start up.
If the tire pressure is not displayed
OFE068005L
after a few minutes of driving,
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS check the tire pressures.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure /
Tire Pressure Monitor /
TPMS Malfunction Display
(shown on the cluster LCD display)
6-11
Tire Pressure Monitoring As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped
System vehicle has been equipped with a tire with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) indicate when the system is not
WARNING that illuminates a low tire pressure operating properly. The TPMS mal-
telltale when one or more of your function indicator is combined with
Over-inflation or under-inflation tires is significantly under-inflated. the low tire pressure telltale. When
can reduce tire life, adversely Accordingly, when the low tire pres- the system detects a malfunction,
affect vehicle handling, and sure telltale illuminates, you should the telltale will flash for approximate-
lead to sudden tire failure that stop and check your tires as soon as ly one minute and then remain con-
may cause loss of vehicle con- possible, and inflate them to the tinuously illuminated. This sequence
trol resulting in an accident. proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- will continue upon subsequent vehi-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
tire to overheat and can lead to tire tion exists.
Each tire, including the spare (if pro-
failure. When the malfunction indicator is
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- illuminated, the system may not be
pressure recommended by the vehi- ciency and tire tread life, and may able to detect or signal low tire pres-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- affect the vehicle's handling and sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-
ard or tire inflation pressure label. If stopping ability. tions may occur for a variety of rea-
your vehicle has tires of a different Please note that the TPMS is not a sons, including the installation of
size than the size indicated on the substitute for proper tire mainte- replacement or alternate tires or
vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- nance, and it is the driver's responsi- wheels on the vehicle that prevent
sure label, you should determine the bility to maintain correct tire pres- the TPMS from functioning properly.
proper tire inflation pressure for sure, even if under-inflation has not Always check the TPMS malfunction
those tires. reached the level to trigger illumina- telltale after replacing one or more
tion of the TPMS low tire pressure tires or wheels on your vehicle to
telltale. ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS
to continue to function properly.
6-12
NOTICE Low Tire Pressure If any of your tire pressures are indi-
Telltale cated as being low, immediately
If any of the below happens, have reduce your speed, avoid hard cor-
the system checked by an author- nering, and anticipate increased
ized HYUNDAI dealer. Low Tire Pressure stopping distances. You should stop
LCD Display with
1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS and check your tires as soon as pos-
Malfunction Indicator does not Position Indicator sible. Inflate the tires to the proper
illuminate for 3 seconds when pressure as indicated on the vehi-
the POWER button is placed to cle’s placard or tire inflation pressure
the ON position or vehicle is ON OFE068005L
label located on the driver's side cen-
( indicator ON). ter pillar outer panel.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator When the tire pressure monitoring The Low Tire Pressure LCD position
remains illuminated after blink- system warning indicators are illumi- indicator will remain on and the
ing for approximately 1 minute. nated and the warning message is TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD dis- displayed on the cluster LCD display, blink for one minute and then remain
play remains illuminated one or more of your tires is signifi- illuminated until you have the low
cantly under-inflated. The LCD posi- pressure tire repaired and replaced
tion indicator will indicate which tire on the vehicle. 6
is significantly under-inflated by illu-
minating the corresponding position
light.
6-13
TPMS Malfunction
CAUTION WARNING Indicator
In winter or cold weather, the Low pressure damage
Low Tire Pressure Telltale may The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will
be illuminated if the tire pres- Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and illuminate after it blinks for approxi-
sure was adjusted to the recom- mately one minute when there is a
mended tire inflation pressure can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking problem with the Tire Pressure
in warm weather. It does not Monitoring System.
mean your TPMS is malfunc- distances.
tioning because the decreased Continued driving on low pres- Have the system checked by an
temperature leads to a propor- sure tires can cause the tires to authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
tional lowering of tire pressure. overheat and fail. as possible.
When you drive your vehicle NOTICE
from a warm area to a cold area
or from a cold area to a warm If there is a malfunction with the
area, or the outside temperature TPMS, the individual tire pres-
is greatly higher or lower, you sures in the cluster LCD display
should check the tire inflation will not be available. Have the sys-
pressure and adjust the tires to tem checked by an authorized
the recommended tire inflation HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-
pressure. ble.
6-14
NOTICE Changing a Tire with TPMS If the indicators do not disappear
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire after a few minutes, please visit an
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
may illuminate after blinking for Pressure and LCD position indicator
will come on. Have the flat tire Each wheel is equipped with a tire
one minute if the vehicle is near pressure sensor mounted inside the
electric power supply cables or repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible. tire behind the valve stem. You must
radio transmitters such as police use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-
stations, government and public ommended that you always have
offices, broadcasting stations, CAUTION your tires serviced by an authorized
military installations, airports, HYUNDAI dealer.
transmitting towers, etc. Never use a puncture-repairing
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction agent not approved by HYUNDAI
Indicator may illuminate if snow dealer to repair and/or inflate a
chains are used or electronic low pressure tire. Tire sealant
devices such as computers, charg- not approved by HYUNDAI deal-
ers, remote starters, navigation, er may damage the tire pressure
etc. This may interfere with normal sensor.
operation of the TPMS. 6
Once the original tire equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pres-
sure and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator and TPMS Malfunction
Indicator will go off within a few min-
utes of driving.
6-15
You may not be able identify a tire i Information

with low pressure by simply looking WARNING
at it. Always use a good quality tire This device complies with Part 15 of
pressure gage to measure the tire's • The TPMS cannot alert you to the FCC rules.
inflation pressure. Please note that a severe and sudden tire dam- Operation is subject to the following
tire that is hot (from being driven) will age caused by external fac- three conditions:
have a higher pressure measure- tors such as nails or road
debris. 1. This device may not cause harmful
ment than a tire that is cold. interference.
A cold tire means the vehicle has • If you feel any vehicle instabil-
ity, immediately take your foot 2. This device must accept any inter-
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for ference received, including interfer-
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 off the accelerator, apply the
brakes gradually with light ence that may cause undesired
hour period. operation.
force, and slowly move to a
Allow the tire to cool before measur- 3. Changes or modifications not
safe position off the road.
ing the inflation pressure. Always be expressly approved by the party
sure the tire is cold before inflating to responsible for compliance could
the recommended pressure. void the user's authority to operate
WARNING
the equipment.
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure con-
ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-
tions. Tampering with, modify-
ing, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
6-16
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT)
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix
to the tire and the tire should be WARNING
dealer as soon as possible. Temporary fix
Have your tire repaired as soon
CAUTION as possible. The tire may lose
air pressure at any time after
One sealant bottle for one tire inflating with the Tire Mobility
Kit.
When two or more tires are flat,
do not use the tire mobility kit
OFE068014
because the supported one
sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is
For safe operation, carefully read only used for one flat tire.
and follow the instructions in this
manual before use.
(1) Compressor WARNING
(2) Sealant bottle 6
Tire wall
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit
to repair punctures in the tire
walls. This can result in an acci-
dent due to tire failure.
6-17
Introduction The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed • When the tire and wheel are dam-
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay or intended as a permanent tire aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit
mobile even after experiencing a tire repair method and is to be used for for your safety.
puncture. one tire only. • Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not
The compressor and sealing com- This instruction shows you step by be effective for tire damage larger
pound system effectively and com- step how to temporarily seal the than approximately 0.16 in. (4
fortably seals most punctures in a puncture simply and reliably. mm).
passenger car tire caused by nails Read the section "Notes on the safe Please contact the nearest
or similar objects and reinflates the use of the Tire Mobility Kit". HYUNDAI dealership if the tire
tire. cannot be made roadworthy with
After you ensure that the tire is prop- the Tire Mobility Kit.
Notes on the safe use of the
erly sealed you can drive cautiously Tire Mobility Kit • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a
on the tire (distance up to 120 miles tire is severely damaged by driving
(200 km)) at a max. speed of (50 • Park your car at the side of the run flat or with insufficient air pres-
mph (80 km/h)) in order to reach a road so that you can work with the sure.
service station or tire dealer for the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving
traffic. • Do not remove any foreign objects
tire replacement. such as nails or screws that have
It is possible that some tires, espe- • To be sure your vehicle will not penetrated the tire.
cially with larger punctures or dam- move, even when you're on fairly
level ground, always set your park- • Provided the car is outdoors, leave
age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed the vehicle ON ( indicator ON).
completely. ing brake.
Otherwise operating the compres-
Air pressure loss in the tire may • Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sor may eventually drain the car
adversely affect tire performance. sealing/inflation passenger car battery.
tires. Only punctured areas located
For this reason, you should avoid within the tread region of the tire • Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
abrupt steering or other driving can be sealed using the tire mobil- unattended while it is being used.
maneuvers, especially if the vehicle ity kit. • Do not leave the compressor run-
is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in ning for more than 10 minutes at a
use. • Do not use on motorcycles, bicy-
cles or any other type of tires. time or it may overheat.
6-18
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
the ambient temperature is below
-22°F (-30°C).
• In case of skin contact with the-
sealant, wash the area thoroughly-
with plenty of water. If the irritation-
persists, seek medical attention.
• In case of eye contact with the
sealant,flush your eyes for at least
15 minutes. If the irritation persists,
seek medical attention.
• In case of swallowing the
sealant,rinse the mouth and drink
plenty ofwater. However, never give
anythingto an unconscious person
and seek medical attention imme-
diately.
6
• Long time exposure to the sealant-
may cause damage to bodily tissue
such as kidney, etc.
ODE067044
1. Speed restriction label 5. Holder for the sealant bottle

2. Sealant bottle and label with 6. Compressor
speed restriction 7. ON/OFF switch
3. Sealant/Air filling hose 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the
4. Connectors and cable for power tire inflation pressure
outlet direct connection 9. Button for reducing tire inflation
pressure
6-19
Connectors, cable and connection Using the Tire Mobility Kit

hose are stored in the compressor
housing. CAUTION
Strictly follow the specified sequence,
otherwise the sealant may escape
under high pressure.
WARNING
Do not use the tire sealant after
OIGH067042
the sealant has expired (i.e.
pasted the expiration date on 2. Connect the filling hose (3) to the
the sealant container). This can sealant bottle (2) in the direction of
OFE068010 (A) and connect the sealant bottle
increase the risk of tire failure.
Detach the speed restriction to the compressor (5) in the direc-
label (1) from the sealant bottle tion of (B).
WARNING (2), and place it in a highly visi- 3. Ensure that the compressor is
ble place inside the vehicle switched OFF.
such as on the steering wheel
• Keep out of reach of children. to remind the driver not to drive
• Avoid contact with eyes. too fast.
• Do not swallow.
1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).
6-20
CAUTION
Do not attempt to drive your
vehicle if the tire pressure is
below 29 psi (200 kpa). This
could result in an accident due
to sudden tire failure.
7. Switch off the compressor.

8. Detach the hoses from the sealant
OFE068015 OFE068016
bottle connector and from the tire
4. Unscrew the valve cap from the 5. Plug the compressor power cord valve.
valve of the defective wheel and (4) into the vehicle power outlet. Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-
screw the filling hose (3) of the 6. With the vehicle ON ( indica- age location in the vehicle.
sealant bottle onto the valve. tor ON), switch on the compressor
and let it run for approximately 6
5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up WARNING
CAUTION
to proper pressure. (refer to the
Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The Do not the filling leave your
Securely install the sealant fill- vehicle running in a poorly ven-
ing hose to the valve. If not, inflation pressure of the tire after
filling is unimportant and will be tilated area for extended peri-
sealant may flow backward, ods of time. Carbon monoxide
possibly clogging the filling checked/corrected later.
poisoning and suffocation can
hose. Be careful not to overinflate the occur.
tire and stay away from the tire
when filling it.
6-21
Checking the tire inflation pres-

sure
1. After driving approximately 4~6
miles (7~10 km or about
10 minutes), stop at a safe loca-
tion.
OLMF064106 OFE068015
Distributing the sealant 3. Connect the other end of the filling
9. Immediately drive approximately hose (3) directly into the tire valve.
4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10 4. Plug the compressor power cord
minutes) to evenly distribute the (4) into the vehicle power outlet.
sealant in the tire.
Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph OAEPH067042
(80 km/h). If possible, do not fall 2. Connect the filling hose (3) direct-
below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). ly into the compressor.
While driving, if you experience any
unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
noise, reduce your speed and drive
with caution until you can safely pull
off of the side of the road.
6-22
5. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to i Information
the recommended tire inflation. CAUTION
With the vehicle ON ( indica- When reinstalling the repaired or
When you use the Tire Mobility Kit replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle,
tor ON), on, proceed as follows. including sealant not approved by tighten the wheel lug nut to 79~94
- To increase the inflation pres- HYUNDAI, the tire pressure sen- lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
sure: sors may be damaged by sealant.
Switch on the compressor. To The sealant on the tire pressure
check the current inflation pres- sensor and wheel should be
sure setting, briefly switch off the removed when you replace the
compressor. tire with a new one and inspect
- To reduce the inflation pres- the tire pressure sensors at an
sure: authorized dealer.
Press the button (9) on the com-
pressor.
WARNING
i Information The tire inflation pressure must 6
The pressure gauge may show higher be at least 32 psi (220 kPa). If it
than actual reading when the com- is not, do not continue driving.
pressor is running. To get an accurate Call for road side service or
tire pressure, the compressor needs to towing.
be turned off.
6-23
TOWING
Towing Service It is acceptable to tow the vehicle NOTICE
with the rear wheels on the ground
(without dollies) and the front wheels • Do not tow the vehicle with the
off the ground. If any of the loaded front wheels on the ground as
wheels or suspension components this may cause damage to the
are damaged or the vehicle is being vehicle.
towed with the front wheels on the
ground, use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear. OFE068026
• Do not tow with sling-type

equipment. Use a wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
OFE068017N
[A] : Dollies
If emergency towing is necessary,

we recommend having it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service. OFE068025
Proper lifting and towing procedures
are necessary to prevent damage to
the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies
or flatbed is recommended.
6-24
Removable Towing Hook 2. Remove the hole cover by press-
WARNING ing the lower part of the cover on
1. Open the liftgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case. the front or rear bumper.
If your vehicle is equipped with
a rollover sensor, place the 3. Install the towing hook by turning it
■ Front clockwise into the hole until it is
POWER button in the LOCK/
OFF or ACC position when the fully secured.
vehicle is being towed. The side 4. Remove the towing hook and
impact and curtain air bag may install the cover after use.
deploy if the sensor detects the
situation as a rollover.
When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Place the POWER button in the
OFE068018
ACC position.
■ Rear
2. Place the shift button in N 6
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Failure to place the shift button
in N (Neutral) when being towed
with the front wheels on the
ground can cause internal dam-
age to the vehicle. OFE068019
6-25
Emergency Towing Always follow these emergency tow-

If towing is necessary, we recom- ing precautions:
mend you have it done by an author- • While depressing the brake pedal
ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commer- shift to the N (Neutral) position and
cial tow truck service. turn the vehicle off. The POWER
If towing service is not available in an button will be in the ACC position.
emergency, your vehicle may be • Release the parking brake.
temporarily towed using a cable or • Depress the brake pedal with more
chain secured to the emergency tow- force than normal since you will
ing hook at the front (or rear) of the have reduced braking perform-
vehicle. ance.
OFE068022
Use extreme caution when towing • More steering effort will be
the vehicle with a cable or chain. A required because the power steer- • Use a towing cable or chain less
driver must be in the vehicle to steer ing system will be disabled. than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a
it and operate the brakes. white or red cloth (about 12 inch
• Use a vehicle heavier than your (30 cm) wide) in the middle of the
Towing in this manner may be done own to tow your vehicle. cable or chain for easy visibility.
only on hard-surfaced roads for a • The drivers of both vehicles should
short distance and at low speeds. • Drive carefully so the towing cable
communicate with each other fre- or chain remains tight during tow-
Also, the wheels, axles, power train, quently.
steering and brakes must all be in ing.
good condition. • Before emergency towing, check • Before towing, check the reduction
that the hook is not broken or dam- gear for fluid leaks under your vehi-
aged. cle. If the reduction gear is leaking,
• Fasten the towing cable or chain flatbed equipment or a towing dolly
securely to the hook. must be used.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
6-26
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle
and vehicle components when
towing:
• Always pull straight ahead
when using the towing hooks.
Do not pull from the side or at
a vertical angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to
pull a vehicle out of mud, sand
or other conditions from which
the vehicle cannot be driven
out under its own power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to
10 mph (15 km/h) and drive
less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when 6
towing to avoid serious dam-
age to the reduction gear.
6-27
Maintenance
Fuel cell power module compartment.................7-3 Wiper blades .........................................................7-24

Maintenance services ...........................................7-4 Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-24
Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4 Blade Replacement .........................................................7-24
Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4 12V battery ...........................................................7-27
Owner maintenance...............................................7-5 Battery recharging .........................................................7-28
Owner maintenance schedule........................................7-6 Reset Features.................................................................7-28
Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-7 Tires and wheels ..................................................7-29
Normal Maintenance Schedule ......................................7-8 Tire Care............................................................................7-29
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions ........7-10 Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-30
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.7-12 Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-31
Device cooling coolant ........................................7-13 Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-32
Checking the Coolant Level..........................................7-13 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-33
Changing Coolant ............................................................7-15 Tire Replacement ............................................................7-33
Maintenance
Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-34
Stack cooling coolant..........................................7-16
Tire Traction .....................................................................7-34
Checking the Coolant Level..........................................7-16
Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-34
Changing Coolant ............................................................7-18
Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-34
Brake fluid ............................................................7-19 Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-38
Checking the Brake Fluid Level...................................7-19 All Season Tires...............................................................7-42
Washer fluid .........................................................7-20 Summer Tires ...................................................................7-42 7
Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-20 Snow Tires ........................................................................7-42
Air cleaner ............................................................7-20 Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-42
Filter Replacement..........................................................7-20 Low Aspect Ratio Tires..................................................7-43
Climate control air filter .....................................7-22
Filter Inspection...............................................................7-22
Fuses......................................................................7-45
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-46
Fuel cell power module compartment
Panel Fuse Replacement ...............................................7-47
Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-49
Light bulbs.............................................................7-57
Headlamp, front center lamp, turn signal lamp,
daytime running lamp, parking lamp, side marker
replacement ......................................................................7-58
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-58
Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ..............7-59
High mounted stop lamp ...............................................7-59
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement ......................7-60
Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-60
Appearance care ..................................................7-62
Exterior Care ....................................................................7-62
Interior Care .....................................................................7-67
California perchlorate notice .............................7-70
7
FUEL CELL POWER MODULE COMPARTMENT
1. Brake fluid reservoir

2. Air cleaner
3. Fuse box
4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
5. Device cooling coolant reservoir
Maintenance
6. Traction motor radiator cap
7. Stack cooling coolant reservoir
8. Fuel cell stack radiator cap
7
The actual fuel cell power module compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illus-
tration.
OFE078001
7-3
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care Owner's Responsibility Owner Maintenance
to prevent damage to your vehicle Maintenance service and record Precautions
and injury to yourself whenever per- retention are the owner's responsibil- Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
forming any maintenance or inspec- ity. cient servicing may result in opera-
tion procedures.
You should retain documents that tional problems with your vehicle that
We recommend you have your vehi- show proper maintenance has been could lead to vehicle damage, an
cle maintained and repaired by an performed on your vehicle in accor- accident, or personal injury. This
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An dance with the scheduled mainte- chapter provides instructions only for
authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets nance service charts shown on the the maintenance items that are easy
HYUNDAI's high service quality following pages. You need this infor- to perform. Several procedures can
standards and receives technical mation to establish your compliance be done only by an authorized
support from HYUNDAI in order to with the servicing and maintenance HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.
provide you with a high level of serv- requirements of your vehicle war- Your vehicle should not be modified
ice satisfaction. ranties. in any way. Such modifications may
Detailed warranty information is pro- adversely affect the performance,
WARNING vided in your Owner's Handbook & safety or durability of your vehicle
Warranty Information booklet. and may, in addition, violate condi-
High voltage caution tions of the limited warranties cover-
Repairs and adjustments required as
Do not disassemble or perform ing the vehicle.
a result of improper maintenance or
maintenance on the fuel cell a lack of required maintenance are Certain modifications may also be in
system unless you are quali- not covered. violation of regulations established
fied. The fuel cell system can be by the U.S. Department of
highly dangerous since there Transportation and other federal or
are many high voltage parts state agencies.
inside even if when power is off.
7-4
OWNER MAINTENANCE
NOTICE The following lists are vehicle checks
WARNING and inspections that should be per-
Improper owner maintenance dur- formed by the owner or an author-
ing the warranty period may affect Performing maintenance work ized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequen-
warranty coverage. For details, on a vehicle can be dangerous. cies indicated to help ensure safe,
read the separate Owner's If you lack sufficient knowledge dependable operation of your vehi-
Handbook & Warranty Information and experience or the proper cle.
booklet provided with the vehicle. tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an author- Any adverse conditions should be
If you're unsure about any service brought to the attention of your deal-
or maintenance procedure, have it ized HYUNDAI dealer.
er as soon as possible.
done by an authorized HYUNDAI ALWAYS follow these precau-
dealer. tions for performing mainte- These Owner Maintenance vehicle
nance work: checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged
• Park your vehicle on level for labor, parts and lubricants used.
ground, shift to the P (Park)
Maintenance
position, apply the parking
brake, and place the POWER
button in the OFF position.
• Block the tires (front and
back) to prevent the vehicle
from moving. 7
Remove loose clothing or jew-
elry that can become entan-
gled in moving parts.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smok-
ing materials away from the
battery related parts.
7-5
Maintenance
Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle: At least monthly:

When you stop for fuel: • Check for vibrations in the steering • Check coolant level in the coolant
wheel. Notice if there is any reservoir.
• Check for both fuel cell stack and
increased steering effort or loose- • Check the operation of all exterior
Device cooling coolant level in
ness in the steering wheel, or lights, including the brake lights,
coolant reservoir.
change in its straight-ahead posi- turn signals and hazard warning
• Check the windshield washer fluid tion. flashers.
level.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly • Check the inflation pressures of all
• Look for low or under-inflated tires. turns slightly or "pulls" to one side tires that are worn, show uneven
when traveling on smooth, level wear, or are damaged.
WARNING road.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
• When stopping, listen and check
Be careful when checking the for unusual sounds, pulling to one
coolant level when the fuel cell side, increased brake pedal travel At least twice a year:
power module is hot. Scalding or "hard-to-push" brake pedal. (i.e., every Spring and Fall)
hot coolant and steam may • If any slipping or changes in the • Check radiator, heater and air con-
blow out under pressure. This operation of your reduction gear ditioning hoses for leaks or dam-
could cause burns or other seri- occurs, check the reduction gear age.
ous injury. fluid level. • Check windshield washer spray
• Check the reduction gear P (Park) and wiper operation. Clean wiper
function. blades with clean cloth dampened
• Check the parking brake. with washer fluid.
• Check for fluid leaks under your • Check headlamp alignment.
vehicle (water dripping from the air • Check the seat belts for wear and
conditioning system during or after function.
use is normal).
7-6
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES
At least once a year: Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where
• Clean body and door drain holes. none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply,
you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges. • Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal tem-
perature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches. • Low speed driving for long distances
• Lubricate door rubber weather • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
strips. • Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold
• Lubricate door checker. weather
• Check the air conditioning system. • Driving in heavy dust condition
• Inspect and lubricate reduction • Driving in heavy traffic area
gear linkage and controls. • Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
• Check the brake fluid level. • Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack
Maintenance
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
• Driving over 170 km/h (106 miles/h)
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition
If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, 7
replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance
Schedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow
the prescribed maintenance intervals.
7-7
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule

Maintenance Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Intervals
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Maintenance
Item Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Hydrogen system
Inspect every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 24 months
(Check the hydrogen leakage)
Air cleaner filter Replace every at 12,000 (20,000 km) miles
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 10 years :
Device cooling coolant
Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
Stack cooling coolant Replace every at 36,000 miles (60,000 km) or 36 months
Ion filter Replace every at 36,000 miles (60,000 km) or 36 months
Reduction gear No check, No service required
Air conditioner refrigerant/
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
compressor
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I
Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace
7-8
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)
Maintenance Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Intervals
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Maintenance
Item Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Parking brake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
boots
Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake fluid I I I I I I I
Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Maintenance
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace
7-9
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
Maintenance
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition
operation
Hydrogen system Inspect more frequently
I C, D, F, G, J, L
(Check the hydrogen leakage) depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
Air cleaner filter I C, D, E
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
Device cooling coolant R C, D, E, F, J, K, L
Stack cooling coolant R C, D, F, G, L
Ion filter R C, D, F, G, L
Reduction gear fluid R 72,000 miles (120,000 km) C, F, G, I, J
Air conditioner refrigerant/compressor I C, D, F, G, L
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H
7-10
Maintenance
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition
operation
Driveshaft and boots I C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G
Parking brake I C, D, G, H
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, G
Climate control air filter R C, E
Severe driving conditions
Maintenance
A - Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles E - Driving in sandy areas
(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)
in freezing temperature G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
B - Extensive low speed driving for long distances H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
spread roads towing 7
D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
very cold weather K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7-11
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Cooling System Brake Fluid Steering Gear Box, Linkage &
Check cooling system components, Check brake fluid level in the brake Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
such as radiator, coolant reservoir, fluid reservoir. The level should be With the vehicle stopped and the
hoses and connections for leakage between the MIN and the MAX vehicle off, check for excessive free-
and damage. Replace any damaged marks on the side of the reservoir. play in the steering wheel. Check the
parts. Use only hydraulic brake fluid con- linkage for bends or damage. Check
forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi- the dust boots and ball joints for
cation. deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Coolant Replace any damaged parts.
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the mainte- Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers
nance schedule. and Rotors Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the pads for excessive wear, Check the drive shafts, boots and
discs for run out and wear, and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
Reduction Gear Fluid calipers for fluid leakage. damage. Replace any damaged
Inspect the reduction gear fluid parts and, if necessary, repack the
according to the maintenance sched- grease.
ule. Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Brake Hoses and Lines to the specified torque. Check the air conditioning lines and
Visually check for proper installation, connections for leakage and dam-
chafing, cracks, deterioration and age.
any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-
ed or damaged parts immediately.
7-12
DEVICE COOLING COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system Checking the Coolant Level Recommended coolant
has a reservoir filled with year-round • When adding coolant, use only
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is distilled (deionized) water for your
filled at the factory. vehicle and never mix hard water in
Check the antifreeze protection and the coolant filled at the factory.
coolant level at least once a year, at • An improper coolant mixture can
the beginning of the winter season result in severe malfunction or
and before traveling to a colder cli- electric devices damage.
mate.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the spec-
ified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
OFE078003 more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
Maintenance
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and reduce the effectiveness of the
heater hoses. Replace any swollen solution.
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between the MAX and the MIN
marks on the rear side of the coolant 7
reservoir when the parts in the fuel
cell power module compartment is
cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring
the level to the MAX mark, but do not
overfill. If frequent additions are
required, you see an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling sys-
tem inspection.
7-13
Maintenance
For mixing percentage, refer to the

Turn the vehicle off and wait
following table:
until the parts in the fuel cell
Mixture Percentage power module compartment
Ambient (volume) cools down. Use extreme care
Temperature when removing the radiator
Antifreeze Water
cap. Wrap a thick towel around
5°F (-15°C) 35 65
it, and turn it counterclockwise
-13°F (-25°C) 40 60 slowly to the first stop. Step
-31°F (-35°C) 50 50 back while the pressure is
-49°F (-45°C) 60 40 released from the cooling sys-
tem. When you are sure all the
OFE078004 pressure has been released,
i Information press down on the cap, using a
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% WARNING thick towel, and continue turn-
water and 50% antifreeze mix is the ing counterclockwise to remove
easiest to mix together as it will be the Never remove the it.
same quantity of each. It is suitable to radiator cap or the
use for most temperature ranges of drain plug while the
- 31°F and higher. radiator is hot. Hot
coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure,
causing serious injury.
7-14
Changing Coolant NOTICE
WARNING
Have coolant changed by an author- To prevent damage to parts in the
The electric motor for ized HYUNDAI dealer according to fuel cell power module compart-
the cooling fan may the Maintenance Schedule at the ment, put a thick towel around the
continue to operate beginning of this chapter. coolant cap before refilling the
or start up when the coolant to prevent the coolant
vehicle is not running WARNING from overflowing into parts in the
and can cause serious injury. fuel cell power module compart-
Keep hands, clothing and tools Do not use coolant or antifreeze ment.
away from the rotating fan in the washer fluid reservoir.
blades of the cooling fan.
Coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the
windshield and may cause loss
The electric motor for the cooling fan of vehicle control resulting in an
Maintenance
is controlled by coolant temperature, accident.
refrigerant pressure and vehicle
speed. As the coolant temperature Coolant may also cause dam-
decreases, the electric motor will age to paint and body trim.
automatically shut off. This is a nor-
mal condition.
7
7-15
Maintenance
STACK COOLING COOLANT

The high-pressure cooling system Checking the Coolant Level If the stack cooling coolant level is
has a reservoir filled with year-round low, add enough exclusive coolant
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is for fuel cell stack to provide protec-
filled at the factory. tion against freezing and corrosion in
Check the antifreeze protection and the authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
coolant level at least once a year, at In addition, whenever replacing the
the beginning of the winter season ion filter cartridge, add enough exclu-
and before traveling to a colder cli- sive coolant for fuel cell stack.
mate.
OFE078005
Check the condition and connections

of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
When replacing any part of the cool-
ing system there may be loss of
coolant. In that case, fill with an
exclusive coolant for the fuel cell.
When replacing the ion filter car-
tridge, replace the whole stack
coolant.
The coolant level should be filled
between F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks
on the side of the coolant reservoir
when the fuel cell power module is
cool.
7-16
Stack cooling coolant Turn the vehicle off and wait
• When adding stack cooling until the parts in the fuel cell
coolant, use only exclusive coolant power module compartment
for fuel cell stack in authorized cools down. Use extreme care
HYUNDAI dealer and never mix when removing the cap. Wrap a
any water or liquid. thick towel around it, and turn it
• An improper coolant mixture can counterclockwise slowly to the
result in severe malfunction or first stop. Step back while the
electric devices damage. pressure is released from the
• If the vehicle is damaged by adding cooling system. When you are
unspecified liquid except exclusive sure all the pressure has been
coolant for fuel cell stack, it will not
OFE078006 released, press down on the
be covered by the warranty. cap, using a thick towel, and
WARNING continue turning counterclock-
Maintenance
wise to remove it.
Never remove the
radiator cap or the
drain plug while the
radiator is hot. Hot
coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure, 7
causing serious injury.
7-17
Maintenance
Changing Coolant NOTICE

WARNING
For the fuel cell stack, an exclusive To prevent damage to parts in the
The electric motor for coolant must be used . When chang- fuel cell power module compart-
the cooling fan may ing the fuel cell stack coolant, we ment, put a thick towel around the
continue to operate recommend that coolant be changed coolant cap before refilling the
or start up when the by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer coolant to prevent the coolant
vehicle is not running according to the Maintenance from overflowing into parts in the
and can cause serious injury. Schedule at the beginning of this fuel cell power module compart-
Keep hands, clothing and tools chapter. ment.
away from the rotating fan
blades of the cooling fan. WARNING CAUTION
Do not use coolant or antifreeze Do not mix-up the caps of
The electric motor for the cooling fan in the washer fluid reservoir. device cooling coolant and
is controlled by coolant temperature, Coolant can severely obscure stack cooling coolant because
refrigerant pressure and vehicle visibility when sprayed on the the fluid material is different. If
speed. As the coolant temperature windshield and may cause loss the cap is mixed, the fuel cell
decreases, the electric motor will of vehicle control resulting in an system may be damage.
automatically shut off. This is a nor- accident.
mal condition. We recommend that you con-
Coolant may also cause dam- sult an authorized HYUNDAI
age to paint and body trim. dealer.
7-18
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the Brake Fluid If the level is low, add the specified NOTICE
Level brake fluid to the MAX level. The level
will fall with accumulated mileage. • Do not allow brake fluid to con-
This is a normal condition associated tact the vehicle’s body paint, as
with the wear of the brake linings. If paint damage will result.
the fluid level is excessively low, have • Brake fluid, which has been
the brake system checked by an exposed to open air for an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. extended time should NEVER be
used as its quality cannot be
WARNING guaranteed. It should be dis-
posed of properly.
If the brake system requires fre- • Do not use the wrong kind of
quent additions of fluid this brake fluid. A few drops of min-
could indicate a leak in the eral based oil, such as engine
OFE078007 brake system. Have the vehicle oil, in your brake system can
Maintenance
Check the fluid level in the reservoir inspected by an authorized damage brake system parts.
periodically. The fluid level should be HYUNDAI dealer.
between MAX and MIN marks on the i Information
side of the reservoir.
WARNING Use only the specified brake fluid
Before removing the reservoir cap (refer to "Recommended Lubricants
and adding brake fluid, clean the Do not allow brake fluid to come and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7
area around the reservoir cap thor- in contact with your eyes. If
oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- brake fluid comes in contact
ination. with your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
7-19
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID AIR CLEANER

Checking the Washer Fluid Filter Replacement
Level WARNING
Faulty air cleaner filter has a direct
To prevent serious injury or influence on reduction of the stack
death, take the following safety output, etc. Replace the filter accord-
precautions when using washer ing to the maintenance schedule.
fluid:
• Do not use coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the
windshield and may cause
OFE078008 ing in an accident or damage
Check the fluid level in the washer to paint and body trim.
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- • Do not allow sparks or flame
sary. Plain water may be used if to contact the washer fluid or
washer fluid is not available. the washer fluid reservoir.
However, use washer solvent with Washer fluid may contain
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- alcohol and can be flamma-
mates to prevent freezing. ble.
• Do not drink washer fluid and
avoid contact with skin.
Washer fluid is harmful to
humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
7-20
i Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the air
cleaner filter more often than the
usual recommended intervals (refer to
"Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions" in this chapter).
CAUTION
OFE078009 OFE078010 • Do not drive with the air clean-
er filter removed. This will
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
result in excessive wear.
attaching clips and open the 3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
Maintenance
cover. • When removing the air clean-
4. Lock the cover with the cover er filter, be careful that dust or
attaching clips. dirt does not enter the air
5. Check that the cover is firmly intake, or damage may result.
installed. • Use HYUNDAI genuine parts,
use of non-genuine parts
could damage the air flow 7
sensor.
7-21
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

Filter Inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the fol-
lowing procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components. OFE078012 OFE078011
1. With the glove box open, remove 2. Remove the support rod (1).
the stoppers on both sides to allow
the glove box to hang freely on the
hinges.
7-22
NOTICE
Install a new climate control air fil-
ter in the correct direction with the
arrow symbol (↓) facing down-
wards. Otherwise, the climate con-
trol effects may decrease, possi-
bly with a noise.
OFE078013 OHG075041
3. Press and hold the lock (1) on left 5. Replace the climate control air fil-
side of the cover. ter.
Maintenance
4. Pull out (2) the cover. 6. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
7-23
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection i Information Front windshield wiper service
Contamination of either the wind- positions
Commercial hot waxes applied by
shield or the wiper blades with for- automatic car washes have been
eign matter can reduce the effective- known to make the windshield diffi-
ness of the windshield wiper func- cult to clean.
tionality. Common sources of con-
tamination are insects, tree sap, and
hot wax treatments used by some Blade Replacement
commercial car washes. If the blades When the wipers no longer clean
are not wiping properly, clean both adequately, the blades may be worn
the window and the blades with a or cracked, and require replacement.
clean cloth dampened with washer
fluid.
NOTICE
OFE078038N
NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not This vehicle has a "hidden" wiper
To prevent damage to the wiper attempt to move the wipers manu- design which means that the wipers
blades, arms or other compo- ally. cannot be lifted when they are in
nents, do not: their bottom resting position.
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint NOTICE 1. Within 20 seconds of turning off
thinner, or other solvents on or the vehicle, lift and hold the wiper
near them. The use of a non-specified wiper lever up to the MIST position for
• Attempt to move the wipers blade could result in wiper mal- about 2 seconds until the wipers
manually. function and failure. move to the top wipe position.
• Use non-specified wiper blades. 2. At this time you can lift the wipers
off the windshield.
3. Gently put the wipers back down
onto the windshield.
4. Turn the wipers to any ON position
to return the wipers to the bottom
7-24
resting position.
Front windshield wiper blade
replacement
OAD075074L OAD075076L
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). 4. Remove the wiper blade from the
OLF074017
Then lift up the wiper blade (2). wiper arm (5).
Maintenance
1. Raise the wiper arm. 5. Install a new wiper blade assem-
bly in the reverse order of removal.
6. Return the wiper arm on the wind-
shield.
CAUTION 7
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components,
have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer replace the wiper blade.
OAD075075L
3. While pushing the lock (3), pull

down the wiper blade (4).
7-25
Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade

replacement
OFE078014 OFE078015
2. Raise the wiper arm (1) and pull 3. Install the new blade assembly by
OFE078016
out the wiper blade assembly. inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
1. Operate the rear windshield wiper into place.
to make sure the blade is on lower
position. Then turn off the vehicle. 4. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, we recom-
mend that the wiper blades be
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
7-26
12V BATTERY
The vehicle is not equipped with a
Hydrogen is always • When lifting a plastic-cased
common 12V battery which requires
present in battery cells, battery, excessive pressure
periodic replacement. The battery is
is highly combustible, on the case may cause battery
a lithium polymer type integrated into
and may explode if ignit- acid to leak. Lift with a battery
the high voltage battery. Full dis-
ed. carrier or with your hands on
charge of the battery is prevented
Keep batteries out of opposite corners.
through 12V battery protection sys-
tem which can isolate the 12V bat- reach of children. • Do not attempt to jump start
tery. your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
Batteries contain sulfu-
ric acid which is highly • NEVER attempt to recharge
WARNING the battery when the vehicle’s
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your battery cables are connected
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or to the battery.
DEATH to you or bystanders, eyes, skin or clothing.
• The electrical ignition system
Maintenance
always follow these precautions If acid gets into your eyes, flush
when working near or handling your eyes with clean water for at works with high voltage.
the battery: least 15 minutes and get imme- NEVER touch these compo-
diate medical attention. If acid nents with the vehicle ON
Always read and follow ( indicator ON) or when
instructions carefully gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or the POWER button is in the
when handling a battery. ON position.
Wear eye protection
a burning sensation, get med- 7
ical attention immediately.
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
7-27
Maintenance
Battery recharging By jump starting Reset Features

By RESET button After a jump start from a good bat- Some items need to be reset after
tery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 min- the battery has been discharged or
utes before it is shutoff. The vehicle the battery has been disconnected.
may not restart if you shut it off See chapter 3 for:
before the battery had a chance to • Power Windows
adequately recharge. See “Jump
Starting” in chapter 6 for more infor- • Trip Computer
mation on jump starting procedures. • Climate Control System
• Clock
• Audio System
• Sunroof
• Driver Position Memory System
OFEQ018012
To charge the discharged 12V bat-

tery, attempt charging by pressing
12V BATT RESET button. For more
details, refer to “If the 12 volt battery
is discharged” in chapter 6.
7-28
TIRES AND WHEELS
• ALWAYS replace tires with the Tire Care
WARNING
same size as each tire that For proper maintenance, safety, and
Tire failure may cause loss of was originally supplied with maximum fuel economy, you must
vehicle control resulting in an this vehicle. Using tires and always maintain recommended tire
accident. To reduce risk of wheels other than the recom- inflation pressures and stay within
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, mended sizes could cause the load limits and weight distribution
take the following precautions: unusual handling characteris- recommended for your vehicle.
• Inspect your tires monthly for tics, poor vehicle control, or
proper inflation as well as negatively affect your vehi-
wear and damage. cle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
• The recommended cold tire accident.
pressure for your vehicle can
be found in this manual and
on the tire label located on the
Maintenance
driver's side center pillar.
Always use a tire pressure
gauge to measure tire pres-
sure. Tires with too much or
too little pressure wear
unevenly causing poor han- 7
dling.
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effec-
tiveness, steering) control, or
traction.
7-29
Maintenance
Recommended Cold Tire

Inflation Pressures WARNING
All tire pressures should be checked Recommended pressures must
when the tires are cold. "Cold tires" be maintained for the best ride,
means the vehicle has not been driv- vehicle handling, and minimum
en for at least three hours or driven tire wear.
less than one mile (1.6 km). Over-inflation or under-inflation
Warm tires normally exceed recom- can reduce tire life, adversely
mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 affect vehicle handling, and
psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air lead to sudden tire failure that
from warm tires to adjust the pres- could result in loss of vehicle
OFE088003
sure or the tires will be under-inflat- control resulting in an accident.
All specifications (sizes and pres- ed. For recommended inflation pres-
sures) can be found on a label Severe under-inflation can lead
sure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in to severe heat build-up, causing
attached to the driver’s side center chapter 8.
pillar. blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. This
risk is much higher on hot days
and when driving for long peri-
ods at high speeds.
7-30
Check Tire Inflation Pressure If you overfill the tire, release air by
CAUTION pushing on the metal stem in the
Check your tires once a month or
more. center of the tire valve. Recheck the
• Under-inflation results in tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
excessive wear, poor handling sure to put the valve caps back on
and reduced fuel economy. How to check the valve stems. Without the valve
Wheel deformation is also cap, dirt or moisture could get into
possible. Keep your tire pres- Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check tire pressure. You the valve core and cause air leakage.
sures at the proper levels. If a If a valve cap is missing, install a new
tire frequently needs refilling, can not tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them. one as soon as possible.
have it checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer. Radial tires may look properly inflat-
ed when they are under-inflated.
• Over-inflation produces a
harsh ride, excessive wear at Remove the valve cap from the tire
the center of the tire tread, valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm-
Maintenance
and a greater possibility of ly onto the valve to get a pressure
damage from road hazards. measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjust-
ment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the rec- 7
ommended pressure. Make sure to
put the valve caps back on the valve
stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or
moisture could get into the valve
core and cause air leakage. If a valve
cap is missing, install a new one as
soon as possible.
7-31
Maintenance
Tire Rotation i Information

To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI Tires that are asymmetrical or direc-
recommends that the tires be rotated tional can only be installed on the
every 6,200 miles (10,000 km) or wheel in one direction. The outside
sooner if irregular wear develops. and inside of an asymmetrical tire is
During rotation, check the tires for not easily distinguishable. Pay careful
correct balance. attention to the markings on the side-
When rotating tires, check for uneven walls of the tires, noting the "outside"
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is marking and also the rotating direc-
usually caused by incorrect tire pres- tion before installing them on the
sure, improper wheel alignment, out- vehicle.
ODH073802
of-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated. WARNING
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of Do not mix bias ply and radial
these conditions. Replace the tire if ply tires under any circum-
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, stances. This may cause unusu-
be sure to bring the front and rear tire al handling characteristics that
pressures to specification and check may cause loss of vehicle con-
lug nut tightness (proper torque is trol resulting in an accident.
79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).
7-32
Wheel Alignment and Tire Tire Replacement
Balance WARNING
The wheels on your vehicle were Tread wear indicator
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
aligned and balanced carefully at the SERIOUS INJURY:
factory to give you the longest tire life • Replace tires that are worn,
and best overall performance. show uneven wear, or are
In most cases, you will not need to damaged. Worn tires can
have your wheels aligned again. cause loss of braking effec-
However, if you notice unusual tire tiveness, steering control, and
wear or your vehicle pulling one way traction.
or the other, the alignment may need • Always replace tires with the
to be reset. same size as each tire that
If you notice your vehicle vibrating OLMB073027 was originally supplied with
when driving on a smooth road, your this vehicle. Using tires and
Maintenance
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
wheels may need to be rebalanced. indicator will appear as a solid band wheels other than the recom-
across the tread. This shows there is mended sizes could cause
NOTICE less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread unusual handling characteris-
left on the tire. Replace the tire when tics, poor vehicle control, or
Improper wheel weights can dam- negatively affect your vehi-
this happens.
age your vehicle's aluminum cle's Anti-Lock Brake System
wheels. Use only approved wheel Do not wait for the band to appear
(ABS) resulting in a serious
7
weights. across the entire tread before replac-
accident.
ing the tire.
7-33
Maintenance
• Tires degrade over time, even Wheel Replacement Tire Maintenance

when they are not being used. When replacing the metal wheels for In addition to proper inflation, correct
Regardless of the remaining any reason, make sure the new wheel alignment helps to decrease
tread, HYUNDAI recommends wheels are equivalent to the original tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
that tires be replaced after six factory units in diameter, rim width unevenly, have your dealer check the
(6) years of normal service. and offset. wheel alignment.
• When replacing tires (or When you have new tires installed,
wheels), it is recommended to Tire Traction make sure they are balanced. This
replace the two front or two will increase vehicle ride comfort and
rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Tire traction can be reduced if you tire life. Additionally, a tire should
Replacing just one tire can drive on worn tires, tires that are always be rebalanced if it is removed
seriously affect your vehicle's improperly inflated or on slippery from the wheel.
handling. road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
• Heat caused by hot climates appear. To reduce the possibility of Tire Sidewall Labeling
or frequent high loading con- losing control, slow down whenever
ditions can accelerate the This information identifies and
there is rain, snow or ice on the road. describes the fundamental charac-
aging process. Failure to fol-
low this warning may cause teristics of the tire and also provides
sudden tire failure, which the tire identification number (TIN)
could lead to a loss of vehicle for safety standard certification. The
control resulting in an acci- TIN can be used to identify the tire in
dent. case of a recall.
7-34
1 Example tire size designation: Wheel size designation
5,6
(These numbers are provided as an Wheels are also marked with impor-
example only; your tire size designa- tant information that you need if you
7 tor could vary depending on your ever have to replace one. The follow-
vehicle.) ing explains what the letters and
4
225/60 R17 99H numbers in the wheel size designa-
tion mean.
Example wheel size designation:
2
3 225 - Tire width in millimeters.
7.0J x 17
60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
1 width.
OLMB073028 7.0 - Rim width in inches.
1. Manufacturer or brand name R - Tire construction code (Radial). J - Rim contour designation.
Manufacturer or brand name is 17 - Rim diameter in inches. 17 - Rim diameter in inches.
Maintenance
shown. 99 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
2. Tire size designation load the tire can carry.
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
size designation. You will need this speed rating chart in this section
information when selecting replace- for additional information. 7
ment tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and num-
bers in the tire size designation
mean.
7-35
Maintenance
Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire 4. Tire ply composition and
The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) material
ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over six years old, The number of layers or plies of rub-
used for passenger car tires. The based on the manufacturing date, ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
speed rating is part of the tire size should be replaced by new ones. You manufacturers also must indicate the
designation on the sidewall of the can find the manufacturing date on materials in the tire, which include
tire. This symbol corresponds to that the tire sidewall (possibly on the steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
tire’s designed maximum safe oper- inside of the wheel), displaying the The letter "R" means radial ply con-
ating speed. DOT Code. The DOT Code is a struction; the letter "D" means diago-
series of numbers on a tire consist- nal or bias ply construction; and the
Speed ing of numbers and English letters. letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-
Rating Maximum Speed The manufacturing date is designat- struction.
Symbol ed by the last four digits (characters)
S 112 mph (180 km/h) of the DOT code.
5. Maximum permissible infla-
T 118 mph (190 km/h) tion pressure
H 130 mph (210 km/h) DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO This number is the greatest amount
V 149 mph (240 km/h) of air pressure that should be put in
W 168 mph (270 km/h) The front part of the DOT means a the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
Y 186 mph (300 km/h) plant code number, tire size and permissible inflation pressure. Refer
tread pattern and the last four num- to the Tire and Loading Information
bers indicate week and year manu- label for recommended inflation
factured. pressure.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1418 represents
that the tire was produced in the 14th
week of 2018.
7-36
6. Maximum load rating Tread wear Traction - AA, A, B & C
This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara- The traction grades, from highest to
load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled grades represent the tire's ability to
replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern- stop on wet pavement as measured
always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire under controlled conditions on spec-
load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a- ified government test surfaces of
tire. half times (1½) as well on the gov- asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
ernment course as a tire graded 100. C may have poor traction perform-
The relative performance of tires ance.
7. Uniform tire quality grading depends upon the actual conditions
Quality grades can be found where of their use, however, and may WARNING
applicable on the tire sidewall depart significantly from the norm
between tread shoulder and maxi- due to variations in driving habits, The traction grade assigned to
mum section width. service practices and differences in
Maintenance
this tire is based on straight-
For example: road characteristics and climate. ahead braking traction tests,
TREAD wear 200 These grades are molded on the and does not include accelera-
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. tion, cornering, hydroplaning,
TRACTION AA
The tires available as standard or or peak traction characteristics.
TEMPERATURE A optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade. 7
7-37
Maintenance
Temperature - A, B & C Tire Terminology and

The temperature grades are A (the
WARNING Definitions
highest), B and C representing the The temperature grade for this Air Pressure
tire’s resistance to the generation of tire is established for a tire that
heat and its ability to dissipate heat The amount of air inside the tire
is properly inflated and not pressing outward on the tire. Air
when tested under controlled condi- overloaded. Excessive speed,
tions on a specified indoor laboratory pressure is expressed in pounds per
under-inflation, over-inflation, square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
test wheel. or excessive loading, either
Sustained high temperature can separately or in combination,
cause the material of the tire to can cause heat build-up and Accessory Weight
degenerate and reduce tire life, and possible sudden tire failure. This means the combined weight of
excessive temperature can lead to This may cause loss of vehicle optional accessories. Some exam-
sudden tire failure. Grade C control resulting in an accident. ples of optional accessories are
responds to a level of performance reduction gear, power seats, and air
which all passenger car tires must conditioning.
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher Aspect Ratio
levels of performance on the labora- The relationship of a tire's height to
tory test wheel than the minimum its width.
required by law.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is
located between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
7-38
Bead DOT Markings Intended Outboard Sidewall
The tire bead contains steel wires A code molded into the sidewall of a The side of an asymmetrical tire, that
wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire signifying that the tire is in com- must always face outward when
tire onto the rim. pliance with the U.S. Department of mounted on a vehicle.
Transportation motor vehicle safety
standards. The DOT code includes
Bias Ply Tire the Tire Identification Number (TIN), Kilopascal (kPa)
A pneumatic tire in which the plies an alphanumeric designator which The metric unit for air pressure.
are laid at alternate angles less than can also identify the tire manufactur-
90 degrees to the centerline of the er, production plant, brand and date
tread. Light truck(LT) tire
of production.
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on light-
Cold Tire Pressure GVWR weight trucks or multipurpose pas-
The amount of air pressure in a tire, Gross Vehicle Weight Rating senger vehicles.
Maintenance
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving. GAWR FRT Load ratings
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the The maximum load that a tire is rated
Front Axle. to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Curb Weight
This means the weight of a motor 7
vehicle with standard and optional GAWR RR Load Index
equipment including the maximum Gross Axle Weight Rating for the An assigned number ranging from 1
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but Rear axle. to 279 that corresponds to the load
without passengers and cargo. carrying capacity of a tire.
7-39
Maintenance
Maximum Inflation Pressure Normal Occupant Weight Pneumatic tire

The maximum air pressure to which The number of occupants a vehicle A mechanical device made of rubber,
a cold tire may be inflated. The max- is designed to seat multiplied by 150 chemicals, fabric and steel or other
imum air pressure is molded onto the pounds (68 kg). materials, that, when mounted on an
sidewall. automotive wheel provides the trac-
tion and contains the gas or fluid that
Occupant Distribution sustains the load.
Maximum Load Rating Designated seating positions.
The load rating for a tire at the maxi-
mum permissible inflation pressure Pneumatic options weight
for that tire. Outward Facing Sidewall The combined weight of installed
An asymmetrical tire has a particular regular production options weighing
side that faces outward when mount- over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
Maximum Loaded Vehicle ed on a vehicle. The outward facing standard items which they replace,
Weight sidewall bears white lettering or not previously considered in curb
The sum of curb weight; accessory bears manufacturer, brand, and/or weight or accessory weight, includ-
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and model name molding that is higher or ing heavy duty breaks, ride levelers,
production options weight. deeper than the same moldings on roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
the inner facing sidewall. special trim.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire Recommended Inflation

A tire used on passenger cars and Pressure
some light duty trucks and multipur- Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-
pose vehicles. ed tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
7-40
Radial Ply Tire Tread Vehicle Maximum Load on the
A pneumatic tire in which the ply The portion of a tire that comes into Tire
cords that extend to the beads are contact with the road. Load on an individual tire due to curb
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of and accessory weight plus maximum
the tread. occupant and cargo weight.
Treadwear Indicators
Narrow bands, sometimes called
Rim "wear bars", that show across the Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
A metal support for a tire and upon tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of Load on an individual tire that is
which the tire beads are seated. tread remains. determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occu-
Sidewall UTQGS pant weight and dividing by 2.
The portion of a tire between the Uniform Tire Quality Grading
tread and the bead. Standards is a tire information sys-
Maintenance
tem that provides consumers with Vehicle Placard
ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- A label permanently attached to a
Speed Rating ture and treadwear. Ratings are vehicle showing the original equip-
An alphanumeric code assigned to a determined by tire manufacturers ment tire size and recommended
tire indicating the maximum speed at using government testing proce- inflation pressure.
which a tire can operate. dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire. 7
Traction
The friction between the tire and the Vehicle Capacity Weight
road surface. The amount of grip pro- The number of designated seating
vided. positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.
7-41
Maintenance
All Season Tires Snow Tires Radial-Ply Tires

HYUNDAI specifies all season tires If you equip your car with snow tires, Radial-ply tires provide improved
on some models to provide good they should be the same size and tread life, road hazard resistance and
performance for use all year round, have the same load capacity as the smoother high speed ride. The radi-
including snowy and icy road condi- original tires. Snow tires should be al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
tions. All season tires are identified installed on all four wheels; other- belted construction, and are selected
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud wise, poor handling may result. Snow to complement the ride and handling
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) characteristics of your vehicle.
tires have better snow traction than more air pressure than the pressure Radial-ply tires have the same load
all season tires and may be more recommended for the standard tires carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
appropriate in some areas. on the tire label on the driver’s side of belted tires of the same size, and use
the center pillar, or up to the maxi- the same recommended inflation
mum pressure shown on the tire pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
Summer Tires sidewall, whichever is less. Do not with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) not recommended. Any combina-
some models to provide superior when your vehicle is equipped with tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
performance on dry roads. Summer snow tires. belted tires when used on the same
tire performance is substantially vehicle will seriously deteriorate
reduced in snow and ice. Summer vehicle handling. The best rule to fol-
tires do not have the tire traction rat- low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply
ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire tires should always be used as a set
side wall. If you plan to operate your for the front tires and a set for the
vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, rear tires.
HYUNDAI recommends the use of
snow tires or all season tires on all
four wheels.
7-42
Longer wearing tires can be more Low Aspect Ratio Tires
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It CAUTION
Low aspect ratio tires, the aspect
is very important to follow the tire ratio is lower than 50, are provided
rotation interval in this chapter to Because the sidewall of a low
for sporty looks. aspect ratio tire is shorter than
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in Because low aspect ratio tires are a standard tire, the rim of the
radial-ply tires are repairable only in optimized for handling and braking, wheel and the tire itself is more
the tread area, because of sidewall their sidewall is a little stiffer than a easily susceptible to damage.
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for standard tire. Also low aspect ratio Use caution when driving and
radial-ply tire repairs. tires tend to be wider and conse- follow the guidelines below to
quently have a greater contact patch help minimize damage to the
with the road surface. In some wheel and tire:
WARNING instances they may generate more - When driving on a rough road
road noise compared with standard or off road, drive cautiously
Do not mix bias ply and radial tires. because tires and wheels may
Maintenance
ply tires under any circum- be damaged. And after driving,
stances. This may cause unusu- inspect tires and wheels.
al handling characteristics that
may cause loss of vehicle con- - When passing over a pothole,
trol resulting in an accident. speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not dam- 7
aged.
- If the tire is subjected to a
severe impact, have the tire
and wheel inspected by an
- Inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,800 miles
(3,000 km).
7-43
Maintenance
CAUTION
• It is not easy to recognize tire
damage with your own eyes.
But if there is the slightest
hint of tire damage, have the
tire checked or replaced
because the tire damage may
cause air leakage from the
tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driv-
ing on a rough road, off road,
pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, it will not be covered by
the warranty.
7-44
FUSES
■ Blade type If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- i Information
sories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
has blown, the element inside the type for lower amperage rating, car-
fuse will be melted or broken. tridge type, and multi fuse for higher
Normal Blown If the electrical system does not amperage ratings.
■ Cartridge type work, first check the driver's side
fuse panel. Before replacing a blown WARNING
fuse, turn the vehicle and all switch-
es off, and then disconnect the neg- NEVER replace a fuse with any-
ative battery cable. Always replace a thing but another fuse of the
blown fuse with one of the same rat- same rating.
Normal Blown
ing. • A higher capacity fuse could
■ Multi fuse
If the replacement fuse blows, this cause damage and possibly
Maintenance
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid cause a fire.
using the system involved and imme- • Do not install a wire or alu-
diately consult an authorized minum foil instead of the
HYUNDAI dealer. proper fuse - even as a tem-
Blown
porary repair. It may cause
Normal
extensive wiring damage and
OAEE076008 possibly a fire. 7
A vehicle's electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam-
age by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,
one located in the driver's side panel
bolster, the other in the fuel cell
power module compartment near the
battery.
7-45
Maintenance
NOTICE Instrument Panel Fuse

Replacement
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the sys-
tem.
OFE078018
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight
OFE078017
out. Use the removal tool provided
in the fuel cell power module com-
1. Turn the vehicle off. partment fuse panel.
2. Turn all other switches OFF. 6. Check the removed fuse; replace it
3. Open the fuse panel cover. if it is blown. Spare fuses are pro-
4. Refer to the label on the inside of vided in the instrument panel fuse
the fuse panel cover to locate the panels (or in the fuel cell power
suspected fuse location. module compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
7-46
In an emergency, if you do not have Fuel cell power module com- 4. Check the removed fuse; replace
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same partment Panel Fuse it if it is blown. To remove or insert
rating from a circuit you may not Replacement the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
need for operating the vehicle. motor compartment fuse panel.
Blade / Cartridge type
If the headlamps or other electrical 5. Push in a new fuse of the same
components do not work and the rating, and make sure it fits tightly
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
in the fuel cell power module com- an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
partment. If a fuse is blown, it must
be replaced with the same rating.
Maintenance
OFE078021
1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by 7
pressing the tap and pulling up.
7-47
Maintenance
Multi fuse i Information

CAUTION
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
After checking the fuse box in authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the fuel cell power module com-
partment securely close the
fuse box cover inside the motor
compartment, until it clicks.
If the fuse box is not closed
properly, water may leak in side,
possibly causing a malfunction
with the electrical system.
OFE078022
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
connector located on the trunk.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
7-48
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
Instrument panel fuse panel
OFE078024
Maintenance
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay name and capacity.
i Information 7
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at OFE078023N
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
7-49
Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component
MEMORY1 10A Power Tail Gate Module, A/C Control Module, A/C Control Panel
ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay), A/V & Navigation Head Unit (Hazard Lamp Switch),
MODULE1 10A Shift Selection Switch (SBW), Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror,
Instrument Cluster
TAIL GATE
10A Tail Gate Relay
OPEN
P/WINDOW
25A Power Window RH Relay
RH
P/WINDOW
25A Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Window Module
LH
P/SEAT DRV 25A Driver Seat Manual Switch
IBU, Remote Control Smart Parking Assist Unit, VESS Unit, Electronic Parking Brake Switch,
MODULE4 7.5A Lane Keeping Assist Unit(Line), Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Crash Pad Switch,
PE Room Junction Block (Multipurpose Check Connector)
MODULE8 7.5A Data Link Connector, Crash Pad Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror
S/HEATER RR 20A Rear Seat Heater
HEATED
10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Panel
MIRROR
S/HEATER
20A Front Air Ventilation/Seat Heater Seat Control Module
FRT
7-50
AMP 25A AMP
MULTI MEDIA 15A A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Center Fascia Switch Panel
Front Air Ventilation/Seat Heater Seat Control Module, AMP, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,
MODULE5 10A
A/C Control Panel, PTC Heater, A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Seat Heater
WIPER (RR) 15A ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor
DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Door Unlock Relay)
Maintenance
IBU1 15A IBU
BRAKE
10A IBU, Stop Lamp Switch
SWITCH
P/SEAT PASS 25A Passenger Seat Manual Switch
A/C 7.5A
A/C Control Module, Incar Temperature Sensor, A/C Control Panel, 7
Cluster Ionizer, A/C Compressor, PE Room Junction Block (Blower Relay)
AIR BAG2 10A SRS Control Module
WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch
7-51
Maintenance

MDPS 7.5A MDPS Unit
Front Air Ventilation/Seat Heater Seat Control Module, AC Inverter,

MODULE7 7.5A
Rear Seat Heater, Surround View Monitor Unit, Rear Power Outlet
SUNROOF2 20A Sunroof Unit
SUNROOF1 20A Sunroof Unit
CLUSTER 7.5A Instrument Cluster
MODULE3 7.5A SCU, Shift Selection Switch (SBW), IDC, VPD Sensor, Stop Lamp Switch, HMU, BMS Control Module
START 7.5A FCU, IBU
IBU2 7.5A IBU
A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Panel
MODULE6 7.5A IBU
BMS Control Module, Wireless Charger, USB Charger LH/RH, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,
MODULE2 10A
Center Fascia Switch Panel, AMP, Surround View Monitor Unit, Power Outside Mirror Switch, IBU
AIR BAG1 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
7-52
Fuel cell power module com-
partment fuse panel
OFE078025
Maintenance
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay name and capacity.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
7
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at OFE078048N
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to
the fuse panel label.
7-53
Maintenance
Motor compartment fuse panel

Type Fuse Name Fuse Rating Circuit Protected
B+2 60A ICU Junction Block (IPS Control Module, IPS1)
B+3 60A ICU Junction Block (IPS Control Module)
COOLING
40A PE Room Coolant Pump (CPP)
PE PUMP
EPB2 40A Electronic Brake Control Module

MULTI FUSE-1
IG2 40A PE Room Junction Block (IG2 Relay)
EPB1 40A Electronic Brake Control Module, PE Room Junction Block (Multipurpose Check Connector)
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - SUNROOF1, SUNROOF2, AMP, P/SEAT DRV,

B+4 60A
P/SEAT PASS, S/HEATER FRT, P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH, TAIL GATE OPEN)
IMEB 80A Electronic Brake Control Module
BLOWER 50A PE Room Junction Block (Blower Relay)

MULTI FUSE-2
MDPS 80A MDPS Unit
7-54
HVJB LV 15A HV Junction Block
Driver / Passenger Auto Flush Door Handle Module,

RCU 15A
Rear Auto Flush Door Handle Module LH/RH
FUEL DOOR
7.5A ICM Relay Box (Fuel Filler Door Relay)
OPEN
E-SHIFTER 40A PE Room Junction Block (E-Shifter Relay)
INVERTER 30A AC Inverter
REAR
Maintenance
FUSE 40A PE Room Junction Block (Rear Heated Relay)
HEATED
ICU Junction Block ((Fuse - MODULE1, AIR BAG2, MODULE8,
B+1 50A
S/HEATER RR, DOOR LOCK, IBU1, BRAKE SWITCH), Leak Current Autocut Relay)
POWER
30A Power Tail Gate Module
TAIL GATE
WIPER FRT 30A Front Wiper Motor

7
COOLING
10A Stack Coolant Pump (CSP)
STACK PUMP
INVERTER LV 7.5A Inverter
7-55
Maintenance

BHDC 7.5A IDC
HMU1 10A HMU
BATTERY
FUSE 10A BMS Control Module
MANAGEMENT
FUEL CELL
15A FCU
CONTROL UNIT
BMS FAN 15A PE Room Junction Block (BMS FAN Relay)
7-56
LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI i Information
dealer to replace most vehicle light WARNING
bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle • A normally functioning lamp may
light bulbs because other parts of the • Prior to replacing a lamp, shift flicker momentarily to stabilize the
vehicle must be removed before you to P (Park), apply the parking vehicle’s electrical control system.
can get to the bulb. This is especially brake, place the POWER but- However, if the lamp goes out after
true for removing the headlamp ton in the OFF position and flickering momentarily, or contin-
assembly to get to the bulb(s). take the key with you when ues to flicker, we recommend the
leaving the vehicle to avoid system be checked by an authorized
Removing/installing the headlamp sudden movement of the vehi-
assembly can result in damage to HYUNDAI dealer.
cle and to prevent possible • The parking lamp may not turn on
the vehicle. electric shock. when the parking lamp switch is
• Be aware the bulbs may be turned on, but the parking lamp
i Information hot and may burn your fin- and headlamp switch may turn on
After heavy driving, rain or washing, gers. when the headlamp switch is turned
Maintenance
lamps could appear frosty. This condi- on. This may be caused by network
tion is caused by the temperature dif- failure or vehicle electrical control
ference between the lamp inside and system malfunction. If this occurs,
the outside temperature. This is simi- we recommend the system be
lar to the condensation on your win- checked by an authorized
dows inside your vehicle during the HYUNDAI dealer.
rain and doesn’t indicate a problem 7
with your vehicle. If the water leaks
into the lamp bulb circuitry, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
7-57
Maintenance
Headlamp, front center lamp, Your vehicle is equipped with LED Side Repeater Lamp
turn signal lamp, daytime run- lamps. LED lamps do not have Replacement
ning lamp, parking lamp, replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
side marker replacement does not operate, have the vehicle
dealer.
i Information
The headlamp aiming should be
adjusted after an accident or after the
headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an
OFE078029
Your vehicle is equipped with LED

OFE078028N
lamps. LED lamps do not have
(1) Headlamp (Low/High) replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
(2) Front center lamp does not operate, have the vehicle
(3) Turn signal/daytime running dealer.
lamp/parking lamp
(4) Side marker
7-58
Rear Combination Light Bulb Stop lamp, tail lamp, turn signal High mounted stop lamp
Replacement lamp, backup lamp and side
marker
Your vehicle is equipped with LED
lamps. LED lamps do not have
replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
dealer.
OFE078031
OFE078040N
Maintenance
If the high mounted stop lamp does
(1) Turn signal lamp/stop lamp not operate, have the vehicle
(2) Turn signal lamp/stop lamp checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
(3) Tail lamp
(4) Backup lamp
(5) Side marker 7
7-59
Maintenance
License Plate Light Bulb Interior Light Bulb Replacement

Replacement
Map lamp, room lamp and luggage compartment lamp
■ Map lamp ■ Room lamp (Type B)
OFE078032
OFE078033 OFE078034
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, ■ Room lamp (Type A) ■ Luggage compartment lamp
gently pry the lens cover from the
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order.
OAEE076027 OFE078036
Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replace-
able bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an
7-60
Vanity mirror lamp and glove box lamp
■ Vanity mirror lamp 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens from the interi-
or lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
Lights, ensure that the lamp is
off to avoid burning your fingers
OFE078035 or receiving an electric shock.
■ Glove box lamp
Maintenance
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interi-
or lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
NOTICE 7
Use care not to dirty or damage
lens, lens tab, and plastic hous-
ings.
OFE078037
7-61
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior Care High-pressure washing Protecting your vehicle’s finish
Exterior general caution • When using high-pressure wash- Washing
ers, make sure to maintain suffi- To help protect your vehicle’s finish
It is very important to follow the label
cient distance from the vehicle. from rust and deterioration, wash it
directions when using any chemical
Insufficient clearance or excessive thoroughly and frequently at least
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
pressure can lead to component once a month with lukewarm or cold
and caution statements that appear
damage or water penetration. water.
on the label.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors If you use your vehicle for off-road
or its surrounding area directly with driving, you should wash it after each
a high pressure washer. Shock off-road trip. Pay special attention to
applied from high pressure water the removal of any accumulation of
may cause the device to not oper- salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
ate normally. materials. Make sure the drain holes
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to in the lower edges of the doors and
boots (rubber or plastic covers)or rocker panels are kept clear and
connectors as they may be dam- clean.
aged if they come into contact with Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
high pressure water. industrial pollution and similar
• Do not use any high-pressure noz- deposits can damage your vehicle’s
zles, which induce either one- finish if not removed immediately.
direct water stream or water Even prompt washing with plain
swirling. water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, should be
used.
7-62
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- NOTICE
oughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the fin- • Do not use strong soap, chemi-
ish. cal detergents or hot water, and
do not wash the vehicle in direct
WARNING sunlight or when the body of the
vehicle is warm.
After washing the vehicle, test • Be careful when washing the
the brakes while driving slowly side windows of your vehicle.
to see if they have been affected Especially, with high-pressure
by water before getting on the water, water may leak through
road. If braking performance is the windows and wet the interi- OFE078045N
impaired, dry the brakes by or.
applying them lightly while NOTICE
• To prevent damage to the plastic
maintaining a slow forward
Maintenance
parts, do not clean with chemi- • Water washing in the fuel cell
speed. cal solvents or strong deter- power module compartment
gents. including high pressure water
washing may cause the failure
of electrical circuits located in
the fuel cell power module com-
partment. 7
• Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electri-
cal/electronic components inside
the vehicle as this may damage
them.
7-63
Maintenance
Waxing NOTICE Repairing your vehicle’s finish

A good coat of wax provides a barri- Deep scratches or stone chips in the
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body
er between your paint and environ- painted surface must be repaired
with a dry cloth will scratch the
mental contamination. promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
finish.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your rust and may develop into a major
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive repair expense.
vehicle will help protect it.
cleaners, or strong detergents
Wax the vehicle when water will no containing highly alkaline or
longer bead on the paint. NOTICE
caustic agents on chrome-plat-
Always wash and dry the vehicle ed or anodized aluminum parts. If your vehicle is damaged and
before waxing. Use a good quality This may result in damage to the requires any metal repair or
liquid or paste wax, and follow the protective coating and cause replacement, be sure the body
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all discoloration or paint deteriora- shop applies anti-corrosion mate-
metal trim to protect it and to main- tion. rials to the parts repaired or
tain its luster. replaced.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-
als with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need wax-
ing.
7-64
Bright-metal maintenance Thoroughly flush the vehicle under- Aluminum wheel maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects, body and wheel openings with luke- The aluminum wheels are coated
use a tar remover, not a scraper or warm or cold water once a month, with a clear protective finish.
other sharp object. after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
• To protect the surfaces of bright- to these areas because it is difficult NOTICE
metal parts from corrosion, apply a to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
coating of wax or chrome preser- • Do not use abrasive cleaner, pol-
more harm than good to wet down ishing compound, solvent, or
vative and rub to a high luster. the road grime without removing it. wire brushes on aluminum
• During winter weather or in coastal The lower edges of doors, rocker wheels.
areas, cover the bright metal parts panels, and frame members have
with a heavier coating of wax or • Clean the wheel when it has
drain holes that should not be
preservative. If necessary, coat the cooled.
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
parts with non-corrosive petroleum water in these areas can cause rust- • Use only a mild soap or neutral
jelly or other protective compound. ing. detergent, and rinse thoroughly
Maintenance
with water. Also, clean the
wheels after driving on salted
Underbody maintenance WARNING roads.
Corrosive materials used for ice and • Do not wash the wheels with
snow removal and dust control may After washing the vehicle, test high-speed car wash brushes.
collect on the underbody. If these the brakes while driving slowly
materials are not removed, acceler- to see if they have been affected • Do not use any cleaners con- 7
ated rusting can occur on underbody by water. If braking performance taining acid or alkaline deter-
parts such as the fuel lines, frame, is impaired, dry the brakes by gents.
floor pan and exhaust system, even applying them lightly while
though they have been treated with maintaining a slow forward
rust protection. speed.
7-65
Maintenance
Corrosion protection High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler-

Protecting your vehicle from corro- If you live in an area where your vehi- ate corrosion of parts that are not
sion cle is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture
materials, corrosion protection is can be dispersed. For all these rea-
By using the most advanced design sons, it is particularly important to
and construction practices to combat particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated cor- keep your vehicle clean and free of
corrosion, HYUNDAI produces cars mud or accumulations of other mate-
of the highest quality. However, this is rosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial rials. This applies not only to the vis-
only part of the job. To achieve the ible surfaces but particularly to the
long-term corrosion resistance your pollution.
underside of the vehicle.
vehicle can deliver, the owner’s
cooperation and assistance is also Moisture breeds corrosion
required. To help prevent corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to Keep your car clean
Common causes of corrosion occur. For example, corrosion is The best way to prevent corrosion is
The most common causes of corro- accelerated by high humidity, partic- to keep your vehicle clean and free
sion on your vehicle are: ularly when temperatures are just of corrosive materials. Attention to
above freezing. In such conditions, the underside of the vehicle is partic-
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is the corrosive material is kept in con- ularly important.
allowed to accumulate underneath tact with the car surfaces by moisture
the vehicle. that is slow to evaporate.+
• Removal of paint or protective • If you live in a high-corrosion area
Mud is particularly corrosive — where road salts are used, near
coatings by stones, gravel, abra- because it is slow to dry and holds
sion or minor scrapes and dents the ocean, areas with industrial
moisture in contact with the vehicle. pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
which leave unprotected metal Although the mud appears to be dry,
exposed to corrosion. should take extra care to prevent
it can still retain the moisture and corrosion. In winter, hose off the
promote corrosion. underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
7-66
• When cleaning underneath the Keep your garage dry Interior Care
vehicle, pay particular attention to Don’t park your car in a damp, poor-
the components under the fenders
Interior general precautions
ly ventilated garage. This creates a
and other areas that are hidden Prevent caustic solutions such as
favorable environment for corrosion.
from view. Do a thorough job; just perfume and cosmetic oil, from con-
This is particularly true if you wash
dampening the accumulated mud tacting the interior parts because
your vehicle in the garage or drive it
rather than washing it away will they may cause damage or discol-
into the garage when it is still wet or
accelerate corrosion rather than oration. If they do contact the interior
covered with snow, ice or mud. Even
prevent it. Water under high pres- parts, wipe them off immediately.
a heated garage can contribute to
sure and steam are particularly See the instructions for the proper
corrosion unless it is well ventilated
effective in removing accumulated way to clean vinyl.
so moisture is dispersed.
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels, NOTICE
rocker panels and frame members, Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish • Never allow water or other liq-
be sure that drain holes are kept
Maintenance
should be covered with "touch-up" uids to come in contact with
open so that moisture can escape electrical/electronic compo-
and not be trapped inside to accel- paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare nents inside the vehicle as this
erate corrosion. may damage them.
metal is showing through, the atten-
tion of a qualified body and paint • When cleaning leather products
shop is recommended. (steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alco- 7
Bird droppings are highly corrosive
and may damage painted surfaces in hol content solutions. If you use
just a few hours. Always remove bird high alcohol content solutions
droppings as soon as possible. or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
7-67
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and Leather (if equipped)

interior trim • Feature of Seat Leather
CAUTION
Vinyl (if equipped) - Leather is made from the outer • Wrinkles or abrasions which
Remove dust and loose dirt from skin of an animal, which goes appear naturally from usage
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum through a special process to be are not covered by warranty.
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a available for use. Since it is a nat-
ural object, each part differs in
• Belts with metallic acces-
vinyl cleaner. sories, zippers or keys inside
thickness or density.
the back pocket may damage
Fabric (if equipped) Wrinkles may appear as a natural the seat fabric.
Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature
• Make sure not to wet the seat.
ric with a whisk broom or vacuum It may change the nature of
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- and humidity.
natural leather.
tion recommended for upholstery or - The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
• Jeans or clothes which could
carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- bleach may contaminate the
diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If - The parts contacting the body are surface of the seat covering
fresh spots do not receive immediate curved and the side supporting fabric.
attention, the fabric can be stained area is high which provides driv-
and its color can be affected. Also, its ing comfort and stability.
fire-resistant properties can be - Wrinkles may appear naturally
reduced if the material is not proper- from usage. It is not a fault of the
ly maintained. products.
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may
affect the fabric's appearance and
fire-resistant properties.
7-68
• Caring for the leather seats • Cleaning the leather seats Cleaning the seat belt webbing
- Vacuum the seat periodically to - Remove all contaminations Clean the belt webbing with any mild
remove dust and sand on the instantly. Refer to instructions soap solution recommended for
seat. It will prevent abrasion or below for removal of each con- cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
damage of the leather and main- taminant. the instructions provided with the
tain its quality. - Cosmetic products (sunscreen, soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
- Wipe the natural leather seat foundation, etc.) webbing because this may weaken
cover often with dry or soft cloth. the seat belt.
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
- Use of proper leather protective and wipe the contaminate spot.
may prevent abrasion of the Wipe off the cream with a wet Cleaning the interior window
cover and helps maintain the cloth and remove water with a dry glass
color. Be sure to read the instruc- cloth. If the interior glass surfaces of the
tions and consult a specialist - Beverages (coffee, soft drink, vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
when using leather coating or etc.) ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
Maintenance
protective agent. film), they should be cleaned with
Apply a small amount of neutral
- Light colored (beige, cream detergent and wipe until contami- glass cleaner. Follow the directions
beige) leather is easily contaminations do not smear. on the glass cleaner container.
nated and the stain is noticeable.
Clean the seats frequently. - Oil
Remove oil instantly with NOTICE
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may 7
cause the surface to crack. absorbable cloth and wipe with Do not scrape or scratch the
stain remover used only for natu- inside of the rear window. This
ral leather. may result in damage to the rear
- Chewing gum window defroster grid.
Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
7-69
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE

Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:

Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries,
must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
7-70
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions ..............................................................8-2
Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3
Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-4
Volume and Weight................................................8-5
Air Conditioning System........................................8-5
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ..........8-6
Specifications & Consumer information

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...................8-7
Vehicle Certification Label....................................8-7
Tire Specification and Pressure Label................8-8
Motor Number ........................................................8-8
Refrigerant Label...................................................8-8
Consumer Information...........................................8-9
Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-10
8
DIMENSIONS
Items in (mm)
Overall length 183.86 (4,670)
Overall width 73.23 (1,860)
Without roof side rails : 64.17 (1,630)
Overall height
With roof side rails : 64.57 (1,640)
225/60 R17 63.70 (1,618)
Front tread
245/45 R19 63.54 (1,614)
225/60 R17 64.13 (1,629)
Rear tread
245/45 R19 63.98 (1,625)
Wheelbase 109.84 (2,790)
8-2
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage
Headlamp Low/High LED LED
Turn signal lamp LED LED
Front center lamp LED LED
Front Parking lamp LED LED
Daytime running lamp (DRL) LED LED
Side Repeater lamp (Outside mirror) LED LED
Side marker LED LED
Stop LED LED
Tail LED LED
Rear combination lamp Turn signal LED LED
Rear Back up LED LED
Side marker LED LED
High mounted stop lamp LED LED
License plate lamp W5W 5
Map lamp LED LED
Room lamp LED LED
Interior Vanity mirror lamp FESTOON 5
Luggage compartment lamp LED LED
Glove box lamp FESTOON 5
8-3
TIRES AND WHEELS

Inflation Pressure kPa (psi) Wheel Lug Nut
Items Tire Size Wheel Size Torque kgf•m
Normal Load *1 Maximum Load *2
(lbf•ft, N•m)
Front Rear Front Rear
225/60 R17 7.0J X 17 11~13
Full size tire 250 (36) 250 (36) 250 (36) 250 (36)
245/45 R19 7.5J X 19 (79~94, 07~127)
*1: Normal load : Up to 3 persons
*2: Maximum load : Up to 5 persons
If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire, your vehicle will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit.
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expect-
ed soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are
expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you
plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a prop-
er level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the drivetrain, cause driveability issues, and possibly cause
damage.
8-4
VOLUME AND WEIGHT
Gross Vehicle Weight Luggage Volume cu ft (l)
lbs. (kg) Min. Max.
5,159 (2,340) 16.28(461) 51.77 (1,466)
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Items Weight of Volume Classification
Refrigerant
20.28±0.88 (575±25) R-1234yf
oz. (g)
Compressor lubricant
4.59±0.35 (130±10) POE
oz. (cc)
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
8-5
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper vehicle performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Reduction gear fluid 1.06 US qt (1 l) GL4 75W/85, TGO-9
Fuel cell stack

Coolant We recommend that you consult an authorized Hyundai dealer.
Traction motor
Brake fluid Amount required SAE J1703, FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Fuel 165.48 US qt. (156.6 l) Hydrogen (SAE J2719 or ISO 14687-2)
8-6
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
■ Frame number ■ VIN label (if equipped) LABEL
OFE088001 OFE088005L
The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OFE088002
(VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle certification label attached
ing your car and in all legal matters number on the plate can easily be on the driver’s side center pillar gives
pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from the Vehicle Identification Number
The number is punched on the floor outside. (VIN).
under the passenger seat. To check
the number, open the cover.
8-7
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND TRACTION MOTOR NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL

PRESSURE LABEL (IF EQUIPPED)
OFE088004N
OFE088003 The motor number can be seen from OFE088006N

The tires supplied on your new vehi- under the vehicle. The refrigerant label provides infor-
cle are chosen to provide the best mation such as refrigerant type and
performance for normal driving. amount.
The tire label located on the driver’s The label is located on the underside
side center pillar gives the tire pres- of the hood.
sures recommended for your car.
8-8
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions
you may have as you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner’s Manual, particularly
the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your near-
est HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:
By Email By Mail
consumeraffairs@hmausa.com Hyundai Motor America
P.O. Box 20850
By Phone
Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0850
(800) 633-5151
English : Mon - Fri 5:00 am - 7:00 pm
PST
Sat - Sun, 6:30 am -3:00 pm PST
Spanish and Korean : Mon - Fri 6:30

am - 3:00 pm PST
8-9
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI
MOTOR AMERICA.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE.,
West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual prob-
lems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
8-10
FCEV Vehicle System Overview
FCEV : Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle
Introduction of FCEV .........................................................H2

The components of FCEV..................................................H3
Fuel cell stack ...................................................................................H4
FCEV system module .......................................................................H4
High pressure hydrogen storage tanks......................................H5
Battery system..................................................................................H5
Features of FCEV .............................................................H10
How to Start the Vehicle..............................................................H10
How to Stop the Vehicle ..............................................................H11
Virtual Engine Sound System......................................................H11
Fuel filler door ................................................................................H12
Warning and indicator lights .......................................................H15
LCD Display Messages ..................................................................H16
FCEV mode.......................................................................................H21
When the high voltage battery is weak...................................H25
If the 12 volt battery is discharged...........................................H25
Emergency while driving ..............................................................H26
Customer Q&A Guide .......................................................H30
INTRODUCTION OF FCEV
An FCEV is an electric vehicle which is driven using the electricity generated from the fuel cell.
The power system of the FCEV is composed of the following:
- The fuel cell stack which generates the electricity
- The device which controls the heat generated after supplying the hydrogen and air for chemical reaction of the stack
- The inverter which converts the DC created from the stack to AC
- The traction motor which generates propelling power using the supplied AC
- Air processing system
- Fuel processing system
The hydrogen tanks that stores the hydrogen supplied to the fuel cell can be fueled at 70 MPa.
❈ FCEV is Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle
H2
THE COMPONENTS OF FCEV
1 2
3 4
(1) Fuel Cell system (3) Hydrogen Tanks

(2) Traction motor system (4) Battery System
OFEQ018001N/OFEQ018002/OFEQ018003/OFEQ018004/OFEQ018005
H3
THE COMPONENTS OF FCEV (CONT.)
1. Fuel cell stack 2. FCEV powertrain 4. Reduction gear

5. Air compressor
The main components of FCEV are

Fuel cell stack, air processing sys-
tem, fuel processing system, thermal
management system, hydrogen stor-
age tank, high voltage battery, DC-
DC converter, inverter and traction
motor, gear differential unit.
The Air compressor supplies air to fuel
cell system and the hydrogen storage
OFEQ018006N OFEQ018007 tank supplies hydrogen fuel to fuel cell
A fuel cell stack is a device that con- system. Then the electric energy
verts the chemical energy into elec- comes from the fuel cell system.
tricity thorough a chemical reaction The electric energy deliveried to the
with hydrogen and oxygen. Fuel cell motor inverter. The energy finally
is different from battery in that it moves to motor operating.
requires hydrogen and oxygen con-
stantly in order to operate. And it can WARNING
produce electricity continually for as
long as hydrogen and oxygen are If you assemble or disassemble
supplied. A fuel cell stack is com- the stack and fuel cell system,
posed of many unit cells to obtain the hydrogen may leak resulting in
desired power for a vehicle. OFEQ018008 fire and this may lead to acci-
1. High voltage junction box dents. Never assemble or disas-
semble the stack and fuel cell
2. Fuel cell stack
system.
3. Traction motor
H4
3. High pressure hydrogen 4. Battery system High voltage cables
storage tanks The electric energy which is generat-
ed from fuel cell system or high volt-
age battery module is distributed to
the various components. Most of the
cables are located in the inside or bot-
tom of the components. These cables
use orange colored cover to distin-
guish from other lines. It is required to
handle the cables carefully with isola-
tion gloves.
OFEQ018005
OFEQ018004
A 12 V battery integrated with the low
Compressed hydrogen tank system and high voltage batteries is installed
is composed of three tanks which in the vehicle. The battery supplies
are filled with hydrogen gas in a gas the electricity required for driving the
station. Each tank is made of plastic vehicle and stores the energy gener-
liner for blocking the hydrogen per- ated from the regenerative braking.
meation and carbon fiber layer sus- When the vehicle accelerates the
tain high pressures. auxiliary power of the fuel cell sup-
There are main parts to supply plies the energy. The vehicle can
hydrogen stably and to enable safety drive about 2 miles (3 km) in EV
such as magnetic valves, pressure mode until the high voltage battery is
regulator, pressure sensors, pres- discharged.
sure relief valve, excess flow valve
and so on. The hydrogen in the tanks
comes into the pressure regulator
which has a pressure sensor.
H5
Disconnecting negative (-) Hydrogen gas detection

battery cable sensors WARNING
They detect a hydrogen leak and Never touch orange or high
informs a warning of hydrogen leak voltage labeled components
to a driver. As informing a warning, including wires, cables, and
the sensors automatically shut off connections.
hydrogen. Sensors are installed
around the hydrogen storage tanks If the insulators or covers are
and FCEV system module. damaged or removed, severe
injury or death from electrocu-
These sensors prevent a hydrogen tion may occur.
leak in an emergency. Even if the
hydrogen leak occurs, the Fuel cell
electric operating does not active.
OFEQ018009 The system operating is changed to WARNING
EV (Electric vehicle) mode and you
1. Fold up the luggage board of the may drive the vehicle about 2 miles In the fuel cell system, the bat-
liftgate. (3 km). However, we recommend tery uses high voltage to oper-
2. Disconnect the negative (-) con- that you stop the vehicle to the safe- ate the motor and other compo-
nector. ty place and contact an authorized nents.
HYUNDAI dealer. This high voltage battery sys-
tem can be very dangerous.
Never touch the system. If you
touch the battery system, seri-
ous injury or death may occur.
H6
WARNING WARNING
Never assemble or disassemble • Never use the package mod-
the high voltage battery system. ules (high voltage battery,
• If you assemble or disassem- inverter, converter) for any
ble the high voltage battery other purpose.
system, the durability and • Do not use an after-market
performance of the vehicle battery charger to charge the
may be damaged. high voltage battery. Doing so
OFEQ018010 • When you want to check the may result in death or serious
high voltage battery system, injury.
WARNING contact an authorized • Never get near or put a high
HYUNDAI dealer. voltage battery system in a
• Do not disassemble or assem- • Do not touch the high voltage fire. Doing so may result in
ble the high voltage battery battery and high voltage cable serious burns.
system. Doing so may result connected to motor (orange • Never drill into, strike or oth-
in electric shock causing color). Severe burns and elec- erwise damage the package
death or serious injury. tric shock may occur. For your modules. An electric shock
• If you disassemble or assem- safety, do not touch the cover may occur resulting in seri-
ble system components of electronic components and ous injury or death.
improperly, it may damage the electronic cable. Do not
performance and reliability of remove the cover of electron-
your vehicle. ic components and electronic
• If coolant and electrolyte cable. In particular, never
come in contact with your touch the high voltage battery
body, clothes or eyes, immedi- system when the FCEV sys-
ately flush with a large quanti- tem is operating. It may result
ty of fresh tap water. Have in death or serious injury.
your eyes examined by a doc-
tor as soon as possible.
H7
CAUTION • For your safety, never touch, WARNING

replace, dismantle or remove
• When the vehicle is paint the high voltage battery sys- • Do not assemble or disassem-
baked, do not pass 30 min- tem including components, ble the hydrogen tank.
utes in 158°F (70°C) or 20 min- cables and connectors. Improper work may damage
utes in 176°F (80°C) degree. Severe burns or electric the performance and reliabili-
• When you clean the fuel cell shock may result in serious ty and unexpected problem
power module compartment, injury or death if you do not may occur. For hydrogen tank
do not wash using water. follow this warning. work, contact an authorized
Water may cause an electric • When the high voltage battery HYUNDAI dealer.
shock to occur and damage system operates, the battery • Never drill into, strike or oth-
electronic parts and compo- system can be hot. Always be erwise damage the hydrogen
nents. careful because burns or elec- tank. Unexpected problem
tric shock may be caused by may occur resulting in seri-
high voltage. ous injury and death.
WARNING • Do not drop water or liquid on • Never get near or put a hydro-
to Fuel cell power module gen tank in a fire. Doing so
This vehicle uses the high volt- compartment. The system may result in big injury.
age battery system to generate components are covered. If • Never use the hydrogen tank
high voltage. you drop water or liquid on to for any other purpose.
High voltage in the battery sys- system components, it may
tem is very dangerous and can result in electric shock.
cause severe burns and electric
shock. This may result in seri-
ous injury or death.
H8
Service plug
CAUTION WARNING
The FCEV system contains • When you start the FCEV sys-
many electronic components. tem in the "P" or "N" gear
High voltage components like position, the "Ready ( )"
cables and other parts may emit indicator is illuminated in the
electromagnetic waves. Even if cluster. The driver can drive
the electromagnetic cover the vehicle.
blocks electromagnetic emis- • When you leave the vehicle,
sions, electromagnetic waves you should turn off the sys-
may have an effect on electron- tem or shift into the "P" posi-
ic appliances. If you park the tion. If you depress the accel-
OFEQ018011 vehicle for a long time, the high erator pedal by mistake and
voltage battery or 12V battery the vehicle is not in the "P"
WARNING will discharge.You need to drive position, the vehicle will move
the vehicle several times per abruptly. This may result in
Never touch the service plug month. We recommend driving serious injury or death.
under the rear seat. at least 10 minutes or 2 miles (3
km) when you drive the vehicle.
The service plug is attached to
the high voltage battery system. If the high voltage battery is dis-
charged and if it is impossible
Touching the service plug will to jump start the vehicle contact
result in death or serious injury. your HYUNDAI dealer.
Service personnel should fol-
low procedures in service man-
ual.
H9
FEATURES OF FCEV
How to Start the Vehicle i Information

1. Holding the smart key, sit in the While the charging cable is connected,
driver's seat. the gear cannot be shift from P (Park)
2. Fasten the seat belt before start- to any other gear for safety reasons.
ing the vehicle.
3. Make sure to engage the parking 10. Release the parking brake and
brake. slowly release the brake pedal.
4. Turn OFF all electrical devices. Check if the vehicle slowly moves
5. Make sure to depress and hold forward, then depress the accel-
the brake pedal. erator pedal.
OFEQ018013
6. While depressing the brake pedal,
shift to P (Park). 8. When the " " indicator is ON,
7. Depress and hold the brake pedal you can drive the vehicle.
while pressing the POWER button. When the " " indicator is OFF,
you cannot drive the vehicle. Start
the vehicle again.
9. Depress and hold the brake pedal
and shift to the desired position.
H10
How to Stop the Vehicle Virtual Engine Sound System
CAUTION
1. Hold down the brake pedal while The Virtual Engine Sound System
the vehicle is parked. generates engine sound for pedestri- • The vehicle does not generate
2. While depressing the brake pedal, ans to hear vehicle sound because a sound. Be aware of your
shift to P (Park). there is no sound while the FCEV driving environment and drive
vehicle is operating. safely.
3. While depressing the brake pedal,
engage the parking brake. • If the vehicle is in the ready ( ) • After you park the vehicle or
mode and the gear is not in P while you are waiting at a traf-
4. While depressing the brake pedal, (Park),
press the Power button and turn fic light, check whether there
off the vehicle. • When the gear is shifted to R are children or obstacles
(Reverse), an additional warning around the vehicle.
5. Check if the " " indicator is sound will be heard.
turned OFF on the instrument • Check if there is something
cluster. behind the vehicle when driv-
ing in reverse. Pedestrians
When the " " indicator is ON
may not hear the sound of the
and the gear is in a position other
vehicle.
than P (Park), the driver can acci-
dently depress the accelerator
pedal, causing the vehicle to move
unexpectedly.
H11
FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)
Fuel filler door NOTICE

Opening the fuel filler door • The fuel filler door does not
open if the vehicle is not off.
• The fuel filler door may open
after several seconds from turn-
ing off the vehicle. However, in
cold weather, the fuel door may
not open for about 45 seconds
until the cluster message
"Powering down..." disappears.
This is for protecting the fuel OFEQ018015N
cell system.
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to
OFEQ018014L
fully open.
4. Pull the fuel filler cap (2).
1. Turn the vehicle off. 5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
2. Push the fuel filler door opener
button.
H12
i Information Closing the fuel filler door
• Depending on the remaining
If the fuel filler door does not open hydrogen in the vehicle and 1. Cover the fuel filler with the cap.
because ice has formed around it, tap ambient temperature, the time 2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
lightly or push on the door to break required for fueling may vary. latched securely.
the ice and release the door. Do not More time may be required for
pry on the door. If necessary, spray fueling if the remaining hydro-
around the door with an approved de- gen level is low and the WARNING
icer fluid (do not use radiator anti- weather is hot. Also, required
freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm time may be longer if the • If the fuel filler cap requires
place and allow the ice to melt. hydrogen cooling tempera- replacement, use parts for
ture of the fueling station is replacement from an author-
high. ized Hyundai dealer. An incor-
WARNING rect fuel filler cap can result in
• The distance to empty may a serious malfunction of the
• According to the hydrogen vary depending on the driving fuel system. Contact an
fueling station condition the environment (weather, traffic, authorized HYUNDAI dealer
hydrogen may not be filled etc.) and driving method for replacement.
fully and the driving distance (rapid acceleration, heating
and air conditioning, etc.). • If the fuel filler door is not
may change accordingly. The completely closed, the vehicle
hydrogen may not be charged is not turned on. Close the
fully if the fueling station does fuel filler door and turn on the
not satisfy the fueling method vehicle.
specified in the fueling. stan-
dard (SAE J2601) or if the
hydrogen is not enough in the
station, the fueling facility
has failure, etc.
H13
WARNING • Do not get back into a vehicle • When refueling, always shut
once you have begun refuel- the power off. Once refueling
Refueling dangers ing since you can generate is complete, check to make
static electricity by touching, sure the fuel filler cap and fuel
Automotive fuels are flammable rubbing or sliding against any filler door are securely closed,
materials. When refueling, item or fabric (polyester, satin, before starting the vehicle.
please note the following guide- nylon, etc.) capable of produc-
lines carefully. Failure to follow • DO NOT use matches or a
ing static electricity. Static lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or
these guidelines may result in electricity discharge can
severe personal injury, severe leave a lit cigarette in your
ignite fuel vapors resulting in vehicle while at a gas station
burns or death by fire or explo- rapid burning. If you must re-
sion. especially during refueling.
enter the vehicle, you should Automotive fuel is highly
• Read and follow all warning once again eliminate poten- flammable and can, when
posted at the gas station facil- tially dangerous static elec- ignited, result in fire.
ity. tricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away • If a fire breaks out during refu-
• Before touching the fuel noz- eling, leave the vicinity of the
zle, you should eliminate from the fuel filler neck, noz-
zle or other gasoline source. vehicle, and immediately con-
potentially dangerous static tact the manager of the gas
electricity discharge by touch- • Do not use cellular phones station and then contact the
ing another metal part of the while refueling. Electric cur- local fire department. Follow
vehicle, a safe distance away rent and/or electronic interfer- any safety instructions they
from the fuel filler neck, noz- ence from cellular phones can provide.
zle, or other gas source. potentially ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire.
H14
Warning and indicator lights
1. Power gauge
2. Speedometer
3. Fuel cell stack temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Odometer/LCD display/Trip computer
6. Warning and indicator lights
OFE048100N
Electronic Stability Control
Air bag warning Charging system warning Forward Collision-
(ESC) OFF indicator
Avoidance Assist (FCA)
Seat belt warning Low fuel level warning Immobilizer Indicator system warning
Parking brake & Electronic Parking Brake

brake fluid warning
Low tire pressure warning Turn Signal Indicator EPB (EPB) warning
Regenerative brake AUTO
Service warning High Beam Indicator AUTO HOLD Indicator
Yellow warning HOLD
Anti-lock brake system
Power down warning Light ON Indicator Master Warning
(ABS) warning
Hydrogen gas leak
Ready indicator LED Headlamp warning
Electronic Brake force warning (Red)
Distribution (EBD) warning Hydrogen leak sensor Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
warning (Yellow) system indicator
Electric Power Steering Electronic Stability Control
(EPS) warning (ESC) indicator
❈ For more details, refer to the ‘Instrument cluster’ in Chapter 3.
H15
LCD Display Messages
▲
CAUTION Refill electric components
coolant
▲
Check FCEV System

This warning message is displayed Do not drive on uphill or accel- This warning message is displayed
and the warning light illuminates erate suddenly when the power when the electronic device's coolant
when the FCEV system is not work- down warning light is on. The level in the tank is low.
ing properly. power is limited and may result In this case, have the vehicle
In this case,have the vehicle checked in dangerous situation or vehi- checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. cle damage. dealer and refill the coolant.
▲
Stop vehicle and check power
▲
▲
Power limited due to high Replace fuel cell coolant and
coolant temperature filter supply
This warning message is displayed This warning message is displayed This warning message is displayed
when the FCEV's stack is overheat- when the fuel cell coolant and filter when any serious malfunction of the
ed and the power supply to the need to be checked. vehicle is detected.
FCEV system is limited. In this case, have the vehicle In this case, drive the vehicle imme-
If the warning light stays on when in checked by an authorized HYUNDAI diately to a safe area and turn off the
"Ready ( )" state or while driving dealer. vehicle. Then turn the vehicle on
the vehicle, this indicates that the again.
fuel cell stack may have failure. In If the message is displayed again,
this case, we recommend you to have the vehicle checked by an
drive safely and have your vehicle authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
H16
▲
▲
Close fuel door before turning Small hydrogen leak possible Hydrogen tank temperature
vehicle On This warning message is displayed out of range! Stop safely
This warning message is displayed when the minor hydrogen leakage is immediately
when you turn on the vehicle with detected in the vehicle. In this case, This warning message is displayed
the fuel filler door open. Close the have the vehicle checked by an to protect the hydrogen tank system
fuel filler door and turn on the vehicle authorized HYUNDAI dealer. when the temperature of the hydro-
again. If the vehicle has to be stopped due gen tank is too high or too low.
to the leakage, hydrogen gas leak Turn off the vehicle and stop to let
warning light (red) will illuminate and the temperature of the hydrogen tank
▲
Hydrogen tank overfilled due

to hydrogen station error 'Hydrogen leak detected. Stop safely go down.
immediately.' message is displayed.
This warning message is displayed
when the hydrogen tank is over-refu- WARNING
▲
eled with the hydrogen due to a prob- Power limited due to low
lem of the fueling station. hydrogen tank temperature If this message is still displayed
Turn off the vehicle and then turn on This warning message is displayed after the vehicle is turned off
the vehicle. If the message is dis- to protect the battery and fuel cell and stopped for a sufficient
played again, have the vehicle system when the temperature of the time, we recommend you to
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI hydrogen tank is low. stop driving and have your vehi-
dealer. cle immediately inspected by an
If this message is still displayed after authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the ambient temperature has
increased enough, have the vehicle
dealer.
H17
▲ FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)
▲
Hydrogen leak detected. Stop Check fuel door sensor Replace hydrogen tank.
safely immediately This warning message is displayed Maximum number of refill
This warning message is displayed when there is a malfunction with the cycles exceeded
and the hydrogen gas leak warning sensor located below the fueling inlet This warning message is displayed
light (red) illuminates when the which is used for communicating when the number of times refueling
hydrogen leakage is detected in the with the fueling station. Check and the vehicle exceeds the predefined
vehicle. In this case, we recommend remove if there is any foreign sub- number (4,995 times). The fuel cell
you to stop driving and stop the vehi- stance around the fueling inlet. system stops operation for safety
cle immediately at a safe area. Then If this message is still displayed after even if the vehicle is refueled enough
turn off the vehicle and have your the foreign substance is removed, and when there is no problem with
vehicle inspected by an authorized have the vehicle checked by an the vehicle. In this case, have the
HYUNDAI dealer. authorized HYUNDAI dealer. hydrogen storage system replaced
▲
Check hydrogen leak sensor

▲ Open fuel door after turning
▲
This warning message is displayed vehicle Off Power limited due to fuel cell
and the light showing the malfunction system error
of the hydrogen leakage detection when you try to open the fuel filler This warning message is displayed
sensor illuminates when there is a door while the vehicle is turned on. when there is a malfunction with the
malfunction with the hydrogen leak- fuel cell system and the power sup-
age detection sensor. In this case, Turn of the vehicle and open the fuel ply to the fuel cell system is limited.
have the vehicle checked by an filler door. If the message is still dis-
played after a while, have the vehicle If the warning light stays on when in
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. "Ready ( )" state or while driving
dealer. the vehicle, this indicates that the
fuel cell system may have failure. In
▲
Refueling…
this case, have the vehicle checked
This warning message is displayed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
while refueling the vehicle. Do not
turn on the vehicle and wait until the
refueling is complete.
H18
▲
▲
Check fuel cell system! Stop Unable to start vehicle. Check 12V battery. Stop safely
safely immediately Hydrogen too low and engage parking brake
This warning message is displayed This warning message is displayed This warning message is displayed
when any serious malfunction of the when the fuel is empty and the vehi- when the voltage of the auxiliary bat-
fuel cell system is detected. cle is not turned on. The vehicle will tery is low. Stop the vehicle at a safe
In this case, immediately park the not turn on and we recommend that area and turn off the vehicle. Then
vehicle at a safe area and turn off the you have your vehicle inspected by turn on the vehicle after a while. If the
vehicle. Then turn the vehicle on an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. message is displayed again, have
again. the vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
▲
If the message is displayed again, Check FCEV System! Stop and
have the vehicle checked by an turn vehicle Off
▲
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This warning message is displayed Low fuel
when there is a temporary malfunc- This warning message is displayed
tion with the FCEV system. Stop the when you need to refuel the vehicle.
▲
Unable to start vehicle! Check

high voltage system vehicle at a safe area and turn off the Refuel the vehicle immediately at a
vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle nearby fueling station.
This warning message is displayed after a while. If the message is dis-
when there is a malfunction with the played again, have the vehicle
high voltage system. checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
If the vehicle will not turn on, have dealer.
the vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
H19
▲ FEATURES OF FCEV (CONT.)
Air filter blocked. Check filter

or see owner's manual
when
- the snow may block the air cleaner
filter after driving the vehicle in
heavy snow when the ambient
temperature is below 50°F (10°C)
or
- the exhaust pipe may be frozen
and clogged when the vehicle is OFE078009
parked for a long time with the
vehicle ON below 50°F (10°C).
In this case, remove the snow from
the inside of the air cleaner filter and
turn on and off the vehicle. If the
warning message is displayed again,
the exhaust pipe may be blocked.
Then, move your vehicle indoors and
leave it inside more than one day to
defrost the exhaust pipe.
If the warning message is displayed
again, have the vehicle checked by OFE078010
H20
FCEV mode
Entering FCEV Mode FCEV Mode Menu Screen
OFEQ018017N OFEQ018019N
1. Reachable Range: It shows the reachable range on the

map.
2. Fuel cell monitoring: It shows the battery information
and the power transmission flow between the compo-
nents.
3. ECO Driving: It shows the fuel efficiency information
and environmental contribution.
OFEQ018018N
4. Management : It shows the status of hydrogen tank
If you select the "FCEV" menu in the AVN home screen (warning alert) and 'FCEV Route' setting.
or the "FCEV" in the menu, you can enter the FCEV
mode.
For details on FCEV Mode, refer to the navigation manu-
al that is provided separately.
H21
Reachable Range Fuel cell monitoring
OFEQ018020N OFEQ018021L
You can check the reachable range on the screen You can check the FCEV's Start-up status, battery infor-
mation and power transmission flow between the compo-
nents.
H22
Hydrogen fuel economy ECO contribution
OFEQ018022L OFEQ018023N
1. Fuel Efficiency Graph: It shows fuel efficiency informa- You can check the amount of purified air and CO2 reduc-
tion of the last 45 minutes. tion rate.
2. Average Fuel Efficiency (MPGe): It shows the average - Air purification
fuel efficiency. It shows the amount of air that 0 adult(s) breathe(s) per
3. Initialization: It initializes the fuel efficiency graph infor- day is purified
mation. - CO2 reduction
It shows that the same amount of CO2 exhausted by an
equal class gasoline vehicle is reduced.
H23
Management
1. Hydrogen Tank : It shows the temperature, pressure
and status of the hydrogen tank while driving.
2. Warning [Destination unreachable warning]
You can set to have the warning pop up when the vehi-
cle cannot reach the destination with the current
remaining hydrogen fuel.
3. FCEV Route [Display FCEV Route Bar on Map]
You can set to indicate the FCEV route and reachable
OFEQ018024N range on the map screen.
OFEQ018025N
OFEQ018026N
H24
When the high voltage battery If the 12 volt battery is dis- Using the 12V battery reset
is weak charged switch
When the high voltage battery is This vehicle does not have a regular
weak due to driving on a hill for a 12V battery that needs periodic
long time or accelerating and decel- replacement. It is lithium ion polymer
erating the vehicle repeatedly, the type integrated into the high voltage
acceleration performance may be battery. The vehicle has a 12V bat-
lower than usual. In this case, be tery protection system that cuts 12V
cautious not to overtake other vehi- battery from vehicle draw to prevent
cles. full discharge.
If the 12V battery is discharged, you
should try charging it by pressing the
"12V BATT RESET" button.
OFEQ018012
1. Press the 12V Battery Reset

switch to reconnect the 12V bat-
tery.
2. Start the vehicle within 15 sec-
onds of pressing the 12V Battery
Reset switch.
3. After starting vehicle ( indica-
tor on), move the vehicle outside
and keep the vehicle ready ( )
mode more than 30 minutes safe-
ly to charge the 12V battery.
H25
If you do not start the vehicle imme- i Information Emergency while driving
diately after pressing the 12V Battery
Reset switch, the power of 12V bat- After starting the vehicle ( indica- If an accident occurs
tery is automatically disconnected tor on), the 12V battery is being 1. Stop the vehicle, put the gear into
after few seconds to save the 12V charged whether the accelerator pedal the P (Park) position, set the park-
battery from additional discharge. If is depressed or not. ing brake, and turn the vehicle off
the 12V battery is disconnected prior ❈ For more details regarding the to prevent the hydrogen and cur-
to starting the vehicle, press the 12V jump start, refer to the 'Jump star- rent from leaking.
Battery Reset switch again and then ing' in Owner's manual Chapter 6. The flow of hydrogen into the fuel
immediately start the vehicle as cell stack will be shut off to prevent
explained. the current from being generated.
Repeated use of the 12V Battery 2. Evacuate to the safety place.
Reset switch without a sufficient ON 3. Call emergency services for help
cycle (30 Min+) may cause over dis- and let them know the vehicle is a
charge of the 12V battery, which will Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle.
prevent the vehicle from starting. If
the 12V battery is over discharged to
a point that the reset does not work,
try to jump-start the vehicle.
H26
If a fire occurs If the fire is too big to be extinguished Emergency venting of hydrogen
1. Stop the vehicle, put the gear into with the fire extinguisher, evacuate gas
the P(Park) position, set the park- from the vehicle, call the fire depart- If the temperature near the safety
ing brake, and turn the vehicle off ment, and let them know the vehicle valve located at the rear under vehi-
to prevent the hydrogen and cur- is a Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle. Do not cle is over 110°C caused by a fire or
rent from leaking. come close to the vehicle until the other reasons, the safety valve will
fire is totally extinguished. open to vent hydrogen gas. Venting
The flow of hydrogen into the fuel
cell stack will be shut off to prevent the hydrogen gas makes a loud
the current from being generated. noise because the venting speed is
very fast. Stay well away from the
2. If the fire is small, which can be
vehicle. This jet stream of hydrogen
extinguished with fire extinguisher,
gas could ignite.
use carbon dioxide extinguisher.
You can also extinguish the fire
with water when the vehicle power If a submersion in water occurs
is turned off. If your vehicle was flooded and has
soaked carpeting or water on the
WARNING flooring, you should not try to start
the vehicle by pressing the POWER
Do not use water to extinguish a button.
fire when the vehicle power is Call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
turned on. Serious electric
shock may result.
H27
If you have a flat tire while driv- If the vehicle stalls while driving Exhaust pipe
ing 1. Reduce your speed gradually, The FCEV is driven by electricity
If a tire goes flat while you are driving: keeping a straight line. Move cau- which is generated when the oxygen
1. Take your foot off the accelerator tiously off the road to a safe place. in the air and the hydrogen in the
pedal and let the vehicle slow 2. Turn on your emergency flashers. vehicle is combined. The principle is
down while driving straight ahead. the opposite of the electrolysis of
3. Try to start the vehicle again. If water; the decomposition of water
Do not apply the brakes immedi- your vehicle will not start, contact
ately or attempt to pull off the road making hydrogen and oxygen.
as this may cause a loss of con- The FCEV is emission-free and
trol. When the vehicle has slowed water is created when the hydrogen
to such a speed that it is safe to do If the vehicle stalls at a cross- and oxygen reacts in the process of
so, brake carefully and pull off the road or crossing making the electricity. Some water
road. Drive off the road as far as If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or may be discharged through the
possible and park on firm, level crossing, set the gear in the N exhaust pipe when the vehicle is
ground. If you are on a divided (Neutral) position and then push the turned off after driving. This is normal
highway, do not park in the median vehicle to a safe place. but be careful in winter as the puddle
area between the two traffic lanes. made by the exhausted water may
2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn freeze resulting in accident.
on your emergency hazard flash- Also, take cautious as the exhausted
ers, set the parking brake and put steam may reach the vehicle parked
the gear into the P (Park) position. in the back when you turn off the
3. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle in winter.
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
H28
Hydrogen station
You can search the hydrogen fueling
station and set the station as the
destination in the AVN screen. Select
'Menu-Nearby POI' in the map
screen and select 'Fuel stations' to
see the list of stations. Set the near-
est station as the destination. Check
the station operation status and
opening hours before visiting the sta-
tion.
Fully refueling the vehicle may be
impossible depending on the station
condition and the reachable range
may change accordingly.
Also, the refueling time may vary
depending on the hydrogen fueling
pressure and ambient temperature.
The reachable range may change
according to the driving environment
(weather, traffic, etc.) and driving
method (sudden acceleration, heat-
ing and air conditioning, etc.).
* Refueling the hydrogen gas must

be done by the person who has
completed the certification course
and training related to the high-
pressure gas. Self-refueling is pro-
hibited.
H29
CUSTOMER Q&A GUIDE
Category Questions Answers

1. Does a Hydrogen Fuel Cell Electric
FCEV performance characteristics are generally equivalent to stan-
Vehicle (FCEV) have similar performance
dard vehicles, but with better noise control.
to standard, non-electric vehicles?
Every component housed in the fuel cell power module compart-
2. If water floods the fuel cell power module ment is designed to be waterproof through evaluation which meets
compartment, due to heavy rain or flood- the IP69K standard, so you don't have to worry about any potential
ing for example, will it have any effect on faults or safety problems if water contacts the fuel cell. However, if
the vehicle? the vehicle is fully flooded, have the vehicle checked by an author-
The sound you hear is normal. The noise emanates from the blower
motor starting up to remove any residual water vapor in the fuel cell
3. When starting or stopping the vehicle,
system. Also, when you turn on the vehicle you may hear a brief oper-
there's a noise. Is this noise cause for
ation sound from the hydrogen storage system which is located on the
Vehicle concern?
back of the vehicle. This is a normal sound which is occurred when the
overview system tries to balance the pressure between the hydrogen tanks.
(10 items)
In most instances, the vehicle can get startup in cold weather with-
out any problems. However, the vehicle may not start if the vehicle is
parked with the ignition off for over a week in cold temperatures. In
this case, turn on the vehicle 2-3 times repeatedly. If you will not be
turning on the ignition for more than a week in cold weather, it is
recommended that you park the vehicle inside a building, if possible.
4. Is there a possibility that extremely cold
weather can prevent vehicle startup?
Notice)
In particular, make sure to park the vehicle indoor when the temper-
ature is below -30°C. If the vehicle is parked outside for over 12
hours under such weather fuel cell components may be damaged.
Also, avoid driving under such weather to prevent damaging the fuel
cell components.
H30
The noise is generated from the air compressor and cooling pump
5. Why is there an engine noise at low
working to supply air to the fuel cell or it's from Virtual Engine
speeds, even though there is no engine?
Sound System (VESS).
When you turn on the vehicle or turn off the vehicle in cold weather,
6. When turning on and off the vehicle in the air compressor removes the generated water inside the fuel cell
cold weather, there's a loud noise. Is this system and the noise is generated during this process, which is nor-
noise cause for concern? mal. In this case, certain amount of water may drain through the
vehicle bottom and exhaust pipe.
Vehicle Normally, the noise is a result of the Virtual Engine Sound System
overview (VESS) working when the FCEV runs at low velocity (1~12 mph
(10 items) 7. Why does a noise emanate when the (1~20 km/h)) after shifting to D or N. However, when shifting to R,
vehicle moves in reverse? the VESS operates immediately, regardless of vehicle speed. In
addition, a separate warning chime will sound to have the pedestri-
an aware of the approaching vehicle.
The transmission of standard vehicles delivers power as conditions
8. The FCEV is equipped with a reduction require via multiple transmission gears. However, the reduction gear
gear but no transmission. What makes it of the FCEV is designed to deliver power by reducing the motor's
different from standard vehicles? RPM as operating conditions dictate, or to move backwards by
reversing the rotational direction of the shaft.
H31
CUSTOMER Q&A GUIDE (CONT.)

The high voltage battery and hydrogen tank are unlikely to be damaged
under normal driving conditions. However, if the system begins to mal-
9. Can driving on test roads or over speed function due to a direct and serious vehicular impact, you are informed
bumps damage the high voltage battery of those system errors via warning lights on and the LCD display.
and hydrogen tank?
• Service warning light :
Vehicle
overview Water or vapor discharged is generated from electrochemical reac-
(10 items) tions in the fuel cell stack, and is not harmful to humans. However,
10. A water-like liquid is being discharged liquids generated from the reactions can be somewhat acidic, so DO
from the muffler and bottom of the vehi- NOT touch or ingest the liquid!
cle. Is it harmful to humans? Also, the water discharged when parking the vehicle indoor may
make a puddle on the floor. Be careful as such puddle can freeze
and result in accident during winter.
H32
Every component housed in the fuel cell power module compart-

ment is designed to be waterproof like those found in standard vehi-
cles. Therefore, a short circuit of the FCEV cannot happen while
11. Can I wash my FCEV with pressurized washing the car. However, your FCEV works by utilizing high-voltage
water? What if water flows into the fuel electric power, so it is recommended that you avoid high-pressure car
cell power module compartment? washes. If the insulation resistance of the FCEV deteriorates due to
car wash, a High voltage warning light may turn on the cluster.
• Service warning light :
12. When washing the fuel cell power mod- The FCEV is designed to be a waterproof structure, but please
Vehicle
ule compartment, is there any potential avoid washing the inside of the compartment if possible. Because
Management
risk of electric shock resulting from a there are many high voltage parts in the power module compart-
(12 items)
high-voltage short circuit? ment.
The FCEV is designed to be a waterproof structure, but please
13. Can I wash the bottom of the vehicle? If
avoid washing the botttom of the vehicle if possible. Because there
yes, what should I be aware of?
are high voltage cables in the under cover.
14. Can driving with a tire chain affect the
Driving with a tire chain causes no direct damage to the drive motor.
drive motor?
Try charging it by pressing the "12V BATT RESET" button first.
Refer to the "If the 12 volt battery is discharged" in this guide book.
15. How should I jump start the vehicle?
It it doesn't work, refer to the "Jump starting" in the Owner's manual
chapter 6.
H33

Stack cooling coolant is an exclusive coolant for the fuel cell, which
is characterized by its use of a non-ionic anti-corrosion agent (an
additive) and very low electric conductivity. In comparison, the
16. Does the FCEV use a different coolant device cooling coolant is a coolant similar to that used in standard
type from that of standard vehicles? vehicles and has a very high electric conductivity.
(Difference between Stack cooling If the stack cooling coolant is used with the electrical cooling sys-
coolant and Device cooling coolant.) tem, it will corrode the electrical system parts. If the device cooling
coolant is used with the fuel cell cooling system, it will damage the
system insulation resistor due to high electric conductivity. This car-
ries the additional risk of shocking the driver (electric shock).
17. What should I be aware of when park-
ing the vehicle? Can I park the FCEV in Hydrogen gas supply is cutoff after Power-OFF to prevent the hydro-
Vehicle an enclosed underground parking lot? gen gas from leaking.
Management (Risk of hydrogen gas leak.)
(12 items)
For long-term parking situations, a high-voltage battery will gradually
lose its charge [low SOC(State Of Charge)], potentially causing igni-
tion failure.
1. In order to minimize the discharge of the high-voltage battery, turn
off the power using the POWER button and disconnect the (-) ter-
18. If the FCEV will be parked for a long minal of the auxiliary battery (12 V) from the vehicle.
period, what should I do? 2. To recharge the high-voltage battery, it is recommended that you
drive your FCEV two or three times a month, for no less than 10
minutes or 2 miles (3 km) during each session.
3. If the vehicle does not startup, press the "12V BATT RESET" but-
ton or jump start the vehicle. Otherwise contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
H34
DIY Check: Device cooling coolant, Stack cooling coolant, Brake
19. What are the do-it-yourself (DIY) main- Fluid, Tire and Wheels
tenance items for the FCEV? DIY Maintenance: Washer fluid, Air cleaner, Climate control air filter,
Wiper blades, Fuse, Light bulb
20. What should I be aware of when doing Be careful not to touch the high-voltage cable (orange color),
DIY maintenance work? coolant, and ion filter.
In most instances, the vehicle can get startup in cold weather with-
21. Tell me what the potential effects are of
out any problems. However, the vehicle may not start if it is parked
parking long-term in a cold area (-4 °F
Vehicle with the power off for over a week in cold temperatures. In this case,
(-20 °C)) for the FCEV, and whether or
Management If you will not be turning on the vehicle for more than a week in cold
not the vehicle can startup under such
(12 items) weather, it is recommended that you park the vehicle inside a build-
conditions.
ing, if possible.
High-voltage cable (orange color), ion filter, parts with a high voltage
warning sticker.
22. What parts must I not touch with
hands? For example, high-voltage Also, never touch the hydrogen storage system under the liftgate,
cable, ion filter, etc.? the hydrogen supply pipe under the vehicle and the hydrogen supply
system components on the right side (based on the driver’s position)
of the hood.
H35
23. What shall I do if the hydrogen gas leak If the hydrogen gas leak warning light turns on during "READY" sta-
warning light turns on on the cluster? tus or in driving mode, this indicates a hydrogen gas leak inside the
vehicle. DO NOT lose your composure. Park your vehicle and turn
(Red) OFF the vehicle. Then, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
service.
24. Can I keep driving the vehicle even if The fuel cell stops working if hydrogen is no longer available. However,
the hydrogen gas leak warning light the FCEV can run for an additional distance (About 2 miles (3 km)) in
turns on on the cluster? EV mode where the vehicle runs only on battery power. Mileage in EV
mode can vary depending on the "state of charge" (SOC) of the high
(Red) voltage battery, so move your vehicle to the nearest shoulder on the
road. Then, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for service.
25. While driving to a service center after
Cluster/
the hydrogen gas leak warning light
Warning Lamp
turns on on the cluster, is it possible
(9 items) As soon as the hydrogen gas leak warning light appears, the fuel
that the vehicle catch fire if there is
something nearby to ignite the leaking cell operation is disabled immediately to cut the supply of hydrogen.
gas (cigarette butt, etc.)? This prevents the possibility of a fire occurring.
(Red)
26. What should I do if a power down warn- If the power down warning light turns on during "READY" status or
ing light turns on? in driving mode, power supply to the fuel cell system is cut off. If the
warning light turns on repeatedly when restarting the vehicle after
parking your car on the safe place, please contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for service.
H36
27. What should I do if the service warning
light turns on? If the service warning light turns on during "READY" status or in driv-
ing mode, it may indicate a malfunction in operation with any fuel cell
system. Please contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for service.
28. What should I do if the master warning If the service warning light turns on when there is a malfuction in
light turns on? operation in any of the vehicle systems. Please look at the LCD dis-
play for details and contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for service
if needed.
29. How much farther (roughly) can I drive

You can continue driving for an additional 40~55 miles (70~90 km).
my FCEV when the fuel warning light
It may depend on driving mode.
turns on? (Remaining mileage)
Cluster/
Warning Lamp 30. When restarting the vehicle, the " " It means that the fuel cell system is working in good order and your
(9 items) indicator turns on on the cluster. What car is ready to drive.
does this mean?
The hydrogen tank is frequently refueled with the high pressure

hydrogen gas and the number of times refueling the vehicle is limit-
ed to 5,000 times (or 15 years). The hydrogen storage system
counts the number of times the vehicle is refueled and turns on the
warning light when the vehicle is refueled for over 4,995 times.
31. Why does the vehicle’s hydrogen tank
Every time the vehicle is turned on the warning message "Replace
have a life expectancy?
hydrogen tank. Maximum number of refill cycles exceeded" is dis-
played on the cluster. The vehicle can be driven about 1-3 million
kilometers until the vehicle is refueled 5,000 times, meaning that the
hydrogen tank is used semi-permanently under common driving
condition.
H37
The fuel cell stops working if hydrogen is no longer available.

However, the FCEV can run for an additional distance (About 2
miles (3 km)) in EV mode where the vehicle runs only on battery
32. What happens if hydrogen in the hydro-
power. Mileage in EV mode can vary depending on the "status of
gen tank is completely consumed?
charge" (SOC) of the high voltage battery, so move your vehicle to
the nearest shoulder on the road. Then, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for service.
It can travel as far as 300~370 miles (500~600 km) at a constant

33. If the hydrogen gas tank is fully refu-
vehicle speed of 50 mph(80 kph). Realistically though, this travel
Hydrogen eled, how much farther can the FCEV
distance is shorter due to normal acceleration and deceleration
System run?
when driving.
(7 items)
The tank is refueled by utilizing the difference in hydrogen pressure
between the refueling station and the vehicle. When refueling, the
hydrogen gas pressure of the refueling station is higher than that of
34. Which mechanism allows for the hydro- the vehicle. The act of refueling can be stopped as desired.
gen gas tank to be refueled, and is it Normally, the gas tank is not fully refueled with hydrogen if the sta-
possible to refuel the tank as much as tion's hydrogen pressure is not sufficiently high, or if the station sys-
you need? Is it possible that the tank tem cannot communicate with the vehicle.
may not be fully refueled?
❈ System and the vehicle communicates the temperature and pres-

sure of hydrogen gas via wireless network.
H38
In the beginning, the purity of hydrogen in the hydrogen tank of the
35. In the beginning, when driving the new new vehicle may be somewhat low. It is a normal noise which
Hydrogen vehicle, I hear hissing sounds regularly occurs when the system discharges the hydrogen more frequently
System from the hood while the vehicle is compensating the low hydrogen purity. The fuel efficiency of the new
(7 items) stopped. Is this noise cause for con- vehicle may be low in the beginning due to the frequent hydrogen
cern? discharge. However, this is a normal condition. In general, the hydro-
gen purity returns to normal range after refueling 3-4 times.
H39
* Close the fuel cap and fuel filler door firmly.

* The gas tank may not be fully filled depending on the conditions of
the hydrogen station.
* Carefully read any precautions about refueling at hydrogen gas
stations.
* Be careful not to cause static electricity when touching the fuel
filler with your hand. (To avoid static electricity, be sure to touch
your bare hand on something metallic as far from the fuel filler as
possible.)
Hydrogen 36. How should I refuel the tank with hydro-
* DO NOT get out of, or go into, your car while the gas tank is being
System gen gas? And what should I take care
refueled.
(7 items) of?
* DO NOT use any mobile device. Fire may occur due to electric
current / radio wave from the mobile device.
* Make sure that the fuel cell system stops working before refueling
the gas tank.
* DO NOT smoke a cigarette or strike a lighter while refueling the
gas tank.
* If you need assistance with refueling the gas tank after completely
consuming all the available fuel in the vehicle, please contact an
H40
37. Is it possible that water, oil, etc. may be
Normally, water and oil cannot flow into the hydrogen tank via the
introduced to the hydrogen gas tank via
fuel filler, but it can flow in while refueling. Be careful not to intro-
the fuel filler? If yes, what do I need to
duce any contaminants via the fuel filler.
do to prevent this?
Hydrogen
System The hydrogen gas is in high pressure (70 MPa) condition when refu-
(7 items) eled to the vehicle's storage tank. Therefore, you will hear the sound
38. While refueling the hydrogen, I hear
of the gas flowing in the beginning. Abnormal noise is occurred due
irregular abnormal noises. Is this noise
to the gas flow because of the difference in refueling pressure, etc.
cause for concern?
depending on the gas pressure condition at the refueling station and
this is very normal.
H41

39. What happens if hydrogen gas leaks
from the fuel cell stack? If hydrogen gas leaks beyond what's tolerable from the fuel cell stack,
a hydrogen sensor installed in the system detects the leak and in
response, turns ON the hydrogen gas leak warning light in the cluster.
(Red)
40. Can the fuel cell stack explode or burn The fuel cell stack passed a high temperature test and is deemed
out due to overheating? safe, so it is unlikely to explode.
Fuel Cell
Stack/High
Voltage If the fuel cell system malfunctions, warning lights specific to the
Battery actual problem appear on the LCD display. When this happens, the
(4 items) 41. Which symptoms occur if the fuel cell vehicle speed may be limited, or the fuel cell system may shut
system malfunctions? down. DO NOT lose your composure if this happens. Park your vehi-
cle and turn OFF the vehicle. Then, contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for service.
Like any vehicle component, the high voltage battery will decrease
42. Is the recharge performance of the high
in performance as it ages over time. However, the high voltage bat-
voltage battery reduced depending on
tery of the FCEV is durable enough to work at peak performance
its length of use?
beyond the warranty period.
H42
The FCEV is designed to detect impact events during a collision or
accident so that the hydrogen gas supply is immediately cutoff. Also,
43. Is there a risk of electric shock from the
the high-voltage relay is activated to cutoff the supply of electric power
high-voltage parts in the event of a colli-
to the fuel cell stack and high-voltage battery. Moreover, the FCEV
sion or accident?
satisfies international electrical safety standards for collisions and
accidents.
Despite the uniqueness of the hydrogen FCEV, you do not have to
take any special safety precautions in the event of a minor collision or
Vehicle accident. In the event of a minor accident, turn off the vehicle to cutoff
Accidents/ the supply of electric power and hydrogen gas. Also, the FCEV is
Towing 44. Should I take any special safety precau-
equipped with collision sensors at the front and rear of the vehicle so
(5 items) tions in the event of a collision or acci-
those sensors are activated during an actual collision to automatically
dent?
cutoff the supply of power and hydrogen to ensure driver and passen-
ger safety. For other situations, follow the same procedures as you
would with a standard vehicle. Depending on the severity of the colli-
sion or accident, take appropriate measures.
45. Is a high-voltage battery designed to Our battery packs are designed to prevent any explosion due to
ensure occupant safety? Can it explode physical impact or damage, and they fully satisfy international safety
from a collision? standards.
H43

46. Is a hydrogen tank designed to ensure
The hydrogen tank is designed to prevent any risk of explosion. It is
occupant safety? Can it explode from a
completely safe.
collision?
The FCEV can be towed in the same manner as standard vehicles. If

Vehicle you need emergency towing, it is recommended that you contact an
Accidents/ authorized HYUNDAI dealer. To avoid damage to the vehicle, you
Towing need to follow proper pulling and towing procedures. The FCEV is
(5 items) 47. How should the FCEV be towed, and
equipped with a front wheel drive (FWD) motor, so use a flatbed or
what precautions should be taken?
wheel dolly to tow the vehicle. If the front wheels touch the road sur-
face while being towed, they will rotate and this can cause the FWD
motor to generate electricity. This can cause unwanted failure of the
FCEV.
H44
1. stop driving the car. Move the shift to P (Park), then step on the
brake to turn OFF the vehicle. The fuel cell stack is shut down,
which cuts off the supply of hydrogen fuel.
2. If possible, open the windows to ventilate the air.
48. What should I do if the FCEV catches
fire? 3. If the fire is small enough to get under your own control, use the fire
extinguisher to put it out.
If the fire is much larger, get out of your car and contact the local
fire station to report your FECV is on fire. DO NOT get close to your
car before the fire is completely extinguished.
In the event your FCEV catches fire with the power system OFF, the
power source of the high-voltage system is cut off, so you are unlikely
49. In case of vehicle fire, should I use the to get shocked while you put out the fire using water. (Even when the
Explosion or vehicle is submerged in water, there is no risk of getting shocked.)
fire extinguisher? Can I use water to
Fire (5 items)
extinguish the fire? However, if your car catches fire with the ignition ON, you MUST use
the fire extinguisher. Any attempt to extinguish the fire with water may
cause electric shock.
50. What kind of fire extinguisher should I It is recommended that you use a dedicated fire extinguisher (CO2)
use? for an electrical fire of the high-voltage system.
51. Can the hydrogen tank explode if it The hydrogen tank passed a high temperature test and is deemed
overheats in very hot weather? safe, so it is unlikely to explode.
In case of vehicle fire, a heat-sensitive safety valve is activated to
exhaust the hydrogen gas downward from the tank by force.
52. In case of vehicle fire, is it possible that
Therefore, the hydrogen tank is unlikely to explode. However, addi-
the hydrogen tank will explode?
tional flames can flare up from the forced exhaustion of the gas, so
please evacuate to a safe place far away from the vehicle.
H45
Index
I
Index
12V battery......................................................................7-27 Air Bag Warning Labels .................................................2-69

Battery recharging ......................................................7-28 Air cleaner.......................................................................7-20
Reset Features ............................................................7-28 Filter Replacement .....................................................7-20
Air Conditioning System ..................................................8-5
A Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ......................................5-29
Appearance care..............................................................7-62
AC Inverter ...................................................................3-166 Exterior Care ..............................................................7-62
Accessing Your Vehicle ....................................................3-3 Interior Care ...............................................................7-67
Smart Key.....................................................................3-3 Auto Hold .......................................................................5-25
Immobilizer System .....................................................3-9 Automatic Climate Control System..............................3-146
Active Hood Lift System ................................................2-70 Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-147
System activation .......................................................2-70 Manual Temperature Control Mode.........................3-147
System limitation........................................................2-71 System Operation .....................................................3-154
System malfunction....................................................2-72 System Maintenance ................................................3-155
Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System.....2-47
Where Are the Air Bags? ...........................................2-49 B
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?...................2-52
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates..................2-57 Before Driving ..................................................................5-4
Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-58 Before Entering the Vehicle .........................................5-4
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?........2-60 Before Starting .............................................................5-4
SRS Care ....................................................................2-60 Blind-Spot Collision Warning/
Additional Safety Precautions....................................2-60 Blind-Spot Collision-avoidance Assist........................5-53
Air Bag Warning Labels.............................................2-60 System Description ....................................................5-53
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?........2-63 System Setting and Activation ...................................5-54
SRS Care ....................................................................2-68 Warning and System Control .....................................5-57
Additional Safety Precautions....................................2-69 Detecting Sensor (Front View Camera and
Air Bag Warning Labels.............................................2-69 Rear Corner Radar) .................................................5-59
Limitations of the System ..........................................5-62
I-2
Blind-Spot View Monitor System ..................................5-77 Climate Control Additional Features ............................3-161
Operating conditions ..................................................5-77 Automatic Ventilation...............................................3-161
Blind-Spot View Monitor system warning ................5-78 Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation .............................3-161
Brake fluid ......................................................................7-19 Climate control air filter .................................................7-22
Checking the Brake Fluid Level ................................7-19 Filter Inspection..........................................................7-22
Braking System...............................................................5-18 Clock .............................................................................3-170
Power Brakes..............................................................5-18 Coat Hook .....................................................................3-171
Disc Brake Wear Indicator .........................................5-19 Consumer Information......................................................8-9
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................5-19 Cup Holder....................................................................3-163
Auto Hold ...................................................................5-25 Customer Q&A Guide (FCEV).......................................H30
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-29
Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-31 D
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-34
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-36 Device cooling coolant ...................................................7-13
Good Braking Practices..............................................5-36 Checking the Coolant Level.......................................7-13
Bulb Wattage.....................................................................8-3 Changing Coolant.......................................................7-15
Dimensions .......................................................................8-2
C Disc Brake Wear Indicator..............................................5-19
Door Locks......................................................................3-11
California perchlorate notice ..........................................7-70 Door unlocking from outside the vehicle...................3-11
Cargo Security Screen ..................................................3-173 Door locking from outside the vehicle.......................3-14
Center Console Storage ................................................3-162 Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .........3-14
Child Restraint System (CRS) ........................................2-36 Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features ..............3-17
Index
Children Always in the Rear ......................................2-36 Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ..............................3-18
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS).................2-37 Drive Mode Integrated Control System .........................5-37
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-39 Drive mode change alert ............................................5-38
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks...................................3-18 ECO mode climate control.........................................5-38 I
I-3
Index
Driver Assist System.....................................................3-104 Exterior Features...........................................................3-175

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) Roof Side Rails ........................................................3-175
System ...................................................................3-104 Exterior Lights ................................................................3-89
Rear View Monitor...................................................3-108 Exterior Overview.............................................................1-2
Surround View Monitoring ......................................3-109
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System......................5-94 F
System Setting and Activation ...................................5-94
Resetting the System ..................................................5-95 Features of FCEV............................................................H10
System Standby ..........................................................5-96 How to Start the Vehicle.............................................H10
System Malfunction ...................................................5-96 How to Stop the Vehicle .............................................H11
Virtual Engine Sound System.....................................H11
E Fuel filler door ............................................................H12
Warning and indicator lights.......................................H15
Electric Power Steering (EPS)........................................3-20 LCD Display Messages ..............................................H16
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB).....................................5-19 FCEV mode ................................................................H21
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .................................5-31 When the high voltage battery is weak ......................H25
Emergency Fuel Filler Door Release..............................3-57 If the 12 volt battery is discharged .............................H25
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-12 Emergency while driving............................................H26
Exterior Care...................................................................7-62 Floor Mat Anchor(s) .....................................................3-171
Exterior Features.............................................................3-42 Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) System.......5-39
Hood ...........................................................................3-42 System Setting and Activation ...................................5-39
Non-Powered Liftgate ................................................3-43 FCA Warning Message and System Control..............5-41
Power Liftgate ............................................................3-45 FCA Sensor (Front Radar/Front View Camera).........5-44
Smart Liftgate.............................................................3-51 System Malfunction ...................................................5-46
Fuel Filler Door..........................................................3-55 Limitations of the System ..........................................5-47
Emergency Fuel Filler Door Release .........................3-57
I-4
Front Seats ........................................................................2-6
Front Windshield Washers ............................................3-102
I
Front Windshield Wipers ..............................................3-101 If the 12 Volt Battery is Discharged .................................6-5
Fuel Cell Power Module Compartment............................1-6 Before Jump Starting....................................................6-5
Fuel cell power module compartment ..............................7-3 Jump Starting................................................................6-6
Fuel Filler Door ..............................................................3-55 If the Vehicle Overheats....................................................6-9
Fuel cell stack....................................................................H4 If the Vehicle Will Not Start .............................................6-4
Fuses ...............................................................................7-45 If You Have a Flat Tire (With Tire Mobility Kit)...........6-17
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ..........................7-46 Immobilizer System..........................................................3-9
Fuel cell power module compartment Important Safety Precautions............................................2-2
Panel Fuse Replacement .........................................7-47
Always Wear Your Seat Belt........................................2-2
Fuse/Relay Panel Description ....................................7-49
Restrain All Children....................................................2-2
Air Bag Hazards ...........................................................2-2
G Driver Distraction.........................................................2-2
Glove Box .....................................................................3-162 Control Your Speed ......................................................2-3
Good Braking Practices ..................................................5-36 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ..........................2-3
In Case of an Emergency While Driving .........................6-2
H If an accident occurs.....................................................6-2
If a fire occurs ..............................................................6-3
Hazard Warning Flasher ...................................................6-2 Emergency venting of hydrogen gas............................6-3
Head Restraints ...............................................................2-13 If a submersion in water occurs ...................................6-3
Heated Steering Wheel ...................................................3-22 If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing .............6-3
High pressure hydrogen storage tanks ..............................H5
Index
If you have a flat tire while driving .............................6-4
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) .....................................5-36 If the vehicle stalls while driving.................................6-4
Hood................................................................................3-42 Inside Rearview Mirror...................................................3-23
Horn ................................................................................3-21 I
I-5
Index
Instrument Cluster...........................................................3-58
Instrument Cluster Control.........................................3-59
L
Gauges and Meters .....................................................3-59 Lane Following Assist (LFA) System ............................5-87
Warning and Indicator Lights.....................................3-65 LFA operation.............................................................5-88
LCD Display Messages..............................................3-76 Warning message........................................................5-90
Instrument Panel Overview ..............................................1-5 Limitations of the system ...........................................5-92
Interior Care ....................................................................7-67 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System ..............................5-79
Interior Features ............................................................3-163 LKA System Operation ..............................................5-80
Cup Holder ...............................................................3-163 Warning Light and Message.......................................5-83
Sunvisor....................................................................3-164 Limitations of the System ..........................................5-85
Power Outlet.............................................................3-165 LKA System Function Change ..................................5-86
AC Inverter...............................................................3-166 LCD Display ...................................................................3-81
USB Charger ............................................................3-168 LCD Display Control .................................................3-81
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ..............3-168 LCD Display Modes ..................................................3-82
Clock ........................................................................3-170 LCD Display Messages (FCEV).....................................H16
Coat Hook ................................................................3-171 Leading Vehicle Departure Alert ..................................5-116
Floor Mat Anchor(s).................................................3-171 System Setting and Activation .................................5-116
Luggage Net Holder .................................................3-172 Light bulbs ......................................................................7-57
Cargo Security Screen..............................................3-173 Headlamp, front center lamp, turn signal lamp,
Interior Overview..............................................................1-4 daytime running lamp, parking lamp,
Introduction of FCEV .......................................................H2 side marker replacement .........................................7-58
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement .............................7-58
Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement..............7-59
High mounted stop lamp ............................................7-59
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement......................7-60
Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...............................7-60
I-6
Lighting...........................................................................3-89
Exterior Lights............................................................3-89
O
Welcome System ........................................................3-99 Occupant Classification System (OCS)..........................2-58
Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-172 Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-5
Owner maintenance schedule.......................................7-6
M
Maintenance services ........................................................7-4 P
Owner's Responsibility.................................................7-4 Paddle Shifter (Regenerative Braking Control) .............5-17
Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward)
Mirrors ............................................................................3-23 System .......................................................................3-104
Inside Rearview Mirror ..............................................3-23 Power Brakes ..................................................................5-18
Side View Mirrors ......................................................3-31 Power Button ....................................................................5-6
Motor Number ..................................................................8-8 POWER Button Positions ............................................5-7
Multimedia system............................................................4-2 Starting the Vehicle ......................................................5-9
USB and iPod® port .....................................................4-2 Turning Off the Vehicle..............................................5-10
Antenna ........................................................................4-2 Power Liftgate.................................................................3-45
Steering wheel audio controls ......................................4-3 Power Outlet .................................................................3-165
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology..................................4-4
Audio/Video/Navigation system (AVN) ......................4-4 R
N Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)/
Rear Cross-traffic Collision-avoidance Assist
Non-Powered Liftgate.....................................................3-43 (RCCA)........................................................................5-67
Index
System Description ....................................................5-67
System Setting and Activation ...................................5-68
Warning and System Control .....................................5-69 I
Limitations of the System ..........................................5-73
I-7
Index
Rear Seats .......................................................................2-10

Rear View Monitor .......................................................3-108
S
Rear Window Wiper and Washer..................................3-103 Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-7
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities........................8-6 Normal Maintenance Schedule ....................................7-8
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover ..................................5-121 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions...........7-10
Reduction Gear ...............................................................5-11 Seat Belt Restraint System .............................................2-24
Reduction Gear Operation..........................................5-11 Seat Belt Warning Light .................................................2-22
Parking........................................................................5-13 Seat Belts ........................................................................2-21
LCD Display Messages..............................................5-13 Seat Belt Safety Precautions ......................................2-21
Good Driving Practices ..............................................5-16 Seat Belt Warning Light.............................................2-22
Refrigerant Label ..............................................................8-8 Seat Belt Restraint System .........................................2-24
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) ..........................3-112 Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ....................2-32
Operating Condition .................................................3-113 Care of Seat Belts.......................................................2-35
Non-operating Condition..........................................3-114 Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats .........................2-17
Limitations of the System ........................................3-115 Seats ..................................................................................2-4
How the System Works (Smart Parking) .................3-119 Safety Precautions ........................................................2-5
How the System Works (Remote Smart Parking)....3-126 Front Seats....................................................................2-6
How the System Works (Smart Exit) .......................3-130 Rear Seats ...................................................................2-10
How the System Works Head Restraints ..........................................................2-13
(Remote Moving Forward/Backward)..................3-137
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats.....................2-17
Additional Instructions (Messages)..........................3-142
Side View Mirrors...........................................................3-31
Turn signal Showing Vehicle Status while System
in Activation..........................................................3-143 Smart Cruise Control With Stop & Go System..............5-98
Smart Key Showing Vehicle Status while System Smart Cruise Control Switch .....................................5-99
in Activation..........................................................3-144 To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ..5-100
Link with other Systems ..........................................3-145 To Convert to Cruise Control Mode ........................5-100
Reporting Safety Defects ................................................8-10 Smart Cruise Control Speed.....................................5-101
Roof Side Rails .............................................................3-175
I-8
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance..5-105 Sunroof............................................................................3-37
Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead......5-108 Sunroof Opening and Closing....................................3-38
Limitations of the System ........................................5-110 Sliding the Sunroof ....................................................3-38
Smart Key .........................................................................3-3 Tilting the Sunroof .....................................................3-39
Smart Liftgate .................................................................3-51 Sunshade.....................................................................3-39
Snow Tires ......................................................................7-42 Resetting the Sunroof .................................................3-40
Special Driving Conditions...........................................5-118 Sunroof Open Warning...............................................3-41
Hazardous Driving Conditions.................................5-118 Sunvisor ........................................................................3-164
Rocking the Vehicle..................................................5-118 Surround View Monitoring...........................................3-109
Smooth Cornering ....................................................5-119
Driving at Night........................................................5-119 T
Driving in the Rain...................................................5-119
Driving in Flooded Areas .........................................5-120 The components of FCEV.................................................H3
Highway Driving......................................................5-120 FCEV system module ...................................................H4
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover..............................5-121 High pressure hydrogen storage tanks..........................H5
Stack cooling coolant......................................................7-16 Battery system ..............................................................H5
Checking the Coolant Level.......................................7-16 Theft-Alarm System .......................................................3-19
Changing Coolant.......................................................7-18 Tilt Steering/Telescope Steering .....................................3-21
Steering Wheel................................................................3-20 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .....................6-11
Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-20 Check Tire Pressure....................................................6-11
Tilt Steering/Telescope Steering.................................3-21 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...............................6-12
Horn............................................................................3-21 Low Tire Pressure Telltale..........................................6-13
Heated Steering Wheel...............................................3-22 Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position
Index
Indicator ..................................................................6-13
Storage Compartment ...................................................3-162
TPMS Malfunction Indicator .....................................6-14
Center Console Storage............................................3-162
Changing a Tire with TPMS ......................................6-15
Glove Box ................................................................3-162
Tire Specification and Pressure Label ..............................8-8 I
I-9
Index
Tires and wheels ......................................................7-29, 8-4

Tire Care.....................................................................7-29
U
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures.............7-30 USB Charger.................................................................3-168
Check Tire Inflation Pressure.....................................7-31
Tire Rotation...............................................................7-32 V
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...........................7-33
Tire Replacement........................................................7-33 Vehicle Certification Label ...............................................8-7
Wheel Replacement....................................................7-34 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...............................8-7
Tire Traction ...............................................................7-34 Vehicle Load Limit .......................................................5-126
Tire Maintenance........................................................7-34 Tire Loading Information Label...............................5-126
Tire Sidewall Labeling ...............................................7-34 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)............................5-34
Tire Terminology and Definitions..............................7-38 Volume and Weight...........................................................8-5
All Season Tires .........................................................7-42
Summer Tires .............................................................7-42 W
Snow Tires..................................................................7-42
Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................7-42 Washer fluid ....................................................................7-20
Low Aspect Ratio Tires..............................................7-43 Checking the Washer Fluid Level ..............................7-20
Towing ............................................................................6-24 Welcome System.............................................................3-99
Towing Service...........................................................6-24 Windows .........................................................................3-33
Removable Towing Hook...........................................6-25 Power Windows..........................................................3-34
Emergency Towing.....................................................6-26 Windshield Defrosting and Defogging .........................3-157
Trailer Towing...............................................................5-131 Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature
with Automatic Temperature Control System) .....3-159
Trip Computer.................................................................3-85
Rear Window Defroster............................................3-160
Winter Driving ..............................................................5-122
Snow or Icy Conditions............................................5-122
Winter Precautions ...................................................5-124
I-10
Wiper blades ...................................................................7-24
Blade Inspection .........................................................7-24
Blade Replacement.....................................................7-24
Wipers and Washers......................................................3-101
Front Windshield Wipers..........................................3-101
Front Windshield Washers........................................3-102
Rear Window Wiper and Washer .............................3-103
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System...................3-168
Index
I
I-11

2019 Hyundai Nexo 113002

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

2019 Hyundai Nexo 113002

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

OWNER'S MANUAL

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub-

This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descrip-

Hyundai Customer Care

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES

FUEL REQUIREMENTS VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Safety System of Your Vehicle 2

Convenient Features of Your Vehicle 3

Exterior Overview ..................................................1-2 1

Your vehicle at a glance

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Hood......................................................3-42 5. Side view mirror ....................................3-31

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Doors ....................................................3-11 6. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-59

1. Inside door handle ................................3-14

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

Your vehicle at a glance

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

FUEL CELL POWER MODULE COMPARTMENT

1. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-19

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Safety system of your vehicle

Safety system of your vehicle

Front Seats • Use extreme caution when

Safety system of your vehicle

Reclining seatback Seat belts must be snug against your

Safety system of your vehicle

Seatback pocket Rear Seats

The seatback pocket is provided on OFE038016N

Safety system of your vehicle

Safety system of your vehicle

The armrest is located in the center To reduce the risk of serious

NOTICE Front seat head restraints

Safety system of your vehicle

Rear seat head restraints

Safety system of your vehicle

■ Type A During mild weather or under condi-

Safety system of your vehicle

Safety system of your vehicle

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Belt Restraint System Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point sys-

Improperly positioned seat belts

Safety system of your vehicle

Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3- To fasten your seat belt: NOTICE

Safety system of your vehicle

1. Extract the small tongue plate (A)

When using the rear center seat belt,

Safety system of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

Safety system of your vehicle

NOTICE Additional Seat Belt Safety

Safety system of your vehicle

Safety system of your vehicle

Keep belts clean and dry

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Safety system of your vehicle

Child restraint system types Continue to use a rearward-facing

NEVER install a child or infant A rearward-facing child seat provides

Safety system of your vehicle

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with NOTICE